Mega p2 Dbe QP Physical Sciences 2008-2020

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 596

MEGA PAPER 2 DBE PAST PAPERS PHYSICAL SCIENCES 2008 -2020

NO. TITLE PAGES


1 TRIAL 2021 2-24
2 MAY JUNE 2021 25-43
3 NOV 2020 44-63
4 NOV 2019 64-81
5 MAY JUNE 2019 82-100
6 FEB MARCH 2018 101-121
7 MAY JUNE 2018 122-141
8 NOV 2018 142-160
9 FEB MARCH 2017 161-180
10 MAY JUNE 2017 181-199
11 NOV 2017 200-219
12 FEB MARCH 2016 220-240
13 MAY JUNE 2016 241-259
14 NOV 2016 260-281
15 FEB MARCH 2015 282-302
16 MAY JUNE 2015 303-324
17 NOV 2015 325-343
18 FEB MARCH 2014 344-360
19 NOV 2014 361-380
20 FEB MARCH 2013 381-399
21 NOV 2013 400-419
22 FEB MARCH 2012 420-438
23 NOV 2012 439-456
24 NOV 2011 457-475
25 FEB MARCH 2011 476-495
26 NOV 2010 496-515
27 FEB MARCH 2010 516-532
28 FEB MARCH 2009 533-552
29 NOV 2009 573-571
30 NOV 2008 571-594

KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
basic education
Department:
Basic Education
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA

ERRATA/ERRATUM
NSC EXAMINATIONS: Preparatory Examinations 2021
NSS-EKSAMEN: Voorbereidende Eksamen 2021

SUBJECT/VAK: PHYSICAL SCIENCES/FIS/ESE WETENSKAPPE


PAPER/VRAESTEL: 2
DATE OF EXAMINATION: Monday 20 September 2021
DATUM VAN EKSAMEN: Maandag 20 September 2021
SESSION/SESS/E: 1 (09:00-12:00)

ATTENTION/AANDAG: CHIEF INVIGILATOR/HOOFTOES/GHOUER

ENGLISH VERSION:

ERROR 1
Pa e QUESTION ERROR CORRECTION
6 1.10 Incorrect uestion Re lace with the uestion below.

1.10 The electrolytic cell illustrated below is used to electroplate a nickel rod with
copper.

X y

Which ONE of the following is the correct representation of a suitable


electrolyte and the nickel rod that should be used in the above cell to obtain
the expected results?

ELECTROLYTE NICKEL ROD


A NiSQ4(aq) x ..
B CuSQ4(aq) X
C NiSQ4(aq) y
D CuSQ4(aq) y (2)

KOOSEGU2021
ERROR 2
Page QUESTION ERROR CORRECTION
16 10 Incorrect QUESTION 10 Replace QUESTION 10 with the
entire question below.

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

Consider the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials below.

Half-reactions E9 (V)
2
Cr "'" + 2e- �
..- Cr -0,91
2H2O + 2e- �
..- H2(g) + 2OH- -0,83
Zn2"'" + 2e- �
.-- Zn -0,76
Cr3"'" + 3e- �
.-- Cr -0,74
Fe2"'" + 2e- �
..- Fe -0,44
cr3+ + e- �
..- Cr2"'" -0,41
Sn4"'" + 2e- �
.-- Sn2"'" + 0,15
Cu2"'" + e- �
..- Cu "'" + 0,16
Cu2"'" + 2e- �
.-- Cu +0,34
2H2O + 02 + 4e- �
.-- 4OH- + 0,40
Cu"'" + e- �
.-- Cu + 0,52
Ag+ + e- �
..- Ag + 0,80
02 (9) + 4W + 4e- �
..- 2H2O + 1,23
Cf2(a) + 2e- �
..- 2Ct- + 1,36

10.1 Define the term reducing agent in terms of electron transfer. (2)

10.2 From the above Table of Standard Reduction Potentials, write down the:

10.2.1 NAME or FORMULA of the strongest reducing agent (1)

10.2.2 Oxidation half-reaction with the lowest oxidation potential (2)

10.2.3 Reduction potential of the half-reaction in which Cr2+(aq) acts as


reducing agent (1)

10.3 A learner pours a copper(II) sulphate solution into a zinc container.

10.3.1 Is a zinc container suitable to store a copper(II) sulphate solution?


Choose from YES or NO. (1)

10.3.2 Explain the answer to QUESTION 10.3.1 by referring to the above


table. (3)
[10]

KOOSEGU2021
AFRIKAANSE WEERGAWE:

FOUT 1
Blads VRAAG FOUT KORREKSIE
6 1.10 Verkeerde vraa Vervan met die vraa hieronder.

1.10 Die elektrolitiese sel wat hieronder ge"illustreer word, word gebruik om 'n
nikkelstaaf met koper te elektroplateer.

X y

Watter EEN van die volgende is die korrekte voorstelling van 'n geskikte
elektroliet en die nikkelstaaf wat in die sel hierbo gebruik moet word om die
verwagte resultate te verkry?

ELEKTROLIET NIKKELSTAAF
A NiSQ4(aa) X
B CuSQ4(aq) X
C NiSQ4(aq) y
D CuSQ4(aq) y (2)

KOOSEGU2021
FOUT2
Bladsv VRAAG FOUT KORREKSIE
16 10 Verkeerde VRAAG 10 Vervang VRAAG 10 met die hele
vraag hieronder.

VRAAG 10 (Begin op 'n nuwe bladsy.)

Beskou die Tabel van Standaardreduksiepotensiale hieronder.

Halfreaksies E 9 (V)
Cr2+ + 2e- �
.,... Cr - 0,91
2H2O + 2e- �
.,... H2(g) + 2OH- -0,83
zn2+ + 2e- �
.,... Zn -0,76
cr3+ + 3e- �
.,... Cr -0,74
Fe2+ + 2e- �
.,... Fe -0,44
Cr3+ + e- �
.,... Cr2+ -0,41
Sn4+ + 2e- �
.,... Sn2+ + 0,15
Cu2+ + e- �
.,... cu+ + 0,16
Cu2+ + 2e- �
.,... Cu + 0,34
2H2O + 02 + 4e- �
.,... 4OH- + 0,40
cu+ + e- �
.,... Cu + 0,52
Ag+ + e- �
.,... Ag + 0,80
02 (9) + 4W + 4e- �
.,... 2H2O + 1,23
Cf2{a\ + 2e- �
.,... 2Ct- + 1,36

10.1 Definieer die term reduseermiddel in terme van elektronoordrag. (2)

10.2 Uit die Tabel van Standaardreduksiepotensiale hierbo, skryf neer die:

10.2.1 NAAM of FORMULE van die sterkste reduseermiddel (1)

10.2.2 Oksidasie-halfreaksie met die kleinste oksidasiepotensiaal (2)

10.2.3 Reduksiepotensiaal van die halfreaksie waarin Cr2+(aq) as


reduseermiddel optree ( 1)

10.3 'n Leerder gooi 'n koper(l l)sulfaat-oplossing in 'n sinkhouer.

10.3.1 Is 'n sinkhouer geskik vir die stoor van 'n koper(ll)sulfaat-oplossing?
Kies uit JA of NEE. (1)

10.3.2 Verduidelik die antwoord op VRAAG 10.3.1 met verwysing na die


tabel hierbo. (3)
[10]

�''-'
MRS PE OGUNBAN 0
�·�

3 {c:a-\
Director: Examinations and Assessment
Date: z_o2-'

KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2019

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 14 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2019
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, e.g. between QUESTION 2.1 and
QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal
places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, etc. where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose the
answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question numbers (1.1 to 1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, e.g. 1.11 E.

1.1 Which ONE of the following compounds has the HIGHEST vapour pressure?

A HCOOH

B CH3CHO

C CH3CH2OH

D CH3CH2CH3 (2)

1.2 Which ONE of the formulae below represents the product of a


POLYMERISATION reaction?

H H H
A H C C O H H C C O
B
H H H H

H H
H H O H
C C C H C C C C H
D O

H H n H H H
(2)

1.3 Which ONE of the following combinations are BOTH UNSATURATED


HYDROCARBONS?

A Ethane and ethene

B Ethene and ethyne

C Ethane and ethanol

D Ethanoic acid and ethene (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2019
NSC

1.4 Which ONE of the following sets of values for activation energy (Ea) and heat
of reaction (∆H) is possible for a reaction?

ACTIVATION ENERGY HEAT OF REACTION


(Ea) (∆H)
(kJ∙mol-1) (kJ∙mol-1)
A 100 +100
B 50 +100
C 50 +50
D 100 -50 (2)

1.5 Consider the following balanced equation for a system at equilibrium:

2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g)

How will the addition of a catalyst to the equilibrium mixture affect the YIELD
and REACTION RATE?

YIELD REACTION RATE


A Increases Increases
B Remains the same Remains the same
C Remains the same Increases
D Decreases Increases (2)

1.6 A hypothetical reaction reaches equilibrium at a certain temperature in a


closed container according to the following balanced equation:

A(g) + 2B(g) ⇌ 3C(s) ∆H < 0


Which ONE of the following changes to the equilibrium conditions will result in
an INCREASE in the equilibrium constant, Kc?

A Increase in temperature

B Decrease in temperature

C Increase in pressure at constant temperature

D Decrease in pressure at constant temperature (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2019
NSC

1.7 A hydrochloric acid solution, HCℓ(aq), and an acetic acid solution,


CH3COOH(aq), of EQUAL CONCENTRATIONS are compared.
How do the H3O+(aq) concentration of HCℓ(aq) and the pH of HCℓ(aq)
compare to that of CH3COOH(aq)?

[H3O+] of HCℓ(aq) pH of HCℓ(aq)


A Higher than Higher than
B Higher than Lower than
C Equal to Equal to
D Higher than Equal to (2)

1.8 Two hypothetical half-reactions and their respective reduction potentials are
shown below:
B+(aq) + e- ⇌ B(s) Eθ = -1,5 V
A2+(aq) + 2e- ⇌ A(s) Eθ = 2,5 V
A galvanic cell is set up using the above substances.
Which ONE of the following statements is CORRECT for this galvanic cell?
A B(s) is the reducing agent.
B A(s) is the oxidising agent.
C The mass of B(s) will increase.
D The mass of A(s) will decrease. (2)

1.9 In an electrolytic cell …


A the anode is the positive electrode.
B oxidation takes place at the cathode.
C electrons flow from the cathode to the anode.
D the mass of the anode increases. (2)

1.10 Which ONE of the following is used as a catalyst in the Ostwald process?
A Iron
B Copper
C Platinum
D Vanadium (V) oxide (2)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

2.1 The IUPAC name of an organic compound is 4,4-dimethylpent-2-yne.

2.1.1 Write down the GENERAL FORMULA of the homologous series to


which this compound belongs. (1)

2.1.2 Write down the STRUCTURAL formula of this compound. (3)

2.2 The organic compound below has one positional isomer and one functional
isomer.

H O H H H

H C C C C C H

H H H H

2.2.1 Define the term positional isomer. (2)

For this compound, write down the:

2.2.2 IUPAC name of its POSITIONAL isomer (2)

2.2.3 Structural formula of its FUNCTIONAL isomer (2)

2.3 Consider the condensed structural formula of an organic compound below.


CH3CH2C(CH3)CH3

OH

2.3.1 Is this a PRIMARY, SECONDARY or TERTIARY alcohol?


Give a reason for the answer. (2)

2.3.2 Write down the IUPAC name of the above compound. (2)

2.3.3 Write down the IUPAC name of the MAJOR ORGANIC PRODUCT
formed when this compound undergoes an elimination reaction. (2)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The boiling points of five organic compounds (P, Q, R, S and T) are studied.

COMPOUND IUPAC NAME


P Pentanal

Q 2,2-dimethylbutane

R 3-methylpentane

S Hexane

T Pentan-1-ol

3.1 Define the term boiling point. (2)

The boiling points of compounds Q, R and S are compared.

3.2 Give a reason why this is a fair comparison. (1)

The boiling points of Q, R and S are given below (NOT necessarily in the correct
order).

55 °C 49,7 °C 68 °C

3.3 Which ONE of the three boiling points is most likely the boiling point of
compound R? Explain the answer. (4)

3.4 A mixture of equal amounts of P and T is placed in a flask and heated to a


temperature below their boiling points. Assume that no reaction or
condensation takes place. The vapour produced is collected in a syringe.
Syringe
vapour

Mixture of P and T

3.4.1 Which compound (P or T) will be present in a greater amount in the


SYRINGE? (2)

3.4.2 Explain the answer to QUESTION 3.4.1 by referring to the TYPES


and STRENGTHS of intermolecular forces. (3)
[12]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows how compound A can be used to prepare other organic
compounds. The numbers I, II, III and IV represent different organic reactions.

Compound A

III I H H H
base Concentrated
KOH
Primary alcohol H C C C H

IV CH3COOH II hydration

Organic compound C Compound B


(major product)

Use the information in the flow diagram to answer the following questions.

4.1 Name the homologous series to which compound A belongs. (1)

4.2 Write down the TYPE of reaction represented by:

4.2.1 I (1)

4.2.2 III (1)

4.2.3 IV (1)

4.3 Consider reaction III. Write down the:

4.3.1 TWO reaction conditions for this reaction (2)

4.3.2 IUPAC name of the primary alcohol that is formed (2)

4.4 Draw the STRUCTURAL FORMULA for compound B. (2)

4.5 Consider reaction IV. Write down the:

4.5.1 Structural formula of organic compound C (2)

4.5.2 NAME or FORMULA of the catalyst that is used (1)


[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

The calcium carbonate (CaCO3) in antacid tablets reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid
(HCℓ) according to the following balanced equation:
CaCO3(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → CaCℓ2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(ℓ) H < 0

5.1 Is the above reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? Give a reason for


the answer. (2)

An antacid tablet of mass 2 g is placed in HCℓ(aq). After 30 s the mass of the tablet
was found to be 0,25 g.

5.2 Calculate the average rate (in g∙s-1) of the above reaction. (3)

The antacid tablet contains 40% calcium carbonate. Another antacid tablet of mass 2 g
is allowed to react completely with HCℓ(aq).

5.3 Calculate the volume of carbon dioxide, CO2(g) that will be collected at STP.
Assume that all the CO2(g) produced is from the calcium carbonate. (5)

The reaction rate of similar antacid tablets with excess HCℓ(aq) of concentration
0,1 mol∙dm-3 at DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES is measured. The graph below was
obtained.

1
(s-1)
time

Temperature (°C)

Use the information in the graph to answer the following questions.

5.4 Write down ONE controlled variable for this investigation. (1)

5.5 Write down a conclusion that can be made from the graph. (2)

5.6 Use the collision theory to fully explain the answer to QUESTION 5.5 (3)

5.7 Redraw the graph above in the ANSWER BOOK. On the same set of axes,
sketch the curve that will be obtained if HCℓ(aq) of concentration 0,2 mol∙dm-3
is now used. Label this curve Y. (2)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Initially 60,8 g pure carbon dioxide, CO2(g), is reacted with carbon, C(s), in a sealed
container of volume 3 dm3. The reaction reaches equilibrium at temperature T
according to the following balanced equation:

C(s) + CO2(g) ⇌ 2CO(g)

6.1 Define the term chemical equilibrium. (2)

6.2 At equilibrium it is found that the concentration of the carbon dioxide is


0,054 mol∙dm-3.

Calculate the:

6.2.1 Equilibrium constant, KC, for this reaction at temperature T (7)

6.2.2 Minimum mass of C(s) that must be present in the container to


obtain this equilibrium (3)

6.3 How will EACH of the following changes affect the AMOUNT of CO(g) at
equilibrium?

Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.

6.3.1 More carbon is added to the container (1)

6.3.2 The pressure is increased by reducing the volume of the container


at constant temperature.
Use Le Chatelier's principle to explain the answer. (3)

6.4 The table below shows the percentages of CO2(g) and CO(g) in the container
at different temperatures.

TEMPERATURE (°C) % CO2(g) % CO(g)


827 6,23 93,77
950 1,32 98,68
1 050 0,37 99,63
1 200 0,06 99,94

6.4.1 Is the reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC?


Refer to the data in the table and explain the answer. (3)

6.4.2 Use the information in the table to determine temperature T.


Show clearly how you arrived at the answer. (3)
[22]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

A hydrogen bromide solution, HBr(aq), reacts with water according to the following
balanced chemical equation:

HBr(aq) + H2O(ℓ) ⇌ Br  (aq) + H3O+(aq)

The Ka value of HBr(aq) at 25 °C is 1 x 109.

7.1 Is hydrogen bromide a STRONG ACID or a WEAK ACID? Give a reason for
the answer. (2)

7.2 Write down the FORMULAE of the TWO bases in the above reaction. (2)

7.3 HBr(aq) reacts with Zn(OH)2(s) according to the following balanced equation:

Zn(OH)2(s) + 2HBr(aq) → ZnBr2(aq) + 2H2O(ℓ)

An unknown quantity of Zn(OH)2(s) is reacted with 90 cm3 of HBr(aq) in a


flask. (Assume that the volume of the solution does not change during the
reaction.)

The EXCESS HBr(aq) is then neutralised by 16,5 cm3 of NaOH(aq) of


concentration 0,5 mol·dm-3. The balanced equation for the reaction is:

HBr(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaBr(aq) + H2O(ℓ)

7.3.1 Calculate the pH of the HBr solution remaining in the flask AFTER
the reaction with Zn(OH)2(s). (7)

7.3.2 Calculate the mass of Zn(OH)2(s) INITIALLY present in the flask if


the initial concentration of HBr(aq) was 0,45 mol∙dm-3. (6)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

A standard electrochemical cell is set up using two standard half-cells, as shown in the
diagram below.

Cℓ2(g) Q
X

Platinum
- X2 (aq)
Cℓ (aq)

8.1 State the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (1)

8.2 What is the function of component Q? (1)

X is a metal. A voltmeter connected across the cell initially registers 1,49 V.

8.3 Use a calculation to identify metal X. (5)

8.4 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the reducing agent. (1)

8.5 The reading on the voltmeter becomes ZERO after this cell operates for
several hours.

8.5.1 Give a reason for this reading by referring to the rates of oxidation
and reduction half-reactions taking place in the cell. (1)

A silver nitrate solution, AgNO3(aq), is NOW added to the chlorine half-cell


and a precipitate forms.

8.5.2 How will the reading on the voltmeter be affected?


(Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS the same) (1)

8.5.3 Use Le Chatelier's principle to explain the answer to


QUESTION 8.5.2. (2)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

Chlorine is produced industrially by the electrolysis of a concentrated sodium chloride


solution, NaCℓ(aq).

The balanced equation for the net (overall) cell reaction is as follows:

2NaCℓ(aq) + 2H2O(ℓ) → H2(g) + 2NaOH(aq) + Cℓ2(g)

9.1 Define the term electrolysis. (2)

9.2 For the above reaction, write down the:

9.2.1 Half-reaction that takes place at the cathode (2)

9.2.2 NAME or FORMULA of the oxidising agent (1)

9.3 Refer to the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials to explain why sodium
ions are not reduced during this process. (3)
[8]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2019
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows the processes involved in the industrial preparation of
an ammonium fertiliser.

Gas X Nitrogen gas

O2(g) NO2(g) H2O(ℓ)


Compound P Gas Y Acid Q

Ammonium
fertiliser

10.1 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of:

10.1.1 Gas X (1)

10.1.2 Gas Y (1)

10.1.3 Acid Q (1)

10.2 Write down the:

10.2.1 TYPE of chemical reaction that converts compound P into gas Y (1)

10.2.2 Balanced equation for the reaction between compound P and


acid Q (3)

10.3 Two separate bags of fertilisers are labelled as follows:

BAG A BAG B
1 : 3 : 4 (21) 1 : 3 : 4 (27)
50 kg 40 kg

10.3.1 What do the numbers (21) and (27) on the labels represent? (1)

10.3.2 Determine, by means of calculations, which bag (A or B) contains


a greater mass of phosphorous. (4)
[12]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2019
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
p 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
T 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n n
M NA
n m V
c or/of c n
V MV Vm
c a v a na
 pH = -log[H3O+]
c b v b nb

Kw = [H3O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell  Eθcathode  Eθanode / Eθsel  Ekatode


θ
 Eθanode

or/of
Eθcell  Ereduction
θ
 Eθoxidation / Eθsel  Ereduksie
θ
 Eθoksidasie

or/of
Eθcell  Eoxidising
θ
agent  Ereducingagent / E sel  Eoksideermiddel  Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2019
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1

H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2019
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+  2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H2O2 + 2H +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
 + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
 
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2 + 3+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 
⇌ 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
+ 
O2(g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
+  2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
 + 
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ 
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

 + 
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O2(g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
 
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ 
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H + 4e
+
⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
2+ 
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2 +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e 
⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+  +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+  2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+ 
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
2+ 
Co + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
3+  2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr  0,41
2+
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
3+ 
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
 
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
2+ 
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
2+ 
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
+
Na + e ⇌ Na  2,71
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
2+ 
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e ⇌ K  2,93
+
Li + e ⇌ Li  3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2019
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
+
Li + e ⇌ Li  3,05
+
K + e ⇌ K  2,93
+ 
Cs + e ⇌ Cs  2,92
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
2+ 
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
+
Na + e ⇌ Na  2,71
2+ 
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
2+ 
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

 
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+ 
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
2+
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
3+  2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr  0,41
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
2+ 
Co + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
2+ 
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
3+
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
+ 
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
4+  2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2 +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e 
⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+ 
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
 
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO2 + 4H + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
+ 
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
 
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O2(g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+  2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
 + 
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
+ 
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ 
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
 +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
 
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+  2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
+
O2(g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2 + 3+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 
⇌ 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
 
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
 + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e 
⇌ Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
+ 
H2O2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
3+  2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
SENIOR CERTIFICATE EXAMINATIONS/
NATIONAL SENIOR CERTIFICATE EXAMINATIONS

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

2019

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, e.g. between QUESTION 2.1 and
QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

9. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal


places.

10. Give brief motivations, discussions, etc. where required.

11. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose
the answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question numbers (1.1 to 1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, e.g. 1.11 D.

1.1 Which ONE of the following is a SECONDARY alcohol?

A Ethanol

B Butan-1-ol

C Butan-2-ol

D 2-methylbutan-1-ol (2)

1.2 Which ONE of the following will RAPIDLY decolourise bromine water?

A CH3CHCH2

B CH3CH2CH3

C CH3COOCH3

D CH3CH2COOH (2)

1.3 A FUNCTIONAL ISOMER of ethyl propanoate is …

A C4H9CHO.

B C5H11OH.

C C4H9COOH.

D CH3(CH2)3CHO. (2)

1.4 Consider the balanced equation for a chemical reaction below.

2NO(g) + O2(g)  2NO2(g)

The activation energy of the forward and reverse reactions are 156 kJ·mol-1
and 175 kJ·mol-1 respectively.

The heat of reaction, in kJ·mol-1, for this reaction is …

A –19.

B +19.

C +331.

D –331. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

1.5 The reaction given below reaches equilibrium in a closed container. The Kc
value is 0,04 at a certain temperature.

2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g) H < 0

Which ONE of the following factors will change the Kc value to 0,4?

A Increase in pressure

B Decrease in pressure

C Increase in temperature

D Decrease in temperature (2)

1.6 Which ONE of the following statements best describes a state of dynamic
equilibrium?

A The limiting reagent has been used up.

B The forward and reverse reactions have stopped.

C The rates of the forward and reverse reactions are equal.

D The concentration of products equals the concentration of reactants. (2)

1.7 During a titration to determine the concentration of an acid using a standard


base, a learner pipettes the base into a conical flask. She then uses a small
amount of water to rinse the inside of the flask so that all the base is part of
the solution in the flask.

How will the extra water added to the flask affect the results of this titration?

The concentration of the acid …

A cannot be determined.

B will be lower than expected.

C will be higher than expected.

D will be the same as expected. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

1.8 The standard reduction potentials for two substances used to set up a
galvanic cell are as follows:

Sn2+ + 2e– ⇌ Sn Eθ = – 0,14 V

Cu2+ + 2e– ⇌ Cu Eθ = 0,34 V

Which ONE of the following combinations gives the substances formed at


each electrode when the cell is functioning?

Cathode Anode
A Cu2+ Sn
B Sn Cu2+
C Sn2+ Cu
D Cu Sn2+ (2)

1.9 Which ONE of the following half-reactions takes place at the POSITIVE
ELECTRODE of an electrochemical cell used to electroplate an iron rod with
silver?

A Ag+ + e–  Ag

B Fe2+ + 2e–  Fe

C Ag  Ag+ + e–

D Fe  Fe2+ + 2e– (2)

1.10 Which ONE of the following elements is a primary nutrient?

A Potassium

B Sulphur

C Oxygen

D Carbon (2)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

H H O H
CH3 CH3
A B H C C C C H
CH2 CH2
H H H
C CH3CCCH2CH3 D Butyl propanoate
H Br Br H H H

H C C C C C C H
H H H H

H C C C C H H H H H H
E F
H C H
H H H O
H C H
H
H

2.1 Is compound C SATURATED or UNSATURATED? Give a reason for the


answer. (2)

2.2 Write down the LETTER that represents each of the following:

2.2.1 An ester (1)

2.2.2 A FUNCTIONAL ISOMER of butanal (1)

2.2.3 A compound with the general formula CnH2n-2 (1)

2.2.4 A compound used as reactant in the preparation of compound D (1)

2.3 Write down the STRUCTURAL FORMULA of:

2.3.1 The functional group of compound C (1)

2.3.2 Compound D (2)

2.3.3 A CHAIN ISOMER of compound A (2)

2.4 Write down the:

2.4.1 IUPAC name of compound F (3)

2.4.2 Balanced equation, using MOLECULAR FORMULAE, for the


complete combustion of compound A (3)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

Three compounds are used to investigate one of the factors that influences boiling
point. The results obtained are shown in the table below.

MOLECULAR MASS BOILING POINT


COMPOUND
(g∙mol-1) (°C)
A Butane 58 – 0,5
B Propan-1-ol 60 98
C Ethanoic acid 60 118

3.1 In one investigation the boiling points of compound B and compound C are
compared.

3.1.1 Is this a fair investigation? Write down YES or NO. Refer to the data
in the table and give a reason for the answer. (2)

3.1.2 Write down the independent variable for this investigation. (1)

3.2 Which ONE of the compounds (A, B or C) has the highest vapour pressure?
Give a reason for the answer. (2)

3.3 Refer to the intermolecular forces present in each compound and FULLY
explain the trend in boiling points, as shown in the above table. (5)

3.4 Which compound, BUTAN-1-OL or PROPAN-1-OL, has the higher boiling


point? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

4.1 The balanced equation for a polymerisation reaction is shown below.

H H
H H
n C C C C
H H
H H n

Write down the:

4.1.1 Type of polymerisation reaction represented by the equation (1)

4.1.2 IUPAC name of the monomer (1)

4.1.3 IUPAC name of the polymer (1)

4.2 Propan-1-ol undergoes two different reactions, as shown in the diagram


below.

Propan-1-ol Reaction 1 Compound Y


HCℓ

Reaction 2
conc. H2SO4

Reaction 3 Compound Z
Compound X
H2O/conc. H2SO4 (major product)

Write down the:

4.2.1 Type of reaction represented by reaction 2 (1)

4.2.2 Function of concentrated H2SO4 in reaction 2 (1)

4.2.3 IUPAC name of compound X (2)

4.2.4 STRUCTURAL FORMULA of compound Y (2)

4.2.5 Type of reaction represented by reaction 3 (1)

4.2.6 IUPAC name of compound Z (2)


[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

Learners use the reaction of a sodium thiosulphate solution with dilute hydrochloric
acid to investigate several factors that affect the rate of a chemical reaction.
The balanced equation for the reaction is:

Na2S2O3(aq) + 2HCℓ(aq) → 2NaCℓ(aq) + SO2(g) + S(s) + H2O(ℓ)

5.1 Define reaction rate. (2)

Three investigations (I, II and III) are carried out.

5.2 INVESTIGATION I

The results obtained in INVESTIGATION I are shown in the graph below.

GRAPH OF REACTION RATE VERSUS


CONCENTRATION OF Na2S2O3(aq)
Reaction rate (mol∙s-1)

Concentration (mol∙dm-3)

For this investigation, write down the:

5.2.1 Dependent variable (1)

5.2.2 Conclusion that can be drawn from the results (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

5.3 INVESTIGATION II

The Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution curves, A and B, below represent the


number of particles against kinetic energy for the reaction at two different
temperatures.

KEY:
Particles that undergo
Number of particles

A effective collisions

B P

Kinetic energy

5.3.1 What does line P represent? (1)


5.3.2 Which curve (A or B) was obtained at the higher temperature? (1)
5.3.3 Explain, in terms of the collision theory, how an increase in
temperature influences the rate of a reaction. (4)

5.4 INVESTIGATION III

The potential energy diagrams, X and Y, below represent the reaction under
two different conditions.

X
Potential energy (kJ)

Reaction coordinate

Give a reason why curve Y differs from curve X. (1)

5.5 In one of the investigations, 100 cm3 of 0,2 mol·dm–3 HCℓ(aq) reacts with
excess Na2S2O3(aq) and the solution is then filtered. After filtration of the
solution, 0,18 g of sulphur is obtained. Calculate the PERCENTAGE YIELD of
sulphur. (6)
[18]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

The balanced equation below represents the reaction used in the Haber process to
produce ammonia.

N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g) ∆H < 0

In industry the product is removed as quickly as it forms.

6.1 Write down the meaning of the double arrow used in the equation above. (1)

6.2 Give ONE reason why ammonia is removed from the reaction vessel as
quickly as it forms. (1)

The graph below shows the percentage yield of ammonia at different temperatures and
pressures.

GRAPH OF PERCENTAGE YIELD OF AMMONIA VERSUS PRESSURE

350 °C
40

30
% yield of ammonia

450 °C

20

500 °C
10

0 100 200 300 400


Pressure (atmosphere)

6.3 Write down the percentage yield of ammonia at a temperature of 450 °C and
a pressure of 200 atmospheres. (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

6.4 Refer to Le Chatelier's principle to explain EACH of the following deductions


made from the graph:

6.4.1 For a given pressure, the yield of ammonia at 500 °C is much lower
than that at 350 °C (3)

6.4.2 For a given temperature, the yield of ammonia at 350 atmospheres


is much higher than that at 150 atmospheres (2)

6.5 A technician prepares NH3(g) by reacting 6 moles of H2(g) and 6 moles of


N2(g).

6.5.1 Calculate the maximum number of moles of NH3(g) that can be


obtained in this reaction. (2)

6.5.2 The above reaction now takes place in a 500 cm3 container at a
temperature of 350 °C and a pressure of 150 atmospheres. The
system is allowed to reach equilibrium.

Use the graph above and calculate the equilibrium constant, Kc, for
this reaction under these conditions. (7)
[17]

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 Define a base in terms of the Arrhenius theory. (2)

7.2 Explain how a weak base differs from a strong base. (2)

7.3 Write down the balanced equation for the hydrolysis of NaHCO3. (3)

7.4 A learner wishes to identify element X in the hydrogen carbonate, XHCO3.


To do this she dissolves 0,4 g of XHCO3 in 100 cm3 of water. She then titrates
all of this solution with a 0,2 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid (HCℓ) solution. Methyl
orange is used as the indicator during the titration.

7.4.1 Calculate the pH of the hydrochloric acid solution. (3)

7.4.2 Give a reason why methyl orange is a suitable indicator in this


titration. (1)

At the endpoint she finds that 20 cm3 of the acid neutralised ALL the
hydrogen carbonate solution. The balanced equation for the reaction is:

XHCO3(aq) + HCℓ(aq) → XCℓ(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(ℓ)

7.4.3 Identify element X by means of a calculation. (6)


[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

The electrochemical cell below functions under standard conditions.

chlorine gas Q
Cr(s)

platinum
1 mol·dm-3 Cℓ −(aq) Cr 3 (aq)

half-cell A half-cell B

8.1 Give a reason why platinum is used as the electrode in half-cell A. (1)

8.2 Write down the:

8.2.1 Energy conversion that takes place in this cell (1)

8.2.2 Half-reaction that takes place at the cathode (2)

8.2.3 Cell notation for this cell (3)

8.3 Calculate the initial emf of this cell. (4)

8.4 Silver chloride is an insoluble salt.

What will be the effect on the cell potential when a small amount of silver
nitrate solution, AgNO3(aq), is added to half-cell A? Choose from
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (2)
[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The diagrams below represent two electrochemical cells.

P, Q, X and Y are carbon electrodes.

Cell A Cell B

DC source

P Q X Y

concentrated concentrated
NaCℓ(aq) CuCℓ2(aq)

When cell B is functioning, the mass of electrode X increases.

9.1 What type of electrochemical cell, GALVANIC or ELECTROLYTIC, is


illustrated above? (1)

9.2 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at electrode Q. (2)

9.3 The products formed in the two cells are compared.

9.3.1 Name ONE substance that is produced in BOTH cells. (1)

9.3.2 Write down the LETTERS of the TWO electrodes where this product
is formed. Choose from P, Q, X and Y. (2)

9.4 Is electrode X the CATHODE or the ANODE? Give a reason for the answer. (2)

9.5 Write down the net (overall) cell reaction that takes place in cell B. (3)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

10.1 The four steps in the manufacture of an inorganic fertiliser are listed below.
These steps are NOT written in the order in which they occur.

Step I: Sulphuric acid reacts with ammonia to produce ammonium


sulphate.
Step II: Sulphur dioxide reacts with oxygen to produce sulphur trioxide.
Step III: Oleum is diluted with water to produce sulphuric acid.
Step IV: Sulphur trioxide is bubbled in concentrated sulphuric acid to
produce oleum.

Write down the:

10.1.1 Correct order in which the steps occur in the preparation of the
inorganic fertiliser by using the numbers I to IV (1)

10.1.2 Balanced chemical equation for step I (3)

10.1.3 NAME of the catalyst used in step II (1)

10.1.4 Balanced chemical equation for step IV (3)

10.1.5 Reason why sulphur trioxide is NOT dissolved in water in step IV (1)

10.2 The diagram below shows a bag of NPK fertiliser. One of the numbers of the
NPK ratio on the bag is labelled as X.

NPK

X-1-2 (20)

50 kg

If the mass of potassium in the bag is 3,33 kg, calculate the value of X. (4)
[13]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2019
SC/NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
p 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
T 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n n
M NA
n m V
c or/of c n
V MV Vm
c a v a na
 pH = -log[H3O+]
c b v b nb

Kw = [H3O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell  Eθcathode  Eθanode / Eθsel  Ekatode


θ
 Eθanode

or/of
Eθcell  Ereduction
θ
 Eθoxidation / Eθsel  Ereduksie
θ
 Eθoksidasie

or/of
Eθcell  Eoxidising
θ
agent  Ereducingagent / E sel  Eoksideermiddel  Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2019
SC/NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1

H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2019
SC/NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+  2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H2O2 + 2H +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
 + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
 
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2 + 3+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 
⇌ 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
+ 
O2(g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
+  2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
 + 
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ 
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

 + 
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O2(g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
 
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ 
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H + 4e
+
⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
2+ 
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2 +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e 
⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+  +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+  2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+ 
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
2+ 
Co + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
3+  2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr  0,41
2+
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
3+ 
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
 
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
2+ 
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
2+ 
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
+
Na + e ⇌ Na  2,71
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
2+ 
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e ⇌ K  2,93
+
Li + e ⇌ Li  3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2019
SC/NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
+
Li + e ⇌ Li  3,05
+
K + e ⇌ K  2,93
+ 
Cs + e ⇌ Cs  2,92
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
2+ 
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
+
Na + e ⇌ Na  2,71
2+ 
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
2+ 
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

 
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+ 
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
2+
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
3+  2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr  0,41
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
2+ 
Co + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
2+ 
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
3+
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
+ 
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
4+  2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2 +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e 
⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+ 
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
 
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO2 + 4H + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
+ 
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
 
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O2(g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+  2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
 + 
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
+ 
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ 
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
 +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
 
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+  2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
+
O2(g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2 + 3+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 
⇌ 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
 
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
 + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e 
⇌ Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
+ 
H2O2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
3+  2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2018

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 16 pages, 4 data sheets and 1 graph sheet.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer QUESTION 5.3 on


the attached GRAPH PAPER. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER
BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal
places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose
the answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, for example 1.11 D.

1.1 Which ONE of the following is the general formula of alkynes?

A C n H 2n

B C 2n H 2n

C C n H 2n - 2

D C n H 2n + 2 (2)

1.2 The type of reaction that takes place when a carboxylic acid and an alcohol
react in the presence of an acid:

A Addition

B Hydrolysis

C Substitution

D Esterification (2)

1.3 Which ONE of the following isomers has the LOWEST boiling point?

A CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3

B CH 3 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 3

C CH 3 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 3

D CH 3 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

1.4 Which ONE of the reaction rate versus time graphs below best represents the
reaction between magnesium and EXCESS dilute hydrochloric acid?

A Reaction rate B

Reaction rate
Time Time
C D
Reaction rate

Reaction rate
Time Time
(2)

1.5 Which ONE of the following will NOT affect the equilibrium position of
reversible chemical reactions?

A Temperature

B Catalyst

C Pressure

D Concentration (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

1.6 The following equilibrium exists in pure water at 25 °C.

2H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ H 3 O+(aq) + OH − (aq) ∆H > 0

At this temperature, the pH = 7 and K w = 1 x 10-14.

The temperature of the water is now increased to 90 °C.

Which ONE of the following is TRUE at the new temperature?

A pH = 7

B [H 3 O+] = [ OH − ]

C [H 3 O+][ OH − ] = 10-14

D [H 3 O+] = 10-7 mol∙dm-3 (2)

1.7 A hydrochloric acid solution is titrated against an ammonia solution.


The balanced equation for the reaction is:
HCℓ(aq) + NH 4 OH(aq) → NH 4 Cℓ(aq) + H 2 O(ℓ)
Which ONE of the following gives the pH of the solution at the end point and
the reason for this pH?

pH REASON
+
A 3 H 3 O (aq) is formed during the ionisation of HCℓ(aq).
B 5 H 3 O+(aq) is formed during hydrolysis of NH+4 (aq).
C 7 Neutralisation takes place at the end point.
D 9 OH-(aq) is formed during hydrolysis of NH+4 (aq). (2)

1.8 A decrease in the oxidation number of an atom during a chemical reaction is


known as …

A redox.

B oxidation.

C reduction.

D electrolysis. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

1.9 The two half-reactions below are used to construct a galvanic cell.

X+(aq) + e- ⇌ X(s) Ereduction


θ
= + 0,15 V

Y2+(aq) + 2e- ⇌ Y(s) Ereduction


θ
= - 0,15 V

Which ONE of the statements below is CORRECT when the cell is in


operation?

A X+(aq) is reduced.

B Y(s) is reduced.

C X(s) | X+(aq) is the negative electrode.

D Electrons flow from X(s) to Y(s) in the external circuit. (2)

1.10 Which ONE of the following is CORRECT for the industrial preparation of
sulphuric acid?

PROCESS CATALYST
A Ostwald Platinum
B Haber Iron
C Contact Iron
D Contact Vanadium pentoxide (2)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)


The letters A to E in the table below represent six organic compounds.

H O H H H H H O

A H C C C C H B H C C C C H

H H H H H H
H C H

C Butan-1-ol D Butan-2-one

CH3

H CH3 CH2 H H H H

E H C C C C C C C H

H CH2 H H OH H H

CH3

2.1 Write down the LETTER that represents EACH of the following:
2.1.1 A tertiary alcohol (1)
2.1.2 An aldehyde (1)
2.1.3 A ketone (1)
2.1.4 A functional isomer of compound B (1)
2.2 Write down the IUPAC name of:
2.2.1 Compound B (1)
2.2.2 Compound E (4)
2.3 Define positional isomers. (2)
2.4 Write down the STRUCTURAL FORMULA of:
2.4.1 A positional isomer of compound C (2)
2.4.2 Compound D (2)
2.4.3 The organic acid that will react with compound C to form
butyl propanoate (2)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

Study the vapour pressure versus temperature graphs for three organic
compounds, X, Y and Z, below which belong to different homologous series.

Atmospheric pressure is 100 kPa.

Graphs of vapour pressure versus temperature

200
X
Vapour pressure (kPa)

Y
150
Z

100

50

0 25 50 75 100 125
Temperature (°C)

3.1 Write down the vapour pressure of compound Y at 90 °C. (1)

3.2 The graphs can be used to determine the boiling points of the three
compounds.

3.2.1 Define boiling point. (2)

3.2.2 Determine the boiling point of compound X. (1)

3.3 The homologous series to which the three compounds of similar molecular
masses belong, were identified in random order as:

alcohol; carboxylic acid; ketone

3.3.1 Which compound (X, Y or Z) is the carboxylic acid? (1)

3.3.2 Explain the answer to QUESTION 3.3.1 by referring to the type of


intermolecular forces in compounds of each of the homologous
series above. (4)

3.3.3 Compound X has three carbon atoms per molecule. Write down
the IUPAC name of compound X. (1)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

Consider the incomplete equations for reactions I to IV below. P, Q, R and S are


organic compounds.

I Q + Br 2 2-bromobutane + HBr

II nP CH2 CH2
n

heat
III
R 2P + Q

heat
IV 2-bromobutane + KOH (in ethanol) S + T + H2O

4.1 Define a cracking reaction. (2)

4.2 Write down the reaction number (I, II, III or IV) that represents EACH of the
following:

4.2.1 A cracking reaction (1)

4.2.2 An addition reaction (1)

4.2.3 A substitution reaction (1)

4.3 Write down:

4.3.1 ONE reaction condition for reaction I (1)

4.3.2 The compound (P, Q, R or S) that represents an unsaturated


hydrocarbon (1)

4.3.3 The IUPAC name of compound P (1)

4.3.4 The molecular formula of compound R (2)

4.3.5 The structural formula of compound Q (2)

4.3.6 The structural formula of compound S (2)


[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

ANSWER QUESTION 5.3 ON THE ATTACHED GRAPH PAPER.

Learners use the reaction between sodium thiosulphate and hydrochloric acid to
investigate one of the factors that affects reaction rate. The balanced equation for the
reaction is:

Na 2 S 2 O 3 (aq) + 2HCℓ(aq) → 2NaCℓ(aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) + SO 2 (g) + S(s)

The diagram below shows the experimental setup.

flask

Na2S2O3(aq) and HCℓ(aq)


white paper

In the first experiment, 50 cm3 of the sodium thiosulphate solution is added to


100 cm3 of a 2 mol∙dm-3 dilute hydrochloric acid solution in a flask that is placed over a
cross drawn on a sheet of white paper. The hydrochloric acid is in EXCESS.

The time taken for the cross to become invisible, when viewed from the top, is
recorded.

The experiment is then repeated four times with different volumes of the sodium
thiosulphate solution. The results obtained are shown in the table below.

VOLUME AVERAGE RATE


OF VOLUME 1
TIME ( )
EXPERIMENT Na 2 S 2 O 3 OF time
(s)
(cm3) H 2 O (cm3)
(x 10-2 s-1)
1 50 0 22,7 4,4
2 40 10 28,6 3,5
3 30 20 38,5 2,6
4 20 30 58,8 1,7
5 10 40 111,1 0,9

5.1 Define reaction rate. (2)

5.2 How does the concentration of the sodium thiosulphate solution used
in experiment 2 compare to that used in experiment 5? Choose from MORE
THAN, LESS THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

5.3 Draw a graph of average reaction rate versus volume of sodium thiosulphate
used on the attached GRAPH SHEET.
(ATTACH THIS GRAPH SHEET TO YOUR ANSWER BOOK.) (3)

5.4 Use the information in the graph to answer the following questions.

5.4.1 Determine the volume of dilute sodium thiosulphate solution


that needs to react in order for the cross to become invisible
in 40 seconds.

USE DOTTED LINES ON THE GRAPH TO SHOW HOW YOU


ARRIVED AT THE ANSWER. (3)

5.4.2 Write down a conclusion for this investigation. (2)

5.5 Use the collision theory to explain the effect of an increase in concentration
on reaction rate. (3)

5.6 The mass of sulphur produced in experiment 1 is 1,62 g. Calculate the mass
of the sodium thiosulphate used in experiment 1. (4)
[18]

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

6.1 A reversible gaseous reaction is allowed to reach equilibrium in a closed


container at different temperatures and pressures.

The graph below shows the percentage yield for this reaction at 30 kPa as the
temperature is increased.
Percentage yield

30 kPa

Temperature
Use the information in the graph above to answer the following questions.

6.1.1 State Le Chatelier's principle. (2)

6.1.2 The heat of reaction (∆H) for the forward reaction is POSITIVE. Use
Le Chatelier's principle to explain this statement. (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

The graph below show the percentage yield for this reaction as pressure
changes at constant temperature.

Percentage yield

Pressure

6.1.3 Explain the effect of an increase in pressure on the equilibrium


position of a reaction. (2)

6.1.4 Which ONE of the following equations (I, II or III) represents the
equilibrium above?

I: 2A(g) + 3B(g) ⇌ 3C(g)


II: A(g) + B(g) ⇌ 3C(g)
III: A(g) + B(g) ⇌ 2C(g) (2)

6.2 A mixture of 0,2 moles of hydrogen chloride (HCℓ) and 0,11 moles
of oxygen gas (O 2 ) is sealed in a 200 cm3 flask at a certain temperature.
The reaction reaches equilibrium according to the balanced equation below:

4HCℓ(g) + O 2 (g) ⇌ 2Cℓ 2 (g) + 2H 2 O(g)

It is found that 1,825 g of hydrogen chloride is present at equilibrium.

Calculate the equilibrium constant, K c , for this reaction at this temperature. (9)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 The balanced equation below represents the first step in the ionisation of
sulphuric acid (H 2 SO 4 ) in water:

H 2 SO 4 (ℓ) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ H 3 O+(aq) + HSO −4 (aq)

7.1.1 Write down the FORMULAE of the TWO bases in the equation
above. (2)

7.1.2 Is sulphuric acid a STRONG or a WEAK acid? Give a reason for


the answer. (2)

7.2 Learners use the reaction of a 0,15 mol∙dm-3 sulphuric acid solution with a
sodium hydroxide solution in two different experiments. The balanced
equation for the reaction is:

H 2 SO 4 (aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Na 2 SO 4 (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ)

7.2.1 They use 24 cm3 of H 2 SO 4 (aq) in a titration to neutralise


26 cm3 of NaOH(aq).

Calculate the concentration of the NaOH(aq). (5)

7.2.2 In another experiment, 30 cm3 of the H 2 SO 4 (aq) is added


to 20 cm3 of a 0,28 mol∙dm-3 NaOH solution in a beaker.

Calculate the pH of the final solution. (8)


[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

8.1 A group of learners use the redox reaction below to construct an


electrochemical cell.

Sn2+(aq) + 2Ag+(aq) → 2Ag(s) + Sn4+(aq)

8.1.1 Define a reducing agent in terms of electron transfer. (2)

8.1.2 Name a substance that should be used as electrode in the anode


half-cell. (1)

8.1.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the reducing agent. (1)

8.1.4 Write down the cell notation of the cell. (3)

8.1.5 Calculate the initial emf of this cell under standard conditions. (4)

8.2 In a separate experiment, the learners place magnesium ribbon in a beaker


containing a blue solution of copper(II) sulphate. After a while the solution
becomes colourless.

Copper(II) sulphate solution


Magnesium ribbon

8.2.1 State ONE observable change in the beaker, besides a colour


change of the solution, that the learners can make. (1)

8.2.2 Refer to the relative strengths of oxidising agents or reducing


agents to explain why the solution becomes colourless. (3)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The graph below represents the changes in mass that occur at electrode A
and electrode B in an electrolytic cell during the purification of copper.

5,0
4,6
A
Mass (g)

B
0,2
0
Time
9.1 Define electrolysis. (2)

9.2 Which graph, A or B, represents the change in mass of the anode during
electrolysis? (1)

9.3 Write down the equation of the half-reaction which takes place at the cathode
of this cell. (2)

9.4 Use the information in the graph and calculate the percentage purity of the
impure copper. (4)
[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

10.1 The diagram below shows processes involved in the production of


fertiliser X and fertiliser Z.

Haber process

H2SO4 Process A Product Q


X Product Q HNO3 Z

Write down the:

10.1.1 Balanced equation for the formation of product Q (3)

10.1.2 FORMULA of fertiliser X (1)

10.1.3 NAME of process A (1)

10.1.4 NAME of fertiliser Z (1)

10.2 A 10 kg bag of NPK fertiliser is labelled 6 : 1 : 5 (22).

10.2.1 What is the meaning of NPK? (1)

10.2.2 What is the meaning of (22) on the label? (1)

10.2.3 Calculate the mass of potassium in the bag. (4)


[12]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83


2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2018
NSC

CENTRE NUMBER:
EXAMINATION NUMBER:

QUESTION 5.3

Hand in this GRAPH SHEET with your ANSWER BOOK.

Graph of reaction rate versus volume

4,5

4
Average reaction rate (x 10-2 s-1)

3,5

2,5

1,5

0,5

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Volume of Na2S2O3(aq) (cm3)

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
SENIOR CERTIFICATE EXAMINATIONS

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

2018

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 16 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2018
SCE

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions.


Choose the answer and write down only the letter (A–D) next to the question numbers
(1.1 to 1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, e.g. 1.11 D.

1.1 An example of a saturated organic compound is …

A ethyne.

B propene.

C but-2-ene.

D 2-chloropropane. (2)

1.2 When ethene reacts with hydrogen gas in the presence of a catalyst,
the product is …

A ethane.

B ethyne.

C ethanol.

D ethanal. (2)

1.3 Study the structural formula of the functional group below.


O

C C C

The structure above is the functional group of …

A esters.

B ketones.

C aldehydes.

D carboxylic acids. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2018
SCE

1.4 The potential energy graph for a hypothetical chemical reaction is shown
below.

Potential energy (kJ∙mol-1)


c

products
b

a reactants

Course of reaction

What type of reaction is taking place and what are the correct methods to
calculate H and E a ?

TYPE OF
H Ea
REACTION
A Exothermic b−a c−b
B Endothermic b−a c−a
C Endothermic a−b a−c
D Exothermic a−b b−c (2)

1.5 Study the hypothetical reaction below:

2P(g) + 3Q(g) → 4R(g) + 2Z(g)

The rate of the reaction in terms of the number of moles of substance P used
up, is 1 x 10-3 mol∙dm-3∙s-1. What is the rate (in mol∙dm-3∙s-1) at which
product R is formed?

A 1× 10 −3
B 4(1 × 10 −3 )

C 1× 10 −3
2
D 2(1× 10 −3 ) (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/2018
SCE

1.6 Study the following reaction at equilibrium at a certain temperature.

2SO 3 (g) ⇌ O 2 (g) + 2SO 2 (g) H > 0

Which ONE of the following factors will change the K c value?

A Adding more SO 2 (g).

B Adding a catalyst.

C Increasing the temperature.

D Increasing the pressure by decreasing the volume. (2)

1.7 Which ONE of the following represents the products formed during the
hydrolysis of NH +4 (aq)?

A NH 3 (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ)

B NH 3 (aq) + H 3 O+(aq)

C NH 3 (aq) + OH–(aq)

D NH 3 (aq) + OH–(aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) (2)

1.8 Potassium nitrate is used as an electrolyte in the salt bridge of a copper-zinc


cell.

Which ONE of the following CORRECTLY shows the direction of migration of


potassium and nitrate ions in the cell?

POTASSIUM IONS NITRATE IONS


TO THE: TO THE:
A Anode Cathode
B Negative electrode Positive electrode
C Zinc electrode Copper electrode
D Copper electrode Zinc electrode (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/2018
SCE

1.9 Which ONE of the following shows the electrode where the electrons are
gained in an electrolytic cell and the chemical change that occurs at this
electrode?

ELECTRODE WHERE
CHEMICAL CHANGE
ELECTRONS ARE GAINED
A Anode Oxidation
B Anode Reduction
C Cathode Oxidation
D Cathode Reduction (2)

1.10 The industrial preparation of nitric acid is known as the …

A Haber process.

B contact process.

C Ostwald process.

D catalytic oxidation of ammonia. (2)


[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

Next to each letter, A to F, in the table below is the molecular formula of an organic
compound.

A C 2 H 5 Br B C2H4

C C 4 H 10 D C2H6O

E C3H6O F C3H6O2

2.1 Choose a molecular formula above that represents an organic compound


below. Write down only the letter (A to F) next to the question numbers
(2.1.1 to 2.1.5), e.g. 2.1.6 G.

2.1.1 A haloalkane (1)

2.1.2 An alcohol (1)

2.1.3 An unsaturated hydrocarbon (1)

2.1.4 An aldehyde (1)

2.1.5 A product of thermal cracking of compound C (1)

2.2 If compound F is a carboxylic acid, write down the following:

2.2.1 The structural formula of a FUNCTIONAL isomer of F (2)

2.2.2 The IUPAC name of a FUNCTIONAL isomer of F (2)

2.3 Compound B is a monomer used to make a polymer.

Write down the:

2.3.1 Definition of a polymer (2)

2.3.2 IUPAC name of the polymer (1)

2.3.3 Balanced equation for the polymerisation reaction (3)

2.4 Compound A is used as a reactant in the production of compound D.


Name the type of reaction that takes place. (1)

2.5 State TWO changes that can be made to the reaction conditions in
QUESTION 2.4 to obtain compound B, instead of D, as product. (2)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The boiling points of straight-chain alkanes and straight-chain alcohols are compared
in the table below.

NUMBER OF BOILING POINTS BOILING POINTS OF


CARBON ATOMS OF ALKANES (°C) ALCOHOLS (°C)
1 - 162 64
2 - 89 78
3 - 42 98
4 - 0,5 118

3.1 Explain the increase in boiling points of the alkanes, as indicated in the table. (3)

3.2 Explain the difference between the boiling points of an alkane and an alcohol,
each having THREE carbon atoms per molecule, by referring to the TYPE of
intermolecular forces. (4)

3.3 Does the vapour pressure of the alcohols INCREASE or DECREASE with an
increase in the number of carbon atoms? (1)

3.4 How will the boiling point of 2-methylpropane compare to that of its chain
isomer?

Write down HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or EQUAL TO. Give a reason for
the answer by referring to the structural differences between the two
compounds. (2)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

Propan-1-ol can undergo a number of organic reactions, as indicated by the letters A


to D in the diagram below.

CH3CHCH2
Reaction D
Reaction B

Reaction C Reaction A
CH3CH2CH2OOCCH3 Propan-1-ol CH3CH2CH2Br
H2SO4

4.1 Write down the type of reaction represented by:

4.1.1 A (1)

4.1.2 B (1)

4.1.3 C (1)

4.1.4 D (1)

4.2 For reaction C, write down the:

4.2.1 Function of H 2 SO 4 (1)

4.2.2 IUPAC name of the organic product (2)

4.2.3 Structural formula of the other organic reactant (2)

4.3 Use STRUCTURAL FORMULAE for all organic reactants and products to
write a balanced equation for reaction A. (5)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

Two experiments are carried out to investigate one of the factors that affects the
reaction rate between magnesium and dilute hydrochloric acid. The balanced equation
below represents the reaction that takes place.

Mg(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → MgCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 (g)

In experiment 1 a certain mass of magnesium ribbon reacts with excess dilute


hydrochloric acid. In experiment 2 magnesium powder of the same mass as the
magnesium ribbon, reacts with the same volume of excess dilute hydrochloric acid.
The concentration of the acid is the same in both experiments.

The apparatus below is used for the investigation.

Cotton wool plug

Dilute hydrochloric acid Gas bubbles

Magnesium

Balance

5.1 Define reaction rate. (2)

5.2 For this investigation, write down the:

5.2.1 Independent variable (1)

5.2.2 Control variable (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/2018
SCE

The change in mass of magnesium is calculated and recorded in 2-minute intervals for
both experiments. The results obtained are shown in the graph below (NOT drawn
to scale).

Mass of magnesium (g)

2,6 Exp. 1

Exp. 2

0,2

0
2 10 16
Time (minutes)

5.3 Use the information on the graph to:

5.3.1 Calculate the volume of hydrogen gas produced in experiment 1


from t = 2 minutes to t = 10 minutes

Take the molar gas volume as 25 dm3∙mol-1. (5)

5.3.2 Calculate the initial mass of magnesium used if the average rate of
formation of hydrogen gas in experiment 2 was 2,08 x 10-4 mol∙s-1 (5)

5.4 Use the collision theory to explain why the curve of experiment 2 is steeper
than that of experiment 1. (3)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)


The equation below represents a hypothetical reaction that reaches equilibrium in a
closed container after 2 minutes at room temperature. The letters x, y and z represent
the number of moles in the balanced equation.
xA(aq) + yB(aq) ⇌ zC(aq)
The graph below shows the change in the number of moles of reactants and products
versus time during the reaction.
Graph of number of moles of reactants and products versus time

16
Number of reactants and products (mol)

C
12

A
8

B
4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time (minutes)

6.1 Define a dynamic equilibrium. (2)


6.2 Use the information in the graph and write down the value of:
6.2.1 x (1)
6.2.2 y (1)
6.2.3 z (1)
6.3 Calculate the equilibrium constant, K c , for this hypothetical reaction at room
temperature if the volume of the closed container is 3 dm3. (7)
6.4 At t = 4 minutes, the temperature of the system was increased to 60 °C. Is the
REVERSE reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? Explain how you
arrived at the answer. (3)
[15]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

The reaction between a sulphuric acid (H 2 SO 4 ) solution and a sodium hydroxide


(NaOH) solution is investigated using the apparatus illustrated below.

Retort stand Burette

H2SO4(aq)

Erlenmeyer flask
NaOH(aq)

7.1 Write down the name of the experimental procedure illustrated above. (1)

7.2 What is the function of the burette? (1)

7.3 Define an acid in terms of the Arrhenius theory. (2)

7.4 Give a reason why sulphuric acid is regarded as a strong acid. (1)

7.5 Bromothymol blue is used as indicator. Write down the colour change that will
take place in the Erlenmeyer flask on reaching the endpoint of the titration.

Choose from the following:

BLUE TO YELLOW YELLOW TO BLUE GREEN TO YELLOW (1)

During the titration a learner adds 25 cm3 of NaOH(aq) of concentration 0,1 mol·dm-3
to an Erlenmeyer flask and titrates this solution with H 2 SO 4 (aq) of concentration
0,1 mol·dm-3. The balanced equation for the reaction that takes place is:

2NaOH(aq) + H 2 SO 4 (aq) → Na 2 SO 4 (aq) + 2H 2 O(ℓ)

7.6 Determine the volume of H 2 SO 4 (aq) which must be added to neutralise the
NaOH(aq) in the Erlenmeyer flask completely. (4)

7.7 If the learner passes the endpoint by adding 5 cm3 of the same H 2 SO 4 (aq) in
excess, calculate the pH of the solution in the flask. (7)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

8.1 Consider the electrochemical cell represented by the cell notation below,
where X is an unknown metal:

Pt(s) | Fe2+(aq), Fe3+(aq) || X+(aq) | X(s)

The cell potential of this cell was found to be 0,03 V.

8.1.1 Write down the type of electrochemical cell illustrated above. (1)

8.1.2 What does the single line (|) in the above cell notation represent? (1)

8.1.3 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at the anode in the
above cell. (2)

8.1.4 Identify X with the aid of a calculation. (5)

8.2 A Pt(s) | Fe2+(aq), Fe3+(aq) half-cell is connected to a Cu(s) | Cu2+(aq) half-


cell.

Write down the:

8.2.1 Chemical symbol for the electrode in the cathode half-cell (1)

8.2.2 NAME of the oxidising agent (1)

8.2.3 Overall balanced cell reaction that takes place in this cell (3)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below shows an electrolytic cell used to electroplate an iron rod with
COPPER. Solution X is made up of an unknown NITRATE.

Power
source

Iron rod A

Solution X

9.1 Solutions, such as solution X, are always used in electrochemical cells.

9.1.1 Write down the general term used to describe these solutions. (1)

9.1.2 What is the function of these solutions in electrochemical cells? (1)

9.2 Write down the FORMULA of solution X. (1)

9.3 Which electrode (A or IRON ROD) is the negative electrode? Give a reason
for the answer. (2)

9.4 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at electrode A. (2)

9.5 Electrode A is now replaced by a silver rod without making any other changes
to the cell. After a while, TWO metallic ions are found to be present in the
solution.

9.5.1 Name the TWO metallic ions present in the solution. (2)

9.5.2 Refer to the relative strengths of oxidising agents to explain which


ONE of the two ions will preferably be involved in the plating
process. (2)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/2018
SCE

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows the steps used to prepare fertilisers X and Y. Labels I
and II represent types of chemical reactions and P is a compound.

P + H2(g)

H2SO4 I
Fertiliser X Ammonia NO (g) Brown gas

Liquid C
II

Fertiliser Y

10.1 Write down the NAME of the reaction labelled:

10.1.1 I (1)

10.1.2 II (1)

10.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of:

10.2.1 Compound P (1)

10.2.2 The brown gas (1)

10.2.3 Liquid C (1)

10.3 Write down a balanced equation for:

10.3.1 The preparation of fertiliser X (3)

10.3.2 Reaction I (3)

10.4 Fertiliser Y is ammonium nitrate. Calculate the mass percentage of nitrogen


in fertiliser Y. (3)
[14]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2018
SCE

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
θ θ θ

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2018
SCE
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2018
SCE
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− +
NO 3 + 2H + e− ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e
+ −
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ −
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+ −
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+ −
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr + e− ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+ −
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76
2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83
2+ −
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+ −
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+
Sr + 2e− ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+ −
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+ −
K +e ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2018
SCE
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+ −
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
I 2 + 2e− ⇌ 2I− + 0,54
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+
Hg + 2e− ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+ −
Pt +2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2018

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2018
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, e.g. between QUESTION 2.1 and
QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

9. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal


places.

10. Give brief motivations, discussions, etc. where required.

11. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2018
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose
the answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question numbers (1.1 to 1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, e.g. 1.11 D.

1.1 Which ONE of the following is the structural formula of the functional group of
the KETONES?

O O
A B
C H C

C C C C D C O H

(2)

1.2 Which ONE of the formulae below represents an ALKANE?

A C2H4

B C5H10

C C14H30

D C8H14 (2)

1.3 Consider the organic compound below.

H H CH3

H C C C CH3

H H CH3

The IUPAC name of this compound is …

A 2,3-dimethyl butane.

B 3,3-dimethyl butane.

C 2,2-dimethyl butane.

D 1,1,1-trimethyl propane. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2018
NSC

1.4 Activation energy can best be described as the minimum energy required
to …

A cause effective collisions.

B make reactant molecules collide.

C change the orientation of reactant molecules.

D increase the kinetic energy of reactant molecules. (2)

1.5 Which statement is CORRECT for a system in DYNAMIC EQUILIBRIUM?

A All reactants are used up.

B The forward reaction is equal to the reverse reaction.

C All substances in the reaction are of equal concentration.

D The concentration of the reactants and products remain constant. (2)

1.6 Initially, a certain amount of P(g) was placed in an empty container.


The hypothetical reaction reaches equilibrium in a closed container according
to the following balanced equation:

P(g) ⇌ 2Q(g) H < 0

At time t, the temperature is increased.

Which graph below best illustrates the resulting changes in the rates of the
forward and reverse reactions after the temperature is increased?
rate (mol∙s-1)

rate (mol∙s-1)

A B

t time (s) t time (s)


rate (mol∙s-1)
rate (mol∙s-1)

C D

t time (s) t time (s)


(2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2018
NSC

1.7 Reactions I and II below have equilibrium constants (Kc) greater


than 1.

I: H3X + HCO 3 ⇌ H2X− + H2CO3 Kc > 1

II: H3O+ + H2X− ⇌ H2O + H3X Kc > 1

Based on the reactions above, the ACIDS in order of INCREASING


STRENGTH (weakest to strongest) are …

A H3X, H2X−, H3O+

B H2CO3, H3X, H3O+

C H3X, H2CO3, H3O+

D H3X, H3O+, H2CO3 (2)

1.8 Consider the cell notation for a galvanic cell below.

Ni(s) | Ni2+(aq) || H+(aq) | H2(g) | Pt(s)

Which ONE of the following half-reactions takes place at the ANODE of


this cell?

A 2H+(aq) + 2e− → H2(g)

B H2(g) → 2H+(aq) + 2e−

C Ni2+(aq) + 2e− → Ni(s)

D Ni(s) → Ni2+(aq) + 2e− (2)

1.9 Which ONE of the following is applicable to an ELECTROLYTIC CELL?

A Reduction takes place at the anode.

B Oxidation takes place at the cathode.

C It uses alternating current.

D A battery is used for the cell to function. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2018
NSC

1.10 The flow diagram below shows four stages (A, B, C and D) in the conversion
of sulphur to sulphuric acid.

Stage A Sulphur Stage B Sulphur Stage C


Sulphur Oleum
dioxide trioxide

Stage D

Sulphuric acid

At which stage is a catalyst used?

A A

B B

C C

D D (2)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2018
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

A test tube containing a straight chain organic acid X, ethanol and a catalyst is heated
in a water bath, as illustrated below.

test tube

water bath X + C2H5OH + catalyst

tripod Bunsen burner

Organic compound Y is produced according to the following equation:

X + C2H5OH ⟶ Y + H2O

2.1 Give a reason why the test tube is heated in a water bath instead of directly
over the flame. (1)

2.2 Write down the:

2.2.1 Type of reaction that takes place here (1)

2.2.2 FORMULA of the catalyst needed (1)

2.2.3 Homologous series to which compound Y belongs (1)

The molecular mass of compound Y is 144 g∙mol-1 and its empirical formula is C4H8O.

2.3 Determine the molecular formula of compound Y. (2)

2.4 Write down the IUPAC name of compound Y. (2)

2.5 Write down the structural formula of the organic acid X. (2)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2018
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The boiling points of different organic compounds are given below.

COMPOUND BOILING POINT (°C)


A HCOOH 101
B CH3COOH 118
C CH3CH2COOH 141
D CH3CH2CH2COOH 164

3.1 Define boiling point. (2)

3.2 Write down the:

3.2.1 Name of the FUNCTIONAL GROUP of these compounds (1)

3.2.2 IUPAC name of compound C (1)

3.2.3 Structural formula of the FUNCTIONAL isomer of compound B (2)

3.3 Which ONE of the compounds, A or B or C, has the highest vapour pressure?
Refer to the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)

3.4 The boiling point of compound B is now compared with of compound X.

COMPOUND BOILING POINT (°C)


B CH3COOH 118
X CH3CH2CH2OH 98

3.4.1 Besides the conditions used to determine boiling points, give a


reason why this is a fair comparison. (1)

3.4.2 Is compound X a PRIMARY, SECONDARY or TERTIARY alcohol?


Give a reason for the answer. (2)

3.4.3 Fully explain the difference between the boiling points by referring
to the types of intermolecular forces present in each of these
compounds. (4)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2018
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

4.1 Three reactions of organic compounds from the same homologous series are
shown below.

I: Butane + Br2 ⟶ 2-bromobutane + P


heat
II: Pentane + excess oxygen ⟶

III: Hexane ⟶ C2H4 + Q

4.1.1 Define a homologous series. (2)

4.1.2 Name the type of reaction represented by I. (1)

4.1.3 Write down the formula of the inorganic compound P. (1)

4.1.4 Give the structural formula of a POSITIONAL isomer of


2-bromobutane. (2)

4.1.5 Using molecular formulae, write down the balanced equation for
reaction II. (3)

Reaction III is an example of a cracking reaction.

4.1.6 Define a cracking reaction. (2)

4.1.7 Give the structural formula of organic compound Q. (2)

4.2 Study the flow diagram below.

Hydrolysis
2-bromobutane Compound R Alkene

4.2.1 Write down the IUPAC name of compound R. (2)

4.2.2 Compound R reacts in the presence of concentrated phosphoric


acid to form an alkene.

Write down the structural formula of the MAJOR PRODUCT in this


reaction. (2)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2018
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

The reaction of zinc and EXCESS dilute hydrochloric acid is used to investigate factors
that affect reaction rate. The balanced equation for the reaction is:
Zn(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) ⟶ ZnCℓ2(aq) + H2(g)
The reaction conditions used and the results obtained for each experiment are
summarised in the table below.
The same mass of zinc is used in all the experiments. The zinc is completely covered
in all reactions. The reaction time is the time it takes the reaction to be completed.
STATE OF
CONCENTRATION VOLUME OF TEMPERATURE REACTION
EXPERIMENT DIVISION
OF HCℓ (mol∙dm-3) HCℓ (cm3) OF HCℓ (°C) TIME (min.)
OF Zn
1 2,0 200 powder 25 7
2 1,5 200 granules 25 14
3 5,0 200 powder 25 5
4 1,5 400 granules 25 x
5 2,0 200 powder 35 4

5.1 Experiment 1 and experiment 5 are compared. Write down the independent
variable. (1)

5.2 Define reaction rate. (2)

5.3 Write down the value of x in experiment 4. (2)

5.4 The Maxwell-Boltzmann energy distribution curves for particles in each of


experiments 1, 3 and 5 are shown below.

B
number of molecules

Ea kinetic energy

Identify the graph (A or B or C) that represents the following:


5.4.1 Experiment 3
Give a reason for the answer. (2)
5.4.2 Experiment 5
Give a reason for the answer. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2018
NSC

5.5 Experiment 6 is now conducted using a catalyst and the SAME reaction
conditions as for Experiment 1.
5.5.1 What is the function of the catalyst in this experiment? (1)
5.5.2 How will the heat of reaction in experiment 6 compare to that in
experiment 1? Choose from: GREATER THAN, EQUAL TO or
LESS THAN. (1)

5.6 Calculate the average rate of the reaction (in mol·min-1) with respect to zinc
for experiment 2 if 1,5 g of zinc is used. (4)
[15]
QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Dinitrogen tetraoxide, N2O4(g), decomposes to nitrogen dioxide, NO2(g), in a sealed


syringe of volume 2 dm3.

2 dm3

The mixture reaches equilibrium at 325 °C according to the following balanced


equation:
N2O4(g) ⇌ 2NO2 (g)
colourless brown
When equilibrium is reached, it is observed that the colour of the gas in the syringe is
brown.
6.1 State Le Chatelier's principle. (2)
6.2 The syringe is now dipped into a beaker of ice water. After a while the brown
colour disappears.
Is the forward reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? Explain the
answer using Le Chatelier's principle. (3)
6.3 The volume of the syringe is now decreased while the temperature is kept
constant.
How will EACH of the following be affected? Choose from: INCREASES,
DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
6.3.1 The number of moles of N2O4(g) (1)
6.3.2 The value of the equilibrium constant (1)
6.3.3 The rate of the forward and reverse reactions (1)
6.4 Initially X moles of N2O4(g) were placed in the syringe of volume 2 dm3.
When equilibrium was reached, it was found that 20% of the N2O4(g) had
decomposed.
If the equilibrium constant, Kc, for the reaction is 0,16 at 325 °C, calculate the
value of X. (8)
[16]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2018
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 Sulphuric acid is a strong acid present in acid rain. It ionises in two steps as
follows:

I: H2SO4(aq) + H2O(ℓ) ⇌ H3O+(aq) + HSO4 (aq)

II: HSO4 (aq) + H2O(ℓ) ⇌ H3O+(aq) + SO24  (aq)

7.1.1 Define an acid in terms of the Lowry-Brønsted theory. (2)

7.1.2 Write down the FORMULA of the conjugate base of H3O+(aq). (1)

7.1.3 Write down the FORMULA of the substance that acts as an


ampholyte in the ionisation of sulphuric acid. (2)

7.2 Acid rain does not cause damage to lakes that have rocks containing
limestone (CaCO3). Hydrolysis of CaCO3 results in the formation of ions,
which neutralise the acid.

7.2.1 Define hydrolysis of a salt. (2)

7.2.2 Explain, with the aid of the relevant HYDROLYSIS reaction, how
limestone can neutralise the acid. (3)

7.3 The water in a certain lake has a pH of 5.

7.3.1 Calculate the concentration of the hydronium ions in the water. (3)

The volume of water in the lake is 4 x 10 9 dm3. Lime, CaO, is added to the
water to neutralise the acid according to the following reaction:

CaO + 2H3O+ ⇌ Ca2+ + 3H2O

7.3.2 If the final amount of hydronium ions is 1,26 x 103 moles, calculate
the mass of lime that was added to the lake. (7)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2018
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

8.1 Corrosion is a redox reaction that takes place in the presence of oxygen and
water. Rusting is the corrosion of iron leading to the formation of iron(III) ions.

8.1.1 Define oxidation in terms of electron transfer. (2)

A cleaned copper rod and a cleaned iron nail are placed in a beaker
containing water at 25°C, as shown below.

Cu

Fe H2O(ℓ)

After a while it was observed that the iron nail was coated with rust. The
copper rod showed no visible signs of corrosion.

8.1.2 Write down the half-reaction for the iron nail. (2)

8.1.3 Does iron act as REDUCING AGENT or OXIDISING AGENT in the


beaker? (1)

8.1.4 Explain the above observation by referring to the Table of Standard


Reduction Potentials. (3)

To prevent rusting of an underground iron pipe, the pipe is connected to a


metal (Q) that corrodes easily.

connecting wire
iron pipe

moist soil
Q

8.1.5 You are given two metals, Zn and Cu, to use as metal Q.
Which metal would more suitable? Give a reason. (2)

8.2 A galvanic cell is constructed using a Fe | Fe3+ half-cell and a Cu | Cu2+


half-cell.

8.2.1 Write down the overall (net) cell reaction that takes place when the
cell is functioning. (3)

8.2.2 Calculate the cell potential of this cell under standard conditions. (4)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2018
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The electrolytic cell below is set up to obtain pure copper from a piece of impure
copper.
power source

B A

electrolyte

The impure copper contains other metals, such as platinum, iron, cobalt, silver and
nickel.

The cell potential of the power source is adjusted so that only copper is deposited on
electrode B.

9.1 Define an electrolytic cell. (2)

9.2 Write down the FORMULA of a suitable electrolyte for this cell. (1)

9.3 Which electrode (A or B) is the cathode?


Write down the relevant half-reaction taking place at this electrode. (3)

9.4 Sludge forms below one of the electrodes while the cell above is in operation.
Which of the metals, PLATINUM, IRON, COBALT, SILVER or NICKEL, will be
present in the sludge? (2)
[8]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/November 2018
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

In the flow diagram below, I and II represent industrial processes used in the fertiliser
industry.

P and Q are chemical reactions that take place to produce ammonium sulphate and
fertiliser Y respectively.

Ammonium sulphate

P
I II
N2(g) + H2(g) NH3(g) HNO3(aq)

Q HNO3(aq)

Fertiliser Y

10.1 Write down the name of the industrial process:

10.1.1 I (1)

10.1.2 II (1)

10.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of:

10.2.1 Fertiliser Y (1)

10.2.2 The catalyst used in process I (1)

10.3 In reaction P, NH3(g) reacts with another substance. Write down a balanced
equation for this reaction. (3)

10.4 The following substances are present in a bag of fertiliser:

 20 kg ammonium nitrate (NH4NO3)


 12 kg sodium phosphate (Na3PO4)
 18 kg potassium chloride (KCℓ)

Calculate the NPK ratio of the fertiliser. (5)


[12]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2018
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
p 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
T 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n n
M NA
n m V
c or/of c n
V MV Vm
c a v a na
 pH = -log[H3O+]
c b v b nb

Kw = [H3O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell  Eθcathode  Eθanode / Eθsel  Ekatode


θ
 Eθanode

or/of
Eθcell  Ereduction
θ
 Eθoxidation / Eθsel  Ereduksie
θ
 Eθoksidasie

or/of
Eθcell  Eoxidising
θ
agent  Ereducingagent / E sel  Eoksideermiddel  Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2018
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1

H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2018
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+  2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H2O2 + 2H +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
 + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
 
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2 + 3+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 
⇌ 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
+ 
O2(g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
+  2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
 + 
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ 
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

 + 
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O2(g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
 
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ 
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H + 4e
+
⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
2+ 
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2 +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e 
⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+  +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+  2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+ 
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
2+ 
Co + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
3+  2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr  0,41
2+
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
3+ 
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
 
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
2+ 
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
2+ 
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
+
Na + e ⇌ Na  2,71
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
2+ 
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e ⇌ K  2,93
+
Li + e ⇌ Li  3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2018
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
+
Li + e ⇌ Li  3,05
+
K + e ⇌ K  2,93
+ 
Cs + e ⇌ Cs  2,92
2+
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
2+ 
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
+
Na + e ⇌ Na  2,71
2+ 
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
2+ 
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
2+
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

 
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+ 
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
2+
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
3+  2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr  0,41
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
2+ 
Co + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
2+ 
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
3+
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
+ 
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
4+  2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2 +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e 
⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+ 
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
 
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO2 + 4H + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
+ 
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
 
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O2(g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+  2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
 + 
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
+ 
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ 
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
 +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
 
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+  2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
+
O2(g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2 + 3+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 
⇌ 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
 
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
 + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e 
⇌ Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
+ 
H2O2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
3+  2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2017

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 16 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Write
down the question number (1.1–1.10), choose the answer and make a cross (X) over
the letter (A–D) of your choice in the ANSWER BOOK.

EXAMPLE:

1.11 A B C D

1.1 Which ONE of the following is the product formed in the Haber process?

A Nitrogen

B Ammonia

C Nitric acid

D Sulphuric acid (2)

1.2 A carbonyl group is the functional group of …

A alcohols.

B ketones.

C haloalkanes.

D carboxylic acids. (2)

1.3 Consider the structure of an organic compound below.

CH3 CH3

C C

CH3 CH3

The IUPAC name of this compound is …

A 2,3-dimethylbut-2-ene.

B 2,2-dimethylbut-2-ene.

C 1,1,2-trimethylprop-1-ene.

D 1,1,2,2-tetramethylethene. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

1.4 Consider the reaction represented below.

CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 CH3CHCH2 + X

Which ONE of the following CORRECTLY gives the type of reaction that
takes place and the IUPAC name of product X?

Type of reaction Product X


A Elimination Ethane
B Elimination Ethene
C Addition Ethane
D Addition Ethene (2)

1.5 Consider the following balanced equation of a chemical reaction:

2NaCℓ + 2H 2 O → Cℓ 2 + H 2 + 2NaOH

Which ONE of the following statements about the reaction is correct?

The reaction takes place in a/an …

A galvanic cell and absorbs energy.

B galvanic cell and releases energy.

C electrolytic cell and absorbs energy.

D electrolytic cell and releases energy. (2)

1.6 The following equation represents the reaction taking place in an


electrochemical cell:

Ni(s) + Pb2+(aq) → Ni2+(aq) + Pb(s)

The flow of electrons through the external circuit of this cell is from …

A Pb at the anode to Ni at the cathode.

B Pb at the cathode to Ni at the anode.

C Ni at the cathode to Pb at the anode.

D Ni at the anode to Pb at the cathode. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

1.7 A solution has a pH = 1. This solution …

A contains no OH─ ions.

B neutralises a hydrochloric acid solution of pH = 1.

C contains a higher concentration of H 3 O+ ions than OH─ ions.

D contains a higher concentration of OH─ ions than H 3 O+ ions. (2)

1.8 A potential energy diagram can be used to show the activation energy (E A )
and the heat of reaction (ΔH) of a reaction.

Which ONE of the following combinations of values of E A and ΔH CANNOT


be obtained for any reaction?

E A (kJ·mol-1) ∆H (kJ·mol-1)
A 50 -100
B 50 +100
C 100 +50
D 100 -50 (2)

1.9 Initially, 2 mol CO(g) and 2 mol H 2 (g) are sealed in a container. The reaction
reaches equilibrium according to the following balanced equation:

CO(g) + 2H 2 (g) ⇌ CH 3 OH(g)

At equilibrium the amount of CH 3 OH(g) in the mixture will be …

A 1 mol.

B 2 mol.

C less than 1 mol.

D greater than 1 mol. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

1.10 The graph below represents the change in concentration of a reactant against
time for a chemical reaction.

Concentration

Time

In which ONE of the following graphs does the dotted line show the effect of a
catalyst on this reactant?

A B
Concentration

Concentration

Time Time
C D
Concentration
Concentration

Time Time (2)


[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

H CH3 CH3

A CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CHO B H C C C CH2

H CH3

C C4H8O D C3H8O

H H H H
O
E H C C C C H
F CH3CH2CH2 C O CH2CH2CH3
H O H H

2.1 Write down the letter that represents EACH of the following:

2.1.1 A hydrocarbon (1)

2.1.2 An alcohol (1)

2.1.3 An ester (1)

2.2 Write down the IUPAC name of:

2.2.1 Compound A (1)

2.2.2 Compound B (3)

2.3 Compound C is a functional isomer of compound A. Write down the structural


formula of compound C. (2)

2.4 Compound D is used as one of the reactants to prepare compound F.


Write down the:

2.4.1 Type of reaction which takes place to prepare compound F (1)

2.4.2 IUPAC name of compound D (2)

2.4.3 Structural formula of the other organic reactant used (2)

2.4.4 IUPAC name of compound F (2)


[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

Learners investigate factors which influence the boiling points of alcohols.

They use equal volumes of each of the alcohols and heat them separately in a water
bath. The temperature at which each boils is measured. The results obtained are
shown in the table below.

BOILING POINTS OF ALCOHOLS


ALCOHOLS
(°C)
Butan-1-ol 117,7
Pentan-1-ol 138,5
Hexan-1-ol 157,0

3.1 Define the term boiling point. (2)

3.2 What property of alcohols requires them to be heated in a water bath? (1)

3.3 The boiling points of the alcohols are compared with each other.

3.3.1 What structural requirements must the alcohols meet to make it a


fair comparison? (2)

3.3.2 Fully explain the trend in the boiling points. (3)

3.4 How will the boiling point of hexan-1-ol be affected if the volume of hexan-1-ol
used is doubled? Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. (1)

3.5 In another investigation the learners compare the boiling points of hexan-1-ol
and hexanal.

3.5.1 Write down the independent variable for this comparison. (1)

3.5.2 They find that the boiling point of hexan-1-ol is higher than that of
hexanal.

Fully explain this observation. (4)


[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

4.1 Consider the reactions represented in the flow diagram below.

Br

CH3 C CH3

CH3
reaction 2
reaction 1

concentrated Compound B reaction 3


Alcohol A C4H8Br2
H2SO4 (An alkene)

Write down the:

4.1.1 Type of reaction represented by reaction 1 (1)

4.1.2 NAME or FORMULA of the inorganic reactant needed for


reaction 1 (1)

4.1.3 Type of alcohol (PRIMARY, SECONDARY or TERTIARY) of which


alcohol A is an example (1)

4.1.4 Type of reaction represented by reaction 2 (1)

4.1.5 IUPAC name of compound B (2)

4.1.6 Type of addition reaction represented by reaction 3 (1)

4.1.7 Balanced equation for reaction 3 using structural formulae (4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

4.2 A wide range of synthetic polymers are produced by combining large


numbers of similar small organic molecules bonded to each other in a
repeating pattern.

Polymer C below is an example of such a polymer.

H H

C C

H H n
Polymer C
Write down:

4.2.1 ONE word for the underlined phrase (1)

4.2.2 The homologous series to which the 'small organic molecules' used
to produce polymer C belong (1)

4.2.3 The type of polymerisation which takes place to produce polymer C (1)
[14]

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

The reaction of copper(II) carbonate with excess dilute hydrochloric acid is used to
investigate the rate of reaction. The balanced equation for the reaction is:

CuCO 3 (s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → CuCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) + CO 2 (g)

The apparatus used is illustrated below.

Conical flask

Dilute
hydrochloric acid Copper(II) carbonate lumps

170,00 g Scale

5.1 State TWO ways in which the rate of the reaction above can be increased. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

During the investigation, samples of both PURE and IMPURE copper(II) carbonate of
EQUAL mass are used. The graphs below are obtained from the results.

170,00

169,95 ----- Impure CuCO3


––– Pure CuCO3
Mass of flask and contents (g)

169,90

169,85

169,80

169,75

169,70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Time (s)

5.2 Write down the reaction time for the reaction of the pure CuCO 3 with HCℓ. (1)

5.3 Assume that all the gas formed during the two reactions escape from
the flask and that the impurities do not react.

Calculate the:

5.3.1 Average rate of the reaction of the pure sample over the first 20 s (3)

5.3.2 Percentage purity of the impure sample (4)

5.3.3 Maximum volume of CO 2 (g) produced during the reaction of the


pure sample of CuCO 3 if the reaction takes place at STANDARD
CONDITIONS (3)

5.4 Sketch a graph of the volume of gas produced versus time for the reaction of
the pure CuCO 3 . Indicate the reaction time on the x-axis. (2)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Hydrogen and iodine are sealed in a 2 dm3 container. The reaction is allowed to reach
equilibrium at 700 K according to the following balanced equation:

H 2 (g) + I 2 (g) ⇌ 2HI(g)

6.1 Give a reason why changes in pressure will have no effect on the equilibrium
position. (1)

6.2 At equilibrium, 0,028 mol H 2 (g) and 0,017 mol I 2 (g) are present in the
container.

Calculate the initial mass of I 2 (g), in grams, that was sealed in the container,
if K c for the reaction is 55,3 at 700 K. (9)

The reaction rate versus time graph below represents different changes made to the
equilibrium mixture.

Forward reaction
Reaction rate

Reverse reaction

0 2 4 6 8 10
Time (minutes)

6.3 What do the parallel lines in the first two minutes indicate? (1)

6.4 State TWO possible changes that could be made to the reaction conditions at
t = 2 minutes. (2)

6.5 The temperature of the equilibrium mixture was changed at t = 4 minutes.

6.5.1 Is the forward reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC?

Fully explain the answer. (3)

6.5.2 How will this change influence the K c value? Choose from
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)

6.6 What change was made to the equilibrium mixture at t = 8 minutes? (1)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

The K a values for two weak acids, oxalic acid and carbonic acid, are as follows:

NAME FORMULA Ka
Oxalic acid (COOH) 2 5,6 x 10-2
Carbonic acid H 2 CO 3 4,3 x 10-7

7.1 Define the term weak acid. (2)

7.2 Which acid, OXALIC ACID or CARBONIC ACID, is stronger? Give a reason
for the answer. (2)

7.3 Oxalic acid ionises in water according to the following balanced equation:

(COOH) 2 (s) + 2H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ (COO) 22− (aq) + 2H 3 O+(aq)

Write down the FORMULAE of the TWO bases in this equation. (2)

7.4 Learners prepare 2 dm3 of a sodium hydroxide solution of concentration


0,1 mol∙dm-3.

Calculate the pH of the solution. (4)

7.5 During a titration of the sodium hydroxide solution in QUESTION 7.4 with
dilute oxalic acid, the learners find that 25,1 cm3 of the NaOH(aq) neutralises
exactly 14,2 cm3 of the (COOH) 2 (aq).

The balanced equation for the reaction is as follows:

2NaOH(aq) + (COOH) 2 (aq) → (COO) 2 Na 2 (aq) + 2H 2 O(ℓ)

7.5.1 Calculate the concentration of the oxalic acid solution. (5)

The following indicators are available for the titration:

INDICATOR pH RANGE
A 3,1–4,4
B 6,0–7,6
C 8,3–10,0

7.5.2 Which ONE of the indicators above is most suitable for this
titration? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

In the electrochemical cell shown below an aluminium electrode and another metal
electrode, Y, are used.

Q
Aℓ Electrode Y

Aℓ3+(aq) Y2+(aq)

8.1 Write down the:

8.1.1 Name of component Q (1)

8.1.2 Type of electrochemical cell represented above (1)

It is found that the mass of the aluminium electrode increases whilst the cell is
functioning.

8.2 How will EACH of the following change while the cell is functioning?
Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.

8.2.1 The concentration of Aℓ3+(aq) (1)

8.2.2 The concentration of Y2+(aq) (1)

8.3 Write down the:

8.3.1 Half-reaction that takes place at electrode Y (2)

8.3.2 Cell notation of the cell (3)

8.4 The initial emf of this cell measured under standard conditions is 0,7 V.

Identify metal Y by means of a calculation. (5)


[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagram below shows an electrolytic cell used in the industrial extraction
of aluminium (Aℓ) from aluminium oxide at temperatures as high as 1 000 °C.
Electrode X is a carbon rod.

Electrode X

Carbon-lined iron
Molten Aℓ2O3 dissolved
in cryolite

Molten Aℓ

The cell reaction that takes place is as follows:

2Aℓ 2 O 3 (ℓ) → 4Aℓ(ℓ) + 3O 2 (g)

9.1 Write down the name of the ore used as source of aluminium oxide. (1)

9.2 Which half-reaction (OXIDATION or REDUCTION) takes place at


electrode X? (1)

9.3 What is the function of the cryolite? (1)

9.4 Write down the reduction half-reaction. (2)

9.5 Write down a balanced equation that shows why the carbon rod, X, must be
replaced regularly. (3)
[8]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

10.1 The reactions represented below take place during one of the industrial
processes used in the fertiliser industry.

Pt
I: 4NH 3 (g) + 5O 2 (g) ⇌ 4NO(g) + 6H 2 O(g) ∆H < 0

II: NO(g) + O 2 (g) ⇌ X

III: NO 2 + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ HNO 3 (aq) + _____

Write down:

10.1.1 The name of this industrial process (1)

10.1.2 The function of Pt in reaction I (1)

10.1.3 The NAME of product X (1)

10.1.4 A balanced equation for reaction III (2)

10.1.5 TWO ways in which the yield of the NO(g) obtained in reaction I
can be increased without changing the amount of reactants and
products (2)

10.2 NPK fertilisers contain NH 4 NO 3 , (NH 4 ) 3 PO 4 and KCℓ in varying proportions.

10.2.1 What does NPK mean? (1)

10.2.2 Consider the fertiliser illustrated below.

3 – 2 – 3 (25)

50 kg

Calculate the mass, in kg, of KCℓ needed to produce this fertiliser. (6)
[14]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2017
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83


2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
SENIOR CERTIFICATE EXAMINATIONS

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

2017

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2017
SCE

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal
places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2017
SCE

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Write
down the question number (1.1–1.10), choose the answer and make a cross (X) over
the letter (A–D) of your choice in the ANSWER BOOK.

EXAMPLE:

1.11 A B C D

1.1 The boiling point of a compound is the …

A minimum temperature at which it boils.

B average temperature at which it boils across all possible atmospheric


pressures.

C maximum temperature at which it boils.

D temperature at which its vapour pressure equals atmospheric pressure. (2)

1.2 Which ONE of the following organic reactions will take place only when
exposed to light?

A CH 2 CH 2 + H 2 → CH 3 CH 3

B CH 3 CH 3 → CH 2 CH 2 + H 2

C CH 2 CH 2 + Cℓ 2 → CH 2 CℓCH 2 Cℓ

D CH 3 CH 3 + Cℓ 2 → CH 3 CH 2 Cℓ + HCℓ (2)

1.3 The energy change during a chemical reaction is known as …

A bond energy.

B heat of reaction.

C activation energy.

D activated complex. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2017
SCE

1.4 Which ONE of the descriptions below is TRUE for a chemical reaction in
equilibrium?

CONCENTRATIONS OF FORWARD AND REVERSE


REACTANTS AND PRODUCTS REACTION RATES
A Remain constant Equal
B Remain constant Not equal
C Equal Equal
D Not equal Not equal (2)

1.5 The complete combustion of ethane is represented by the balanced equation


below.
2C 2 H 6 (g) + 7O 2 (g) → 4CO 2 (g) + 6H 2 O(g)

The maximum volume of gas that can be produced by the complete


combustion of 100 cm3 of ethane is:

A 200 cm3

B 400 cm3

C 500 cm3

D 600 cm3 (2)

1.6 The reaction below reaches equilibrium in a closed container.

N 2 (g) + 3H 2 (g) ⇌ 2NH 3 (g) + energy

Consider the following statements regarding the equilibrium above:


I: When one N 2 molecule combines with three H 2 molecules, two
NH 3 molecules decompose at the same time.
II: An iron oxide catalyst increases the amount of ammonia produced in this
reaction.
III: When the temperature increases, the equilibrium constant (K c ) for this
reaction will increase.

Which of the above statements is/are CORRECT?

A I only

B I and II only

C I and III only

D I, II and III (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/2017
SCE

1.7 Which ONE of the following pairs represents the conjugate acid and the
conjugate base of HPO 24− ?

CONJUGATE ACID CONJUGATE BASE


A PO 34− H2PO −4
B H2PO −4 PO 34−
C H2PO −4 H 3 PO 4
D H2PO 24− PO 24− (2)

1.8 A simplified diagram for the extraction of aluminium is shown below.

CO2(g)

Graphite electrode Electrolyte


Molten aluminium

Consider the following statements regarding the process above:

I: The electrolyte is a mixture of cryolite and aluminium oxide.

II: O 2 (g) is produced at the anode.

III: The half-reaction at the cathode is Aℓ3+(aq) + 3e- → Aℓ(s).

Which of the above statements are CORRECT?

A I and II only

B II and III only

C I and III only

D I, II and III (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/2017
SCE

1.9 Which ONE of the half-cells below will result in the HIGHEST emf when it is
used as a cathode, together with a zinc half-cell as anode, in a standard
galvanic cell?

A Cu2+(aq) | Cu(s)

B Fe2+(aq) | Fe(s)

C Ag+(aq) | Ag(s)

D Sn2+(aq) | Sn(s) (2)

1.10 Which of the following processes are ALL involved in the preparation of
ammonium sulphate?

A Ostwald process Contact process Haber process

B Fractional distillation
Ostwald process Contact process
of liquid air
C Fractional distillation
Haber process Contact process
of liquid air
D Fractional distillation
Haber process Ostwald process
of liquid air (2)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/2017
SCE

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

2.1 Define the term functional group of organic compounds. (2)

2.2 Write down the:

2.2.1 Structural formula of the functional group of aldehydes (1)

2.2.2 Name of the functional group of carboxylic acids (1)

2.3 The IUPAC name of an organic compound is 2,4-dimethylhexan-3-one.

For this compound, write down the:

2.3.1 Homologous series to which it belongs (1)

2.3.2 Structural formula (3)

2.4 Write down the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

2.4.1 H
H C H
H

H C HH C H
H H H H

H C C C C C C H

H H H Br H
H C H

H (3)

2.4.2 H H H

H C C C C C H

H H
H C H

H (2)
[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/2017
SCE

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The boiling points of some organic compounds are given in the table below.
Y represents an unknown boiling point.

BOILING POINT
COMPOUND
(°C)
A Methanol 64,7
B Ethanol 78,3
C Propan-1-ol 97,2
D Butan-1-ol 117,7
E Butan-2-ol 99,5
F 2-methylpropan-1-ol Y
G 2-methylpropan-2-ol 82,5

3.1 For the compounds listed above, write down the:

3.1.1 Structural formula of compound F (3)

3.1.2 LETTER that represents a POSITIONAL isomer of compound E (1)

3.1.3 LETTER that represents a CHAIN isomer of compound E (1)

3.2 The boiling points increase from compound A to compound D.

3.2.1 Give a reason for this increase in terms of the molecular structure. (1)

3.2.2 Name the intermolecular force in these compounds responsible for


this increase. (1)

3.3 Consider the boiling points given below.

85 °C 108 °C 122 °C

3.3.1 From these boiling points, choose the boiling point represented by
Y in the table above. (1)

3.3.2 Fully explain how you arrived at the answer to QUESTION 3.3.1. (4)

3.4 Hydrogen bonding is responsible for the relatively high boiling points of
compounds A to G in comparison with hydrocarbons of similar molecular size.

Draw TWO structural formulae of compound A. Use a dotted line to show the
hydrogen bonding between the two structural formulae. (2)

3.5 Compound B reacts with propanoic acid in the presence of concentrated


sulphuric acid.

Write down the:

3.5.1 Type of reaction that takes place (1)

3.5.2 Structural formula of the organic product formed (2)


[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/2017
SCE

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows how an alkene can be used to prepare other organic
compounds. The letters A to G represent different organic reactions.

Compound Y

B HCℓ C G

H H
E
A An alcohol
Propane C C C H (major product)
H2O
H H H

D HBr
F

Compound X
(major product)

4.1 Write down the type of reaction represented by:

4.1.1 A (1)

4.1.2 B (1)

4.1.3 E (1)

4.2 Write down the IUPAC name of compound X. (2)

4.3 For reaction D, write down:

4.3.1 The type of elimination reaction (1)

4.3.2 TWO reaction conditions (2)

4.4 Write down the:

4.4.1 FORMULA of an inorganic reactant needed for reaction F (1)

4.4.2 Balanced equation, using structural formulae, for reaction G (4)


[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/2017
SCE

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

The apparatus below is used to investigate one of the factors that affects the rate of
decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, H 2 O 2 . The balanced equation for the reaction is:

2H 2 O 2 (aq) → 2H 2 O(ℓ) + O 2 (g)

Two experiments are conducted. The reaction conditions are as follows:

Experiment I: 50 cm3 of hydrogen peroxide is allowed to decompose at 30 °C.

Experiment II: 50 cm3 of hydrogen peroxide decompose at 30 °C in the presence of


copper(II) oxide powder (CuO).

Graduated syringe Graduated syringe

Conical flask

H2O2(aq)
CuO(s)

Experiment I Experiment II

The results of the investigation are summarised in the table below.

Total volume of O 2 Time taken for complete


Experiment
produced (dm3) decomposition (min.)
I 0,4 12,3
II 0,4 5,8

5.1 For this investigation, write down the function of the:

5.1.1 Graduated syringe (1)

5.1.2 Copper(II) oxide (1)

5.2 How will you know when the reaction is completed? (1)

5.3 Write down the independent variable for this investigation. (1)

5.4 Use the collision theory to fully explain the difference in reaction rates of
experiment I and experiment II. (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/2017
SCE

5.5 The graphs below show changes in the potential energy during the
decomposition of hydrogen peroxide in experiment I and experiment II.

A
B
Potential energy (kJ)

H2O2

H2O+ O2

Course of reaction

5.5.1 Is energy ABSORBED or RELEASED during this reaction? Give a


reason for the answer. (2)

5.5.2 Which ONE of the curves, A or B, represents experiment II? (1)

5.6 Calculate the rate, in mol∙dm-3∙min-1, at which 50 cm3 of hydrogen peroxide


decomposes in experiment II. Assume that 1 mole of gas occupies a volume
of 25 dm3 at 30 °C. (6)
[16]
QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

6.1 Consider the balanced equation for a reversible reaction below.

N 2 (g) + O 2 (g) ⇌ 2NO(g)

6.1.1 What is meant by the term reversible reaction? (1)

The sketch graph below shows the relationship between the value of the
equilibrium constant (K c ) for this reaction and temperature.

Kc

Temperature

6.1.2 Is the reaction ENDOTHERMIC or EXOTHERMIC? (1)

6.1.3 Fully explain the answer to QUESTION 6.1.2. (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/2017
SCE

How will EACH of the following changes affect the amount of NO(g) at
equilibrium?
Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
6.1.4 More N 2 (g) is added. (1)
6.1.5 The pressure is increased by decreasing the volume. (1)

6.2 Initially 336 g titanium (Ti) and 426 g chlorine gas (Cℓ 2 ) are mixed in a sealed
2 dm3 container at a certain temperature. The reaction reaches equilibrium
according to the following balanced equation:
Ti(s) + 2Cℓ 2 (g) ⇌ TiCℓ 4 (s)
At equilibrium it is found that 288 g titanium is left in the container.
6.2.1 Calculate the equilibrium constant (K c ) for the reaction at this
temperature. (8)
6.2.2 More titanium is now added to the equilibrium mixture. How will this
change affect the yield of TiCℓ 4 (s)?

Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)


[16]
QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)
7.1 Ethanoic acid (CH 3 COOH) is an acid that ionises incompletely in water
according to the following balanced equation:
CH 3 COOH(aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) → CH 3 COO─(aq) + H 3 O+(aq)
7.1.1 Write down the term used for the underlined phrase above. (1)
7.1.2 An ethanoic acid solution has a pH of 4 at 25 °C. Calculate the
concentration of the hydronium ions, H 3 O+(aq) in the solution. (3)

7.2 A standard solution of potassium hydroxide (KOH) is prepared in a 250 cm3


volumetric flask. During a titration, 12,5 cm3 of this solution neutralises 25 cm3
of a 0,16 mol∙dm-3 ethanoic acid solution.
The balanced equation for the reaction is:
CH 3 COOH(aq) + KOH(aq) → CH 3 COOK(aq) + H 2 O(ℓ)
7.2.1 Define a base according to the Arrhenius theory. (2)
7.2.2 Calculate the mass of potassium hydroxide used to prepare the
solution above in the 250 cm3 volumetric flask. (7)
7.2.3 Will the pH of the solution in the conical flask at the end point be
GREATER THAN 7, SMALLER THAN 7 or EQUAL TO 7? (1)
7.2.4 Explain the answer to QUESTION 7.2.3 with the aid of a balanced
chemical equation. (3)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/2017
SCE

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

The electrochemical cell represented by the cell notation below is used to investigate
the relationship between the concentration of X2+(aq) and the emf of the cell. The
concentration of Zn2+(aq) and the temperature are kept at standard conditions.

Zn(s) | Zn2+(aq) || X2+(aq) | X(s)

The graph below shows the results obtained.

Graph of emf versus [X2+]

1,11
1,09
emf (V)

1,08

1,07

0,1 0,2 0,6 1,0


2+ -3
[X ] (mol∙dm )

8.1 For this investigation, write down the:

8.1.1 Dependent variable (1)

8.1.2 Name of an instrument needed to measure the emf of the cell (1)

8.1.3 Name of the component of the cell that ensures electrical neutrality (1)

8.1.4 Values of TWO standard conditions needed to ensure that the


standard emf is obtained (2)

8.2 Write down the conclusion that can be drawn from the results. (2)

8.3 Identify electrode X with the aid of a calculation. (5)

8.4 Write down the overall (net) cell reaction that takes place when this cell is in
operation. (3)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/2017
SCE

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagram below represents a cell used to electroplate an iron medal with
a thin layer of gold.

battery

Medal
AuCℓ3(aq)

9.1 Is this an ELECTROLYTIC or a GALVANIC cell? (1)

9.2 Which electrode, P or the Medal, is the anode? (1)

9.3 Write down the:

9.3.1 Half-reaction that takes place at electrode P (2)

9.3.2 Oxidation number of gold (Au) in the electrolyte (1)

9.3.3 Energy change that takes place in this cell (1)

9.3.4 Visible change that occurs on electrode P after the cell functions
for a while (1)

9.4 Besides improving appearance, state ONE other reason why the medal is
electroplated. (1)

9.5 State ONE of the two possible changes that should be made to the cell above
to electroplate the medal with silver instead of gold. (1)
[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/2017
SCE

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

10.1 The letters A to F in the table below represent some fertilisers and raw
materials used in the preparation of fertilisers.

A Sulphur B Air

C Methane D Potassium chloride

E Ammonium sulphate F Ammonium nitrate

Write down the:

10.1.1 LETTERS representing TWO raw materials used in the preparation


of compound F (2)

10.1.2 NAME or FORMULA of the acid needed to prepare compound F (1)

10.1.3 LETTER representing the solid raw material used in the contact
process (1)

10.1.4 Balanced equation for the preparation of compound E (3)

10.1.5 LETTER representing the raw material that supplies the primary
nutrient needed for development of flowers (1)

10.2 A 2 kg bag of fertiliser is labelled as follows:

2 : 3 : 2 (22)

Calculate the mass of the:

10.2.1 Phosphorous in the bag (3)

10.2.2 Filler in the bag (3)


[14]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2017
SCE

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
θ θ θ

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2017
SCE
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2017
SCE
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− +
NO 3 + 2H + e− ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e
+ −
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ −
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+ −
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+ −
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr + e− ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+ −
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76
2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83
2+ −
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+ −
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+
Sr + 2e− ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+ −
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+ −
K +e ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2017
SCE
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+ −
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
I 2 + 2e− ⇌ 2I− + 0,54
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+
Hg + 2e− ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+ −
Pt +2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2017

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 16 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2017
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your FINAL numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal
places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2017
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Choose
the answer and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in
the ANSWER BOOK, for example 1.11 D.

1.1 The IUPAC name of an organic compound with molecular formula C 7 H 14 O 2 :

A Heptanal

B Heptan-1-ol

C Heptan-2-ol

D Heptanoic acid (2)

1.2 Which ONE of the following structures is the functional group of aldehydes?

A O B O

C O H C H

C O D O

C O C C C C
(2)

1.3 Which ONE of the following equations represents a cracking process?

A 5CH 2 = CH 2 →  (CH 2 CH 2 ) 5 

B CH 3 (CH 2 ) 5 CH = CH 2 + H 2 → CH 3 (CH 2 ) 6 CH 3

C CH 3 (CH 2 ) 6 CH 3 → CH 3 (CH 2 ) 4 CH 3 + CH 2 = CH 2

D CH 3 (CH 2 ) 7 OH → CH 3 (CH 2 ) 5 CH = CH 2 + H 2 O (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2017
NSC

1.4 The potential energy diagram for a chemical reaction is shown below.

Potential energy (kJ)


X

Course of reaction

Consider the following statements regarding the graph above:

I: X represents the potential energy of the products formed during the


reverse reaction.
II: The graph could be a representation of the change in potential energy
for the following reaction:

CaCO 3 (s) ⇌ Ca2+(aq) + CO 32− (aq) ∆H > 0

III: The graph could be a representation of the change in potential energy


for the combustion of methane.

Which of the statements above are TRUE?

A I and II only

B II and III only

C I and III only

D I, II and III (2)

1.5 A certain chemical reaction reaches equilibrium at 25 °C. The equilibrium


constant, K c , for the reaction at this temperature is 1,0 x 10-4.

Which ONE of the following statements regarding this reaction at equilibrium


is CORRECT?

A The concentration of the products is equal to that of the reactants.

B The concentration of the products is higher than that of the reactants.

C The concentration of the products is lower than that of the reactants.

D The rate of the forward reaction is lower than the rate of the reverse
reaction. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2017
NSC

1.6 Consider the following chemical reaction at equilibrium in a closed container:

2HgO(s) ⇌ 2Hg(ℓ) + O 2 (g)

More HgO(s) is now added to the container at constant temperature.

How will the number (in moles) of O 2 (g) and the value of K c be affected at
equilibrium?

NUMBER OF MOLES OF O 2 Kc
A Increases Increases
B Increases Remains the same
C Remains the same Remains the same
D Remains the same Increases
(2)

1.7 Which ONE of the following solutions, each of concentration 0,1 mol∙dm-3, has
the highest pH?

A HNO 3 (aq)

B NH 4 Cℓ(aq)

C Na 2 CO 3 (aq)

D CH 3 COOH(aq) (2)

1.8 The cell notation for a galvanic cell is as follows:

Ni(s) | Ni2+ (1 mol∙dm-3) || Pb2+ (1 mol∙dm-3) | Pb(s)

Which ONE of the following statements is CORRECT for this cell?

A Ni is oxidised.

B Pb(s) is reduced.

C Ni2+(aq) is the oxidising agent.

D Pb2+ is the reducing agent. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2017
NSC

1.9 Which ONE of the following combinations CORRECTLY shows the products
formed during the electrolysis of a CONCENTRATED sodium chloride
solution?

CATHODE ANODE
A Hydrogen Sodium
B Hydrogen Chlorine
C Chlorine Sodium
D Chlorine Hydrogen
(2)

1.10 Which ONE of the following is NOT part of the eutrophication process?

A Algal bloom

B Bacterial nitrogen fixation

C Depletion of oxygen in water

D Increase in plant nutrients in water (2)


[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2017
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

2.1 Study the structural formula below.

H H O H H H

H C C O C C C C H

H H H H H

For this compound, write down the:

2.1.1 Homologous series to which it belongs (1)

2.1.2 IUPAC name (2)

2.1.3 IUPAC name of the organic acid used in its preparation (1)

2.1.4 STRUCTURAL FORMULA of its straight chain (unbranched)


functional isomer (2)

2.2 Write down the structural formula of 4-methylpentan-2-one. (3)

2.3 Consider the structural formula below.

H H

H C C H
H H H H H
H C C C C C C C H
H H H
H C H H C H

H H

For this compound, write down the:

2.3.1 General formula of the homologous series to which it belongs (1)

2.3.2 IUPAC name (3)


[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2017
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The vapour pressure versus temperature graph below was obtained for four straight
chain (unbranched) alkanes (P, Q, R and S).
FROM P TO S, EACH COMPOUND DIFFERS FROM THE PREVIOUS COMPOUND
BY A –CH 2 GROUP.
The vapour pressures are measured in mmHg. Atmospheric pressure is 760 mmHg.
Graph of vapour pressure versus temperature
900
760
750
P
Vapour pressure (mmHg)

600
Q

450
R

300
P S
R S
Q
150

0 20 40 60 80 100
Temperature (°C)

3.1 Give a reason why alkanes are said to be SATURATED. (1)


3.2 Define vapour pressure. (2)
3.3 Use the information in the graph above to answer the following questions.
3.3.1 What is the effect of an increase in temperature on vapour
pressure? Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or
NO EFFECT. (1)
3.3.2 Which compound has a boiling point of approximately 68 °C? Give a
reason for the answer. (2)
3.3.3 Which compound has the longest chain length? Fully explain the
answer. (4)
3.4 Compound P has FIVE carbon atoms.
3.4.1 Draw the structural formula of a chain isomer of P. Write down the
IUPAC name of this isomer. (3)
3.4.2 How will the vapour pressure of this isomer compare with that of
compound P? Choose from HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2017
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows how an alcohol (compound P) can be used to prepare
other organic compounds. The letters A to E represent different organic reactions. X, Y
and Z are organic compounds.

H H H H
Alkene
H C C C C H B Compound Y
(Major product)
H H O H A
H
Compound P E H2, Pt
D

C HBr

Compound X Compound Z
(Organic product)

4.1 Is compound P a PRIMARY, SECONDARY or TERTIARY alcohol? Give a


reason for the answer. (2)

4.2 Write down the type of:

4.2.1 Elimination reaction represented by A (1)

4.2.2 Addition reaction represented by B (1)

4.2.3 Elimination reaction represented by D (1)

4.3 Sodium hydroxide is used as one of the reactants in reaction C.

4.3.1 What type of reaction takes place here? (1)

4.3.2 State the TWO reaction conditions for this reaction. (2)

4.3.3 Write down the IUPAC name of compound X. (2)

4.4 Write down the FORMULA of an inorganic reactant needed for reaction D. (1)

4.5 Using STRUCTURAL FORMULAE, write down a balanced equation for


reaction E. (3)

4.6 Write down the IUPAC name of compound Z. (1)


[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2017
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

A group of learners uses the reaction between powdered zinc and EXCESS dilute
hydrochloric acid to investigate one of the factors that affects the rate of a chemical
reaction. The balanced equation for the reaction is:

Zn(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → ZnCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 (g)

They conduct two experiments. The reaction conditions used are summarised in the
table below.

TEMPERATURE VOLUME OF CONCENTRATION MASS OF


EXPERIMENT
(°C) HCℓ (cm3) OF HCℓ (mol∙dm-3) Zn (g)
I 25 200 0,25 x
II 25 200 0,40 x

The results obtained are shown in the graph (not drawn to scale) below.

Graph of volume of H 2 (g) produced versus time


Volume of H2(g)
produced (cm3)

P
Q

0 30 45 70
Time (s)
5.1 Define reaction rate. (2)

5.2 Write down an investigative question for this investigation. (2)

5.3 Which curve, P or Q, represents the results of experiment I? Explain the


answer. (3)

5.4 The average rate of the production of hydrogen gas, as represented by


graph P, was 15 cm3∙s-1. Calculate the mass of zinc used. Take the molar
gas volume at 25 °C as 24 000 cm3. (5)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2017
NSC

5.5 In a third experiment (experiment III), 200 cm3 of a 0,25 mol∙dm-3 dilute
hydrochloric acid solution at 35 °C reacts with the same amount of zinc
powder as in experiment I and experiment II.

5.5.1 How will the heat of reaction of experiment II compare with that of
experiment III? Choose from MORE THAN, LESS THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)

5.5.2 How will the activation energy of the reaction in experiment I


compare with that of the reaction in experiment III? Choose from
MORE THAN, LESS THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)

5.6 The rate of the reaction in experiment III is higher than that of experiment I.

Fully explain this statement by referring to the collision theory. (3)


[17]

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Carbonyl bromide, COBr 2 , decomposes into carbon monoxide and bromine according
to the following balanced equation:

COBr 2 (g) ⇌ CO(g) + Br 2 (g) ∆H > 0

Initially COBr 2 (g) is sealed in a 2 dm3 container and heated to 73 °C. The reaction is
allowed to reach equilibrium at this temperature. The equilibrium constant for the
reaction at this temperature is 0,19.

6.1 Define chemical equilibrium. (2)

At equilibrium it is found that 1,12 g CO(g) is present in the container.

6.2 Calculate the:

6.2.1 Equilibrium concentration of the COBr 2 (g) (7)

6.2.2 Percentage of COBr 2 (g) that decomposed at 73 °C (4)

6.3 Which ONE of the following CORRECTLY describes the K c value when
equilibrium is reached at a lower temperature?

K c < 0,19 K c > 0,19 K c = 0,19 (1)

6.4 The pressure of the system is now decreased by increasing the volume of the
container at 73 °C and the system is allowed to reach equilibrium.

How will the number of moles of COBr 2 (g) be affected? Choose from
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. Explain the answer. (3)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2017
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 Ammonia ionises in water to form a basic solution according to the following
balanced equation:

NH 3 (g) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ NH+4 (aq) + OH− (aq)

7.1.1 Is ammonia a WEAK or a STRONG base? Give a reason for the


answer. (2)

7.1.2 Write down the conjugate acid of NH 3 (g). (1)

7.1.3 Identify ONE substance in this reaction that can behave as an


ampholyte in some reactions. (1)

7.2 A learner adds distilled water to a soil sample and then filters the mixture.
The pH of the filtered liquid is then measured.

He then gradually adds an ammonia solution, NH 3 (aq), to this liquid and


measures the pH of the solution at regular intervals. The graph below shows
the results obtained.

Graph of pH versus volume of NH 3 (aq)

12

8
pH

0 2 4 6 8 10
3
Volume of NH3(aq) added (cm )

7.2.1 Is the soil sample ACIDIC or BASIC? Refer to the graph above and
give a reason for the answer. (2)

7.2.2 Calculate the concentration of the hydroxide ions ( OH − ) in the


reaction mixture after the addition of 4 cm3 of NH 3 (aq). (4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2017
NSC

7.3 A laboratory technician wants to determine the concentration of a hydrochloric


acid (HCℓ) sample. He adds 5 cm3 of the HCℓ sample to 495 cm3 of distilled
water to give 500 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid, HCℓ(aq).

During a reaction 50 cm3 of this dilute hydrochloric acid solution, HCℓ(aq),


reacts completely with 0,29 g of sodium carbonate, Na 2 CO 3 (s).

5 cm3 50 cm3

HCℓ 495 cm3


sample distilled water 0,29 g
Na2CO3

The balanced equation for the reaction is:

Na 2 CO 3 (s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → 2NaCℓ(aq) + CO 2 (g) + H 2 O(ℓ)

Calculate the concentration of the hydrochloric acid sample. (7)


[17]

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

8.1 Learners set up a galvanic cell and measure its emf under standard
conditions.

Aℓ Ag

AgNO3(aq)

8.1.1 Write down the name of component Y. (1)

8.1.2 Is Aℓ the ANODE or the CATHODE? (1)

8.1.3 Write down the overall (net) cell reaction that takes place in this cell
when it is working. (3)

8.1.4 Calculate the initial emf of this cell. (4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2017
NSC

8.2 Consider the half-cells, P, Q and R, represented in the table below.

HALF-CELL
P Q R
Zn | Zn2+(aq) Cℓ 2 | Cℓ ─(aq) Cu | Cu2+(aq)

Different combinations of the half-cells above are compared to determine the


highest emf produced under standard conditions.

8.2.1 Write down the NAME of a suitable electrode for half-cell Q. (1)

8.2.2 State the standard conditions under which the half-cells should
operate to ensure a fair comparison. (2)

8.2.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the strongest reducing agent
in the half-cells above. (1)

8.2.4 Which combination of half-cells will produce the highest emf?


Choose from PR, PQ or QR. (NO calculation is required.) (1)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/November 2017
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagram below represents an electrochemical cell used in the refining of
copper. One of the electrodes consists of impure copper.

Power source

P Q

Concentrated
CuCℓ2(aq)

9.1 What type of power source, AC or DC, is used to drive the reaction in
this cell? (1)

9.2 When an electric current passes through the CuCℓ 2 (aq), the mass of
electrode P increases.

Is electrode P the CATHODE or the ANODE?


Write down the relevant half-reaction to support the answer. (3)

9.3 The impure copper contains zinc impurities which are oxidised to zinc ions.

Refer to the relative strengths of oxidising agents to explain why zinc ions will
not influence the quality of the pure copper produced in this cell. (3)

9.4 Electrodes P and Q are now replaced by carbon electrodes.

9.4.1 What will be observed at electrode Q? (1)

9.4.2 How will the concentration of the electrolyte change as the reaction
proceeds? Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. (1)
[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/November 2017
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

10.1 The equations below represent two industrial processes involved in the
preparation of ammonium nitrate.

Process X Process Y

I: A + 5O2(g) → 4NO + 6H2O(g) IV: N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g)

II: 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2B

III: B + H2O(g) → HNO3(g) + NO(g)

Ammonium nitrate

Write down the:

10.1.1 NAME of substance A (1)

10.1.2 FORMULA of substance B (1)

10.1.3 NAME given for reaction I (1)

10.1.4 NAME or FORMULA of the catalyst used in reaction I (1)

10.1.5 Name of process X (1)

10.1.6 Name of process Y (1)

10.1.7 Balanced equation for the preparation of ammonium nitrate from the
products obtained in process X and process Y (3)

10.2 A 15 kg bag of fertiliser contains 5% phosphorus, 10% nitrogen and


15% potassium.

Calculate the:

10.2.1 Mass of phosphorus in the bag (2)

10.2.2 Mass of filler in the bag (3)


[14]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2017
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2017
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2017
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2017
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83


2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2016

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages, 4 data sheets and 1 graph sheet.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
in the ANSWER BOOK and on the GRAPH SHEET.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer QUESTION 5.3.2 on


the attached GRAPH SHEET. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER
BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Choose the answer and write only the letter
(A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example
1.11 E.

1.1 Which ONE of the following compounds is an aldehyde?

A CH 3 COCH 3

B CH 3 CH 2 CHO

C CH 3 CH 2 COOH

D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH (2)

1.2 The equation below represents the decomposition of calcium carbonate.

CaCO 3 (s)  CaO(s) + CO 2 (g)

Which ONE of the following factors will increase the initial rate of
decomposition of calcium carbonate?

A Pressure

B Temperature

C Concentration

D Mass of CaCO 3 (s) (2)

1.3 Consider the cell notation of the galvanic cell below.

Zn│Zn2+║Cu2+│Cu

Which ONE of the following statements regarding this cell is TRUE?

A Copper is formed at the cathode.

B Copper is formed at the anode.

C Zinc is formed at the anode.

D Zinc is formed at the cathode. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

1.4 Which ONE of the following compounds will react with sodium hydroxide
(NaOH) in a neutralisation reaction?

A CH 3 CHO

B CH 3 COOH

C CH 3 COCH 3

D CH 3 CH 2 OH (2)

1.5 Consider the reactant Y in the following reaction:

Y + H 2 O ⇌ H 3 O+ + H2PO −4

The formula of Y is:

A PO 34−

B H2PO −4

C HPO 24−

D H 3 PO 4 (2)

1.6 A gardener needs a fertiliser with the highest percentage of the relevant
nutrient to obtain a green lawn.

Which ONE of the following NPK fertilisers will give the best results?

A 8:1:5

B 7:1:1

C 3:2:3

D 3:1:5 (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

1.7 The activation energy for a certain reaction is 50 kJ∙mol-1. Energy is absorbed
when this reaction takes place.

Which ONE of the following is CORRECT for the REVERSE reaction?

ACTIVATION ENERGY HEAT OF REACTION


(E A) (ΔH)
A E A > 50 kJ∙mol-1 ΔH > 0
B E A > 50 kJ∙mol-1 ΔH < 0
C E A < 50 kJ∙mol-1 ΔH < 0
D E A < 50 kJ∙mol-1 ΔH > 0 (2)

1.8 Which ONE of the following pairs of compounds are FUNCTIONAL isomers?

A Methanol and methanal

B Butane and 2-methylpropane

C Propan-1-ol and propan-2-ol

D Propanoic acid and methyl ethanoate (2)

1.9 The balanced equations for three reactions at equilibrium in a closed


container are given below.

(i) C 2 H 4 (g) + H 2 (g) ⇌ C 2 H 6 (g)


(ii) Fe 3 O 4 (s) + 4H 2 (g) ⇌ 3Fe(s) + 4H 2 O(g)
(iii) SO 3 (g) + NO(g) ⇌ NO 2 (g) + SO 2 (g)

In which reaction(s) will the equilibrium position shift when the volume of the
reaction vessel is decreased at constant temperature?

A (i) only

B (i) and (ii) only

C (i) and (iii) only

D (i), (ii) and (iii) (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

1.10 In each of the electrolytic cells below, copper(II) sulphate is used as the
electrolyte. The electrodes are either carbon (C) or copper (Cu).
(i) (ii) (iii)

Cu Cu C Cu Cu C

In which cell(s) will the concentration of the electrolyte remain constant during
electrolysis?

A (i) only

B (i) and (ii) only

C (i) and (iii) only

D (ii) and (iii) only (2)


[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

2.1 Consider the organic compounds represented by the letters A to C below.


A Cℓ H H

H C C C H

H H

H H H H H
H C C C C C C H

H H H Cℓ H H

B H H H H C H H

H C C C C O H H C C C H

H H H H H O H

Write down the:

2.1.1 Name of the homologous series to which compound C belongs (1)

2.1.2 IUPAC name of compound A (3)


2.1.3 Structural formula of a tertiary alcohol that is a structural isomer of
compound B (2)
2.2 An alcohol and methanoic acid are heated in the presence of concentrated
sulphuric acid to form an ester.
2.2.1 What is the role of the concentrated sulphuric acid in this reaction? (1)
2.2.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the inorganic product
formed. (1)
The ester contains 6,67% hydrogen (H), 40% carbon (C) and 53,33%
oxygen (O). The molar mass of the ester is 60 g·mol-1.

Use a calculation to determine its:


2.2.3 Empirical formula (5)
2.2.4 Molecular formula (3)
Write down the:
2.2.5 Structural formula of methanoic acid (1)
2.2.6 IUPAC name of the ester (2)
[19]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

3.1 Define the term boiling point. (2)

3.2 What is the relationship between strength of intermolecular forces and boiling
point? (1)

The relationship between strength of intermolecular forces and boiling point is


investigated using four organic compounds from different homologous series. The
compounds and their boiling points are given in the table below.

COMPOUND BOILING POINT (°C)


A Propane -42
B Propan-2-one 56
C Propan-1-ol 97
D Propanoic acid 141

3.3 Refer to the TYPE and the STRENGTH of intermolecular forces to explain the
difference in boiling points between:

3.3.1 Compounds A and B (3)

3.3.2 Compounds C and D (3)

3.4 Is compound B a GAS or a LIQUID at room temperature? (1)


[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows different organic reactions using CH 2 = CH 2 as the
starting reactant. X, Y and Z represent different organic compounds.

Reaction 4 Reaction 1
C2H6 CH2 = CH2 Y

Reaction 2 + HCℓ

Reaction 3
X Z

4.1 During Reaction 1, CH 2 = CH 2 undergoes polymerisation to form


compound Y.

For this reaction, write down the:

4.1.1 Type of polymerisation (1)

4.1.2 NAME of compound Y (1)

4.2 For Reaction 2, write down the:

4.2.1 IUPAC name of compound X (2)

4.2.2 Type of addition reaction of which this is an example (1)

4.3 During Reaction 3, compound X reacts with excess hot water.

Write down the:

4.3.1 STRUCTURAL FORMULA of compound Z (2)

4.3.2 NAME or FORMULA of the INORGANIC product (1)

4.4 Reaction 4 is an addition reaction.

4.4.1 Is C 2 H 6 a SATURATED or an UNSATURATED compound? Give a


reason for the answer. (2)

4.4.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the INORGANIC reactant


needed for this reaction. (1)

4.4.3 Using molecular formulae, write down a balanced equation for the
complete combustion of C 2 H 6 . (3)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

NOTE: The graph for QUESTION 5.3.2 must be drawn on the GRAPH SHEET
attached at the end of the QUESTION PAPER.

Methanol and hydrochloric acid react according to the following balanced equation:

CH 3 OH(aq) + HCℓ(aq)  CH 3 Cℓ(aq) + H 2 O(ℓ)

5.1 State TWO factors that can INCREASE the rate of this reaction. (2)

5.2 Define the term reaction rate. (2)

5.3 The rate of the reaction between methanol and hydrochloric acid is
investigated. The concentration of HCℓ(aq) was measured at different time
intervals. The following results were obtained:

TIME (MINUTES) HCℓ CONCENTRATION (mol∙dm-3)


0 1,90
15 1,45
55 1,10
100 0,85
215 0,60

5.3.1 Calculate the average reaction rate, in (mol∙dm-3)∙min-1 during the


first 15 minutes. (3)

5.3.2 Use the data in the table to draw a graph of concentration versus
time on the attached GRAPH SHEET.
NOTE: The graph is not a straight line.
(ATTACH THIS GRAPH SHEET TO YOUR ANSWER BOOK.) (3)

5.3.3 From the graph, determine the concentration of HCℓ(aq) at the


40th minute. (1)

5.3.4 Use the collision theory to explain why the reaction rate decreases
with time. Assume that the temperature remains constant. (3)

5.3.5 Calculate the mass of CH 3 Cℓ(aq) in the flask at the 215th minute.
The volume of the reagents remains 60 cm3 during the reaction. (5)
[19]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Initially, 2,2 g of pure CO 2 (g) is sealed in an empty 5 dm3 container at 900 °C.

6.1 Calculate the initial concentration of CO 2 (g). (4)

6.2 Give a reason why equilibrium will not be established. (1)

CaCO 3 (s) is now added to the 2,2 g CO 2 (g) in the container and after a while
equilibrium is established at 900 °C according to the following balanced equation:

CaCO 3 (s) ⇌ CaO(s) + CO 2 (g)

The equilibrium constant for this reaction at 900 °C is 0,0108.

6.3 Give a reason why this reaction will only reach equilibrium in a SEALED
container. (1)

6.4 Calculate the minimum mass of CaCO 3 (s) that must be added to the
container to achieve equilibrium. (7)

6.5 How will EACH of the following changes affect the amount of CO 2 (g)?
Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.

6.5.1 More CaCO 3 (s) is added at 900 °C (1)

6.5.2 The pressure is increased (1)

6.6 It is found that the equilibrium constant (K c ) for this reaction is 2,6 x 10-6 at
727 °C. Is the reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? Fully explain how
you arrived at the answer. (4)
[19]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 Define an acid in terms of the Lowry-Brønsted theory. (2)

7.2 Carbonated water is an aqueous solution of carbonic acid, H 2 CO 3 .


H 2 CO 3 (aq) ionises in two steps when it dissolves in water.

7.2.1 Write down the FORMULA of the conjugate base of H 2 CO 3 (aq). (1)

7.2.2 Write down a balanced equation for the first step in the ionisation of
carbonic acid. (3)

7.2.3 The pH of a carbonic acid solution at 25 °C is 3,4. Calculate the


hydroxide ion concentration in the solution. (5)

7.3 X is a monoprotic acid.

7.3.1 State the meaning of the term monoprotic. (1)

7.3.2 A sample of acid X is titrated with a standard sodium hydroxide


solution using a suitable indicator.

At the endpoint it is found that 25 cm3 of acid X is neutralised by


27,5 cm3 of the sodium hydroxide solution of concentration
0,1 mol∙dm-3.

Calculate the concentration of acid X. (5)

7.3.3 The concentration of H 3 O+ ions in the sample of acid X is


2,4 x 10-4 mol∙dm-3.

Is acid X a WEAK or a STRONG acid? Explain the answer by


referring to the answer in QUESTION 7.3.2. (3)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

An electrochemical cell consisting of half-cells A and B is assembled under standard


conditions as shown below.

Half-cell A Pt, Cℓ 2 (101,3 kPa) | Cℓ- (1 mol∙dm-3)


Half-cell B Mg2+ (1 mol∙dm-3) | Mg(s)

8.1 At which half-cell, A or B, are electrons released into the external circuit? (1)

8.2 Write down the:

8.2.1 Reduction half-reaction that takes place in this cell (2)

8.2.2 NAME or FORMULA of the substance whose oxidation number


DECREASES (1)

8.3 Calculate the initial cell potential of this cell when it is in operation. (4)

8.4 Write down an observation that will be made in half-cell B as the cell
operates. Give a reason for the answer. (2)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The electrochemical cell below is set up to demonstrate the purification of copper.

B A

Copper(II) chloride
solution

9.1 Write down the type of electrochemical cell illustrated above. (1)

The graphs below show the change in mass of the electrodes whilst the cell is in
operation.

P
Mass (g)

Time (min.)

9.2 Define a reducing agent in terms of electron transfer. (2)

9.3 Which graph represents the change in mass of electrode A? (1)

9.4 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at electrode A. (2)

9.5 Electrodes A and B are now replaced by graphite electrodes. It is observed


that chlorine gas (Cℓ 2 ) is released at one of the electrodes.

At which electrode (A or B) is chlorine gas formed? Fully explain how it is


formed. (3)
[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

Ammonium nitrate is an important fertiliser. It is produced by reacting nitric acid with


ammonia. Both nitric acid and ammonia are prepared on a large scale in industry.

10.1 Write down the name of the industrial preparation of nitric acid. (1)

10.2 The catalytic oxidation of ammonia is one of the steps in the process named
in QUESTION 10.1.

Write down the NAMES or FORMULAE of the TWO products formed in this
step. (2)

10.3 Write down a balanced equation for the preparation of ammonium nitrate. (3)

10.4 Calculate the mass, in kilogram, of ammonium nitrate that can be made from
6,8 x 104 kg of ammonia and excess nitric acid.
(One mole of ammonia produces one mole of ammonium nitrate.) (3)

10.5 Ammonium nitrate is often mixed with potassium chloride and ammonium
phosphate. Give a reason why it is mixed with these compounds. (1)
[10]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2

2,1
H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10

1,9
Cu

1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0

Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Approximate relative atomic mass

0,9
1,2
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,0

Na Mg Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

0,8
1,0
1,3
1,5
1,6
1,6
1,5
1,8
1,8
1,8
1,9
1,6
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,4
2,8

K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

KOOSEGU2021
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,8
1,9
2,2
2,2
2,2
1,9
1,7
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,1
2,5

Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

0,7
0,9
1,6
1,8
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,5

Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89

0,7
0,9
Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83


2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2016
NSC

CENTRE NUMBER:
EXAMINATION NUMBER:

QUESTION 5.3.2

Hand in this GRAPH SHEET with your ANSWER BOOK.

Graph of concentration versus time


2,0

1,5
Concentration (mol∙dm-3)

1,0

0,5

0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Time (minutes)

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
SENIOR CERTIFICATE EXAMINATIONS

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

2016

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2016
SCE

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions.


Each question has only ONE correct answer. Choose the answer and write only the
letter (A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for
example 1.11 E.

1.1 A compound with the general formula C n H 2n+2 is an ...

A alkane.

B alkene.

C alkyne.

D alcohol. (2)

1.2 Which ONE of the following is a product in ALL neutralisation reactions?

A H+

B H2O

C OH−

D NaCℓ (2)

1.3 Which ONE of the following pairs of products is formed during the catalytic
oxidation of ammonia?

A NO 2 and H 2 O

B NO and H 2 O

C NO and NO 2

D H 2 O and HNO 3 (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2016
SCE

1.4 Consider the following potential energy diagram for a chemical reaction:

120

Potential energy 100


80
(kJ∙mol-1)

60

40
20
0
Course of reaction

Which ONE of the following shows the values of the total energy change and
the activation energy for this reaction?

Energy change Activation energy


(kJ∙mol-1) (kJ∙mol-1)
A 80 40
B 60 100
C 40 80
D – 40 80 (2)

1.5 Which ONE of the following is a functional isomer of butanoic acid?

O O

A H O C CH CH3 B CH3 C O CH2 CH3

CH3
H H H O H

C H C C C C O H D H C C CH2 CH3

H H H H O
(2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/2016
SCE

1.6 In the flow diagram below P and Q represent two organic compounds.

HBr NaOH(aq)
CH2 CH2 P heat Q (major product)

Compound Q is:

A CH 2 CH 2

B CH 3 CH 3

C CH 3 CH 2 Br

D CH 3 CH 2 OH (2)

1.7 Chromate ions and dichromate ions are in equilibrium with each other in an
aqueous solution according to the following balanced equation:

2CrO 24− (aq) + 2 H + (aq) ⇌ Cr2 O 72− (aq) + H2 O (ℓ)


yellow orange

Which ONE of the following reagents should be added to change the colour of
the solution to yellow?

A HNO 3

B HCℓ

C NaOH

D CH 3 COOH (2)

1.8 Which ONE of the following is a NON-SPONTANEOUS redox reaction? Refer


to the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials (Table 4A or 4B).

A Zn(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → ZnCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 (g)

B Cu(s) + FeCℓ 2 (aq) → CuCℓ 2 (aq) + Fe(s)

C 2AgNO 3 (aq) + Cu(s) → Cu(NO 3 ) 2 (aq) + 2Ag(s)

D 2Aℓ(s) + 3Ni(NO 3 ) 2 (aq) → 2Aℓ(NO 3 ) 3 (aq) + 3Ni(s) (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/2016
SCE

1.9 In the electrochemical cell below the letters X and Y represent two metal
electrodes.

Electrode X Electrode Y

When the cell is functioning, ELECTRODE X GAINS MASS.

Which ONE of the following is the CORRECT cell notation for this cell?

A Y(s) | Y2+(aq) || X+(aq) | X(s)

B X(s) | X+(aq) || Y2+(aq) | Y(s)

C X+(aq) | X(s) || Y(s) | Y2+(aq)

D Y2+(aq) | Y(s) || X(s) | X+(aq) (2)

1.10 Graph Q (the solid line) below was obtained for the reaction of 100 cm3 of a
0,1 mol∙dm-3 HCℓ solution with excess magnesium powder.

Which graph (A, B, C or D) most probably represents the reaction of 100 cm3
of a 0,1 mol∙dm-3 CH 3 COOH solution with excess magnesium powder?

A
produced (cm3)
Volume H2 gas

B
Q
C D

Time (s)

(2)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

Consider the organic compounds A to F below.

H H
CH3 H
A C C B H C C C C H
CH3 CH3
H CH3

C CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH D 2,2-dimethylpropane

H O H H

E H C O C C C H F CH 3 CHC(CH 3 ) 2

H H H

2.1 Write down the LETTER that represents a compound that:

2.1.1 Has a carbonyl group (1)

2.1.2 Is an alcohol (1)

2.1.3 Is a CHAIN ISOMER of CH 3 (CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 (1)

2.2 Write down the:

2.2.1 IUPAC name of compound B (2)

2.2.2 Structural formula of compound F (2)

2.2.3 IUPAC name of a POSITIONAL isomer of compound A (3)

2.3 Compound E is formed when a carboxylic acid reacts with another


organic compound.

Write down the:

2.3.1 Homologous series to which compound E belongs (1)

2.3.2 NAME or FORMULA of the catalyst used for the preparation of


compound E (1)

2.3.3 IUPAC name of compound E (2)


[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The relationship between boiling point and the number of carbon atoms in straight
chain molecules of alkanes, carboxylic acids and alcohols is investigated. Curves P, Q
and R are obtained.

GRAPH OF BOILING POINT VERSUS NUMBER OF C ATOMS

500 Curve R

Curve Q
400
Boiling point (K)

Curve P

300

200

100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Number of C atoms
3.1 Define the term boiling point. (2)

3.2 For curve P, write down a conclusion that can be drawn from the above
results. (2)

3.3 Identify the curve (P, Q or R) that represents each of the following:

3.3.1 Alkanes (1)

3.3.2 Carboxylic acids (1)

3.4 Explain the answer to QUESTION 3.3.2 by referring to the:

• Types of intermolecular forces present in alkanes, carboxylic acids and


alcohols
• Relative strengths of these intermolecular forces
• Energy needed (5)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows how prop-1-ene can be used to prepare other organic
compounds.

propane

D C alcohol
compound X prop-1-ene
(major product) (major product)
HBr B

4.1 Write down the type of reaction represented by:

4.1.1 A (1)

4.1.2 D (1)

4.1.3 F (1)

4.2 Write down the:

4.2.1 NAME or FORMULA of the catalyst needed for reaction A (1)

4.2.2 NAME or FORMULA of the inorganic reagent needed for


reaction B (1)

4.2.3 Type of addition reaction represented by reaction C (1)

4.2.4 IUPAC name of compound X (2)

4.3 Use structural formulae to write down a balanced equation for reaction B. (5)

4.4 Both reactions D and E take place in the presence of a strong base.
State TWO conditions that will favour reaction D over reaction E. (2)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

The reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and sodium thiosulphate (Na 2 S 2 O 3 ) is
used to investigate one of the factors that influences reaction rate. The balanced
equation for the reaction is:

Na 2 S 2 O 3 (aq) + 2HCℓ(aq) → 2NaCℓ(aq) + S(s) + H 2 O(ℓ) + SO 2 (g)

The hydrochloric acid solution is added to the sodium thiosulphate solution in a flask.
The flask is placed over a cross drawn on a sheet of white paper, as shown in the
diagram below. The time that it takes for the cross to become invisible is measured to
determine the reaction rate.

flask

Na2S2O3(aq) + HCℓ(aq)

white paper

Four experiments, A to D, are conducted during this investigation. The volumes of


reactants used in each of the four experiments and the times of the reactions are
summarised in the table below.

Volume of
Volume of Volume of
Experiment Na 2 S 2 O 3 (aq) Time (s)
H 2 O(ℓ) (cm3) HCℓ(aq) (cm3)
(cm3)
A 25 0 5 50,0
B 20 5 5 62,5
C 15 10 5 83,3
D 10 15 5 125,0

5.1 State TWO factors that can influence the rate of the reaction above. (2)

5.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the product that causes the cross to
become invisible. (1)

5.3 Give a reason why water is added to the reaction mixture in experiments B
to D. (1)

5.4 Write down an investigative question for this investigation. (2)

5.5 In which experiment (A, B, C or D) is the reaction rate the highest? (1)

5.6 Use the collision theory to explain the difference in reaction rate between
experiments B and D. (3)

5.7 The original Na 2 S 2 O 3 solution was prepared by dissolving 62,50 g Na 2 S 2 O 3


crystals in distilled water in a 250 cm3 volumetric flask.
Calculate the mass of sulphur, S, that will form in experiment D if Na 2 S 2 O 3 is
the limiting reactant. (7)
[17]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Carbon dioxide reacts with carbon in a closed system to produce carbon monoxide,
CO(g), according to the following balanced equation:

CO 2 (g) + C(s) ⇌ 2CO(g) ΔH > 0

6.1 What does the double arrow indicate in the equation above? (1)

6.2 Is the above reaction an EXOTHERMIC reaction or an ENDOTHERMIC


reaction? Give a reason for the answer. (2)

Initially an unknown amount of carbon dioxide is exposed to hot carbon at 800 °C in a


sealed 2 dm3 container. The equilibrium constant, K c , for the reaction at this
temperature is 14.

At equilibrium it is found that 168,00 g carbon monoxide is present.

6.3 How will the equilibrium concentration of the product compare to that of the
reactants? Choose from LARGER THAN, SMALLER THAN or EQUAL TO.

Give a reason for the answer. (No calculation is required.) (2)

6.4 Calculate the initial amount (in moles) of CO 2 (g) present. (9)

6.5 State how EACH of the following will affect the yield of CO(g) at equilibrium.
Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.

6.5.1 More carbon is added at constant temperature. (1)

6.5.2 The pressure is increased. (1)

6.5.3 The temperature is increased. (1)


[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 Hydrogen carbonate ions react with water according to the following balanced
equation:

HCO3− (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ H 2 CO 3 (aq) + OH− (aq)

7.1.1 Define an acid according to the Lowry-Brønsted theory. (2)

7.1.2 Write down the FORMULAE of the two acids in the equation
above. (2)

7.1.3 Write down the formula of a substance in the reaction above that
can act as an ampholyte. (1)

7.2 During an experiment 0,50 dm3 of a 0,10 mol∙dm-3 HCℓ solution is added to
0,80 dm3 of a NaHCO 3 solution of concentration 0,25 mol∙dm-3. The balanced
equation for the reaction is:

NaHCO 3 (aq) + HCℓ(aq) → NaCℓ(aq) + CO 2 (g) + H 2 O(ℓ)

Calculate the:

7.2.1 Concentration of the hydroxide ions in the solution on completion of


the reaction (8)

7.2.2 pH of the solution on completion of the reaction (4)


[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

Magnesium (Mg) reacts with a dilute hydrochloric acid solution, HCℓ(aq), according to
the following balanced equation:

Mg(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → MgCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 (g)

8.1 Give a reason why the reaction above is a redox reaction. (1)

8.2 Write down the FORMULA of the oxidising agent in the reaction above. (1)

It is found that silver does not react with the hydrochloric acid solution.

8.3 Refer to the relative strengths of reducing agents to explain this observation. (3)

The reaction of magnesium with hydrochloric acid is used in an electrochemical cell, as


shown in the diagram below. The cell functions under standard conditions.

hydrogen gas Q
Mg

platinum
1 mol·dm-3 H+(aq) Mg2+ (aq)

half-cell A half-cell B

8.4 What is the function of platinum in the cell above? (1)

8.5 Write down the:

8.5.1 Energy conversion that takes place in this cell (1)

8.5.2 Function of Q (1)

8.5.3 Half-reaction that takes place at the cathode (2)

8.5.4 Cell notation of this cell (3)

8.6 Calculate the initial emf of this cell. (4)

8.7 How will the addition of concentrated acid to half-cell A influence the answer
to QUESTION 8.6? Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. (1)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below shows an electrochemical cell used to purify copper. A solution that
conducts electricity is used in the cell.

A B

9.1 Write down:

9.1.1 ONE word for the underlined phrase above the diagram (1)

9.1.2 The type of electrochemical cell illustrated above (1)

9.2 In which direction (from A to B or from B to A) will electrons flow in the


external circuit? (1)

9.3 Which electrode (A or B) is the:

9.3.1 Cathode (1)

9.3.2 Impure copper (1)

9.4 How will the mass of electrode A change as the reaction proceeds? Choose
from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.

Give a reason for the answer. (2)


[7]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/2016
SCE

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

A chemical company produces ammonium sulphate, (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , starting from the raw
materials P, Q and R, as shown in the flow diagram below.

P Q R

SO2(g)

nitrogen hydrogen
SO3(g)

reaction 1
process 1
oleum

compound X compound Y

(NH4)2SO4

10.1 Write down the NAME of raw material:

10.1.1 P (1)

10.1.2 Q (1)

10.1.3 R (1)

10.2 Write down the:

10.2.1 NAME of process 1 (1)

10.2.2 NAME of compound X (1)

10.2.3 FORMULA of compound Y (1)

10.2.4 Balanced equation for reaction 1 (3)

10.3 The company compares the nitrogen content of ammonium sulphate with that
of ammonium nitrate, NH 4 NO 3 .

10.3.1 Determine, by performing the necessary calculations, which ONE of


the two fertilisers has the higher percentage of nitrogen per mass. (4)

10.3.2 Write down the name of the process that should be included in the
flow diagram above if the company wants to prepare ammonium
nitrate instead of ammonium sulphate. (1)
[14]

TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2016
SCE

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
θ θ θ

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2016
SCE
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2016
SCE
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− +
NO 3 + 2H + e− ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e
+ −
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ −
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+ −
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+ −
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr + e− ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+ −
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76
2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83
2+ −
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+ −
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+
Sr + 2e− ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+ −
Ba + 2e ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+ −
K +e ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2016
SCE
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+ −
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
I 2 + 2e− ⇌ 2I− + 0,54
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+
Hg + 2e− ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+ −
Pt +2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2016

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 18 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2016
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2016
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Various options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Write
down the question number (1.1–1.10), choose the answer and make a cross (X) over
the letter (A–D) of your choice in the ANSWER BOOK.
EXAMPLE:

1.11 A B C D

1.1 In a chemical reaction an oxidising agent will …

A lose protons.

B gain protons.

C lose electrons.

D gain electrons. (2)

1.2 A catalyst is added to a reaction mixture at equilibrium.

Which ONE of the following statements about the effect of the catalyst is
FALSE?

A The rate of the forward reaction increases.

B The rate of the reverse reaction increases.

C The equilibrium position shifts to the right.

D The equilibrium position remains unchanged. (2)

1.3 What product will be formed when an alkene reacts with water vapour (H 2 O)
in the presence of an acid catalyst?

A Ester

B Alkane

C Alcohol

D Aldehyde (2)

1.4 Which ONE of the following represents a SUBSTITUTION REACTION?

A CH 2 = CH 2 + HBr → CH 3 CH 2 Br

B CH 2 = CH 2 + H 2 O → CH 3 CH 2 OH

C CH 3 CH 2 OH → CH 2 = CH 2 + H 2 O

D CH 3 CH 2 OH + HBr → CH 3 CH 2 Br + H 2 O (2)
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2016
NSC

1.5 Consider the two organic molecules I and II below.

I II
H H O H O H

H C C C H H C C C H

H H H H

Which ONE of the following represents the homologous series to which


compound I and compound II belong?

I II
A Ketones Alcohols
B Aldehydes Ketones
C Aldehydes Alcohols
D Ketones Aldehydes (2)

1.6 Consider the balanced equations for three reactions represented below:

I: N 2 (g) + 3H 2 (g) ⇌ 2NH 3 (g)

II: 4NH 3 (g) + 5O 2 (g) ⇌ 4NO(g) + 6H 2 O(g)

III: 2NO(g) + O 2 (g) ⇌ 2NO 2 (g)

Which of the above reactions form(s) part of the Ostwald process?

A I only

B II only

C III only

D II and III only (2)

1.7 Which ONE of the following pairs is NOT a conjugate acid-base pair?

A H3O+ and OH−

B NH+4 and NH 3

C H2PO−4 and HPO24−

D H 2 CO 3 and HCO3− (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2016
NSC

1.8 The reaction between hydrogen gas and iodine gas reaches equilibrium in a
closed container according to the following balanced equation:

H 2 (g) + I 2 (g) ⇌ 2HI(g)

Which ONE of the graphs below shows the relationship between the amount
of HI(g) at equilibrium and the pressure in the container at constant
temperature?

A B
Amount of HI (mol)

Amount of HI (mol)
Pressure (kPa) Pressure (kPa)

C D
Amount of HI (mol)
Amount of HI (mol)

Pressure (kPa) Pressure (kPa) (2)

1.9 Which ONE of the equations below represents the half-reaction occurring at
the CATHODE of an electrochemical cell that is used to electroplate an
object?

A Ag → Ag+ + e-

B Cr3+ + 3e- → Cr

C Cr3+ + e- → Cr2+

D Cu2+ + e- → Cu+ (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2016
NSC

1.10 Equal amounts of magnesium (Mg) powder react respectively with equal
volumes and equal concentrations of HCℓ(aq) and H 2 SO 4 (aq), as shown
below.

100 cm3 100 cm3


1 mol∙dm-3 HCℓ(aq) 1 mol∙dm-3 H2SO4(aq)
Mg(s) Mg(s)

Test tube X Test tube Y

The magnesium is in EXCESS.

Consider the following statements regarding these two reactions:

I: The initial rate of the reaction in test tube X equals the initial rate of the
reaction in test tube Y.
II: After completion of the reactions, the mass of magnesium that remains
in test tube X will be greater than that in test tube Y.
III: The amount of hydrogen gas formed in X is equal to the amount of
hydrogen gas formed in Y.

Which of the above statements is/are TRUE?

A I only

B II only

C III only

D I and III only (2)


[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2016
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

H H

H C C C H
A B Ethyl ethanoate
H
H C H

C 2,3-dibromo-3-methylpentane D Polyethene

H O H H H H O H

E H C C O C H F H C C C C O

H H H H H H

2.1 Write down the LETTER that represents the following:

2.1.1 A hydrocarbon (1)

2.1.2 A functional isomer of compound F (1)

2.1.3 A compound which belongs to the same homologous series as


compound B (1)

2.1.4 A plastic (1)

2.2 Write down the STRUCTURAL FORMULA of EACH of the following:

2.2.1 Compound C (3)

2.2.2 The acid used to prepare compound B (2)

2.2.3 The monomer used to make compound D (2)

2.3 Compound A reacts with an unknown reactant, X, to form 2-methylpropane.

Write down the:

2.3.1 NAME of reactant X (1)

2.3.2 Type of reaction that takes place (1)


[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2016
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The boiling points of three isomers are given in the table below.

BOILING POINT
ISOMERS
(°C)
A 2,2-dimethylpropane 9
B 2-methylbutane 28
C pentane 36

3.1 Define the term structural isomer. (2)

3.2 What type of isomers (POSITIONAL, CHAIN or FUNCTIONAL) are these


three compounds? (1)

3.3 Explain the trend in the boiling points from compound A to compound C. (3)

3.4 Which ONE of the three compounds (A, B or C) has the highest vapour
pressure? Refer to the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)

3.5 Use MOLECULAR FORMULAE and write down a balanced equation for the
complete combustion of compound B. (3)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2016
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

Butane (C 4 H 10 ) is produced in industry by the THERMAL cracking of long-chain


hydrocarbon molecules, as shown in the equation below. X represents an organic
compound that is produced.

C 10 H 22 → X + C 4 H 10

4.1 Write down:

4.1.1 ONE condition required for THERMAL cracking to take place (1)

4.1.2 The molecular formula of compound X (1)

4.1.3 The homologous series to which compound X belongs (1)

4.2 A mixture of the two gases, compound X and butane, is bubbled through
bromine water, Br 2 (aq), in a conical flask, as illustrated below. THE
REACTION IS CARRIED OUT IN A DARKENED ROOM.

Syringe
X and C4H10

Br2(aq)

The colour of the bromine water changes from reddish brown to colourless
when the mixture of the two gases is bubbled through it.

Which ONE of the gases (X or BUTANE) decolorises the bromine water?


Explain the answer. (4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2016
NSC

4.3 Study the flow diagram below, which represents various organic reactions,
and answer the questions that follow.
OH
I
CH3CH2CHCH3

Butane chlorination
Compound P III
C4H10

II Compound Q
concentrated (major product)
NaOH

Write down the:

4.3.1 IUPAC name of compound P (2)

4.3.2 Type of reaction labelled I (1)

4.3.3 Structural formula of compound Q (2)

4.3.4 The type of addition reaction represented by reaction III (1)


[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2016
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

Hydrogen peroxide, H 2 O 2 , decomposes to produce water and oxygen according to the


following balanced equation:

2H 2 O 2 (ℓ) → 2H 2 O(ℓ) + O 2 (g)

5.1 The activation energy (E A ) for this reaction is 75 kJ and the heat of reaction
(ΔH) is –196 kJ.

5.1.1 Define the term activation energy. (2)

5.1.2 Redraw the set of axes below in your ANSWER BOOK and then
complete the potential energy diagram for this reaction.

Indicate the value of the potential energy of the following on the


y-axis:

• Activated complex
• Products

(The graph does NOT have to be drawn to scale.)


Potential energy (kJ)

H2O2
0

Course of reaction
(3)

When powdered manganese dioxide is added to the reaction mixture, the rate
of the reaction increases.

5.1.3 On the graph drawn for QUESTION 5.1.2, use broken lines to
show the path of the reaction when the manganese dioxide is
added. (2)

5.1.4 Use the collision theory to explain how manganese dioxide


influences the rate of decomposition of hydrogen peroxide. (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2016
NSC

5.2 Graphs A and B below were obtained for the volume of oxygen produced
over time under different conditions.

60 ● ● ● ●

Graph A
● ●
50
Volume of oxygen gas (dm3)

● Graph B
40


30 ●

20

10

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Time (s)
5.2.1 Calculate the average rate of the reaction (in dm3∙s-1) between
t = 10 s and t = 40 s for graph A. (3)

5.2.2 Use the information in graph A to calculate the mass of hydrogen


peroxide used in the reaction. Assume that all the hydrogen
peroxide decomposed. Use 24 dm3·mol-1 as the molar volume of
oxygen. (4)

5.2.3 How does the mass of hydrogen peroxide used to obtain graph B
compare to that used to obtain graph A? Choose from GREATER
THAN, SMALLER THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2016
NSC

5.3 Three energy distribution curves for the oxygen gas produced under different
conditions are shown in the graph below.

The curve with the solid line represents 1 mol of oxygen gas at 90 °C.

Number of molecules P

Kinetic energy

Choose the curve (P or Q) that best represents EACH of the following


situations:

5.3.1 1 mol of oxygen gas produced at 120 °C (1)

5.3.2 2 moles of oxygen gas produced at 90 °C (1)


[20]

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Hydrogen gas, H 2 (g), reacts with sulphur powder, S(s), according to the following
balanced equation:
H 2 (g) + S(s) ⇌ H 2 S(g) ∆H < 0

The system reaches equilibrium at 90 °C.

6.1 Define the term chemical equilibrium. (2)

6.2 How will EACH of the following changes affect the number of moles of H 2 S(g)
at equilibrium?

Choose from INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.

6.2.1 The addition of more sulphur (1)

6.2.2 An increase in temperature


Use Le Chatelier's principle to explain the answer. (4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2016
NSC

6.3 The sketch graph below was obtained for the equilibrium mixture.

Reaction rate (mol∙s-1)

t1 Time (s)

A catalyst is added to the equilibrium mixture at time t 1 .

Redraw the graph above in your ANSWER BOOK. On the same set of axes,
complete the graph showing the effect of the catalyst on the reaction rates. (2)

Initially 0,16 mol H 2 (g) and excess S(s) are sealed in a 2 dm3 container and the system
is allowed to reach equilibrium at 90 °C.

An exact amount of Pb(NO 3 ) 2 solution is now added to the container so that ALL the
H 2 S(g) present in the container at EQUILIBRIUM is converted to PbS(s) according to
the following balanced equation:

Pb(NO 3 ) 2 (aq) + H 2 S(g) → PbS(s) + 2HNO 3 (aq)

The mass of the PbS precipitate is 2,39 g.

6.4 Calculate the equilibrium constant K c for the reaction H 2 (g) + S(s) ⇌ H 2 S(g)
at 90 °C. (9)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/November 2016
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 A learner dissolves ammonium chloride (NH 4 Cℓ) crystals in water and
measures the pH of the solution.

7.1.1 Define the term hydrolysis of a salt. (2)

7.1.2 Will the pH of the solution be GREATER THAN, SMALLER THAN


or EQUAL TO 7? Write a relevant equation to support your answer. (3)

7.2 A sulphuric acid solution is prepared by dissolving 7,35 g of H 2 SO 4 (ℓ) in


500 cm3 of water.

7.2.1 Calculate the number of moles of H 2 SO 4 present in this solution. (2)

Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) pellets are added to the 500 cm3 H 2 SO 4 solution.

The balanced equation for the reaction is:

H 2 SO 4 (aq) + 2NaOH(s) → Na 2 SO 4 (aq) + 2H 2 O(ℓ)

After completion of the reaction, the pH of the solution was found to be 1,3.
Assume complete ionisation of H 2 SO 4 .

7.2.2 Calculate the mass of NaOH added to the H 2 SO 4 solution. Assume


that the volume of the solution does not change. (9)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/November 2016
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

8.1 A nickel (Ni) rod is placed in a beaker containing a silver nitrate solution,
AgNO 3 (aq) and a reaction takes place.

Nickel (Ni) rod


AgNO3(aq)

Write down the:

8.1.1 NAME or FORMULA of the electrolyte (1)

8.1.2 Oxidation half-reaction that takes place (2)

8.1.3 Balanced equation for the net (overall) redox reaction that takes
place (3)

8.2 A galvanic cell is now set up using a nickel half-cell and a silver half-cell.

Ag Ni

Ag+(aq) Ni2+(aq)

8.2.1 Which electrode (Ni or Ag) must be connected to the negative


terminal of the voltmeter? Give a reason for the answer. (2)

8.2.2 Write down the cell notation for the galvanic cell above. (3)

8.2.3 Calculate the initial reading on the voltmeter if the cell functions
under standard conditions. (4)

8.2.4 How will the voltmeter reading in QUESTION 8.2.3 be affected if


the concentration of the silver ions is increased? Choose from
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 17 DBE/November 2016
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

In the electrochemical cell below, carbon electrodes are used during the electrolysis of
a concentrated sodium chloride solution.

Gas X Gas Y

Electrode P Electrode Q
Concentrated NaCℓ(aq)

The balanced equation for the net (overall) cell reaction is:

2H 2 O(ℓ) + 2Cℓ ─(aq) → Cℓ 2 (g) + H 2 (g) + 2OH─(aq)

9.1 Is the reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? (1)

9.2 Is electrode P the ANODE or the CATHODE? Give a reason for the answer. (2)

9.3 Write down the:

9.3.1 NAME or FORMULA of gas X (1)

9.3.2 NAME or FORMULA of gas Y (1)

9.3.3 Reduction half-reaction (2)

9.4 Is the solution in the cell ACIDIC or ALKALINE (BASIC) after completion of
the reaction? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 18 DBE/November 2016
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

10.1 The flow diagram below shows the processes involved in the industrial
preparation of fertiliser Q.

Process Y
N2(g) + H2(g) Gas P SO2(g) + O2(g)
V2O5

H2SO4(ℓ)

Process X Compound B

H2O(ℓ)

Compound A Compound C

Fertiliser Q

Write down the:

10.1.1 Name of process X (1)

10.1.2 Name of process Y (1)

10.1.3 NAME or FORMULA of gas P (1)

10.1.4 Balanced equation for the formation of compound B (3)

10.1.5 Balanced equation for the formation of fertiliser Q (4)

10.2 The diagram below shows a bag of NPK fertiliser of which the NPK ratio is
unknown. It is found that the mass of nitrogen in the bag is 4,11 kg and the
mass of phosphorus is 0,51 kg.

x – y – z (36)

20 kg
20 kg

Calculate the NPK ratio of the fertiliser. (4)


[14]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2016
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2016
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2016
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2016
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83


2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2015

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 17 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example 1.11. D.

1.1 Which ONE of the following compounds is an aldehyde?

A Pentanal

B Pentan-2-ol

C Pentan-2-one

D Ethyl propanoate (2)

1.2 Consider the reaction represented by the equation below:

CH 3 CHCH 2 + H 2 → CH 3 CH 2 CH 3

This reaction is an example of …

A hydration.

B dehydration.

C substitution.

D hydrogenation. (2)

1.3 Which ONE of the following is a CORRECT description for a 0,1 mol∙dm-3
hydrochloric acid solution?

A Dilute strong acid

B Dilute weak acid

C Concentrated weak acid

D Concentrated strong acid (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

1.4 Eutrophication involves the following stages:

(i) Increase in growth of algae


(ii) Increase in nitrate concentration
(iii) Death of fish
(iv) Decrease in oxygen concentration

Which ONE of the following CORRECTLY represents the order in which these
stages occur?

A (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

B (i) (ii) (iv) (iii)

C (ii) (i) (iii) (iv)

D (ii) (i) (iv) (iii) (2)

1.5 Consider the reaction represented by the balanced equation below:

A 2 (g) + B 2 (g) → 2AB(g)

The activation energy for the forward reaction is 180 kJ and that for the
reverse reaction is 200 kJ.

The heat of reaction (∆H) is ...

A + 20 kJ.

B - 20 kJ.

C + 380 kJ.

D - 380 kJ. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

1.6 Consider the structural formula of a compound below.

H H H O H

H C C C O C C H

H H H H

Which ONE of the following pairs of reactants can be used to prepare this
compound in the laboratory?

A Propanoic acid and ethanol

B Propanoic acid and methanol

C Ethanoic acid and propan-1-ol

D Methanoic acid and propan-1-ol (2)

1.7 The reaction of an acid-base indicator, represented as HIn(aq), with H 2 O(ℓ)


reaches equilibrium according to the following balanced equation:

HIn(aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ H 3 O+(aq) + In-(aq) ∆H > 0


yellow purple

At equilibrium the colour of the solution is purple.

Which ONE of the following will change the colour of the solution from purple
to yellow?

A Add NaOH(aq)

B Add HCℓ(aq)

C Add water

D Increase the temperature (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

1.8 Which ONE of the following metals will NOT react spontaneously with
sulphuric acid?

A Zn

B Mg

C Cu

D Fe (2)

1.9 A learner wants to electroplate a copper ring with nickel. He uses the
experimental set-up shown in the simplified diagram below.

Power
source

Nickel rod

Ring

Electrolyte

Which ONE of the following is CORRECT?

ANODE CATHODE ELECTROLYTE


A Copper ring Nickel rod CuSO 4
B Nickel rod Copper ring CuSO 4
C Copper ring Nickel rod NiSO 4
D Nickel rod Copper ring NiSO 4 (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

1.10 Consider the equilibrium constants for the same reaction at two different
temperatures below.

298 K: K c = 0,03

318 K: K c = 0,005

Which ONE of the following is CORRECT?

HEAT OF YIELD OF PRODUCTS AS THE


REACTION TEMPERATURE INCREASES
A ∆H > 0 Increases
B ∆H < 0 Decreases
C ∆H > 0 Decreases

D ∆H < 0 Remains the same


(2)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

H H
H C H
A H C C C H B 2-methylbutanoic acid

H H

H H O H H H CH3 H CH2CH3

C H C C C C C H D H C C C C H

H CH2CH3 H H H CH3 H CH2CH3

H H

E But-2-ene F C C

H H n

2.1 Write down the:

2.1.1 NAME of the functional group of compound B (1)

2.1.2 Homologous series to which compound C belongs (1)

2.1.3 Type of polymerisation reaction that produces compound F (1)

2.2 Write down the IUPAC name of:

2.2.1 The monomer used to prepare compound F (1)

2.2.2 Compound C (2)

2.2.3 Compound D (2)

2.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of each product formed during the
complete combustion of compound D. (2)

2.4 Write down the structural formula of:

2.4.1 Compound B (2)

2.4.2 A CHAIN ISOMER of compound A (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

2.5 A laboratory assistant uses bromine water to distinguish between


compounds D and E. She adds bromine water to a sample of each in two
different test tubes. She observes that the one compound decolourises the
bromine water immediately, whilst the other one only reacts after placing the
test tube in direct sunlight.

Write down the:

2.5.1 Letter (D or E) of the compound that will immediately decolourise


the bromine water (1)

2.5.2 Name of the type of reaction that takes place in the test tube
containing compound D (1)

2.5.3 Structural formula of the organic product formed in the test tube
containing compound E (2)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

Learners use compounds A to C, shown in the table below, to investigate a factor


which influences the boiling point of organic compounds.

A CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
B CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
C CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3

3.1 Which ONE of the compounds (A, B or C) has the highest boiling point? (1)

3.2 For this investigation, write down the:

3.2.1 Independent variable (1)

3.2.2 Dependent variable (1)

3.3 Write down the name of the type of Van der Waals force that occurs between
the molecules of compound B. (1)

3.4 How will the vapour pressure of 2-methylpentane compare to that of


compound C? Write down only HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)

The learners now compare the boiling points of compounds D and E, shown in the
table below.

D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH
E CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 COOH

3.5 How does the boiling point of compound D compare to that of compound E?
Write down HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or EQUAL TO. Fully explain the
answer. (4)
[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

In the flow diagram below, but-1-ene is used as starting material in the preparation of
compound A.

reaction 1
CH3 ― CH2 ― CH = CH2
H2O; H2SO4
reaction 2 HCℓ Compound A

reaction 3
Compound B

4.1 Is but-1-ene a SATURATED or UNSATURATED compound? Give a reason


for the answer. (2)

4.2 Compound A is the major product formed in reaction 1.

Write down the:

4.2.1 Structural formula of compound A (2)

4.2.2 Type of reaction that takes place (1)

4.3 For compound B, write down the:

4.3.1 IUPAC name (2)

4.3.2 Structural formula of the positional isomer (2)

4.4 For reaction 3, write down:

4.4.1 TWO reaction conditions needed (2)

4.4.2 The type of reaction that occurs (1)

4.4.3 A balanced equation, using molecular formulae (3)


[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

A group of learners uses the reaction of EXCESS hydrochloric acid (HCℓ) with zinc
(Zn) to investigate factors which influence reaction rate. The balanced equation for the
reaction is:

Zn(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → ZnCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 (g)

They use the same volume of hydrochloric acid and 1,2 g of zinc in each of five
experiments. The reaction conditions and temperature readings before and after
completion of the reaction in each experiment are summarised in the table below.

REACTION CONDITIONS
Temperature (°C) State of division Time
Experiment Concentration of
Before After of the 1,2 g of (s)
HCℓ (mol·dm-3)
Zn
1 0,5 20 34 granules 50
2 0,5 20 35 powder 10
3 0,8 20 36 powder 6
4 0,5 35 50 granules 8
5 0,5 20 34 granules 11

5.1 Is the reaction between hydrochloric acid and zinc EXOTHERMIC or


ENDOTHERMIC? Give a reason for the answer by referring to the data in the
table. (2)

5.2 Give a reason for the difference in reaction rate observed for Experiments 1
and 2. (1)

5.3 The learners compare the results of Experiments 1 and 3 to draw a


conclusion regarding the effect of concentration on reaction rate. Give a
reason why this is not a fair comparison. (1)

5.4 How does the rate of the reaction in Experiment 5 compare to that in
Experiment 1? Write down FASTER THAN, SLOWER THAN or EQUAL TO.

Write down the factor responsible for the difference in the rate of reaction and
fully explain, by referring to the collision theory, how this factor affects
reaction rate. (5)

5.5 Calculate the rate at which the hydrochloric acid reacts in Experiment 4 in
mol·s-1. (6)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Pure hydrogen iodide, sealed in a 2 dm3 container at 721 K, decomposes according to


the following balanced equation:

2HI(g) ⇌ H 2 (g) + I 2 (g) ∆H = + 26 kJ∙mol-1

The graph below shows how reaction rate changes with time for this reversible
reaction.
Reaction rate

0 5 12 15 17 20
Time (minutes)

6.1 Write down the meaning of the term reversible reaction. (1)

6.2 How does the concentration of the reactant change between the 12th and the
15th minute? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or NO CHANGE. (1)

6.3 The rates of both the forward and the reverse reactions suddenly change at
t = 15 minutes.

6.3.1 Give a reason for the sudden change in reaction rate. (1)

6.3.2 Fully explain how you arrived at the answer to QUESTION 6.3.1. (3)

The equilibrium constant (K c ) for the forward reaction is 0,02 at 721 K.

6.4 At equilibrium it is found that 0,04 mol HI(g) is present in the container.
Calculate the concentration of H 2 (g) at equilibrium. (6)

6.5 Calculate the equilibrium constant for the reverse reaction. (1)

6.6 The temperature is now increased to 800 K. How will the value of the
equilibrium constant (K c ) for the forward reaction change? Write down only
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 Sulphuric acid is a diprotic acid.

7.1.1 Define an acid in terms of the Lowry-Brønsted theory. (2)

7.1.2 Give a reason why sulphuric acid is referred to as a diprotic acid. (1)

7.2 The hydrogen carbonate ion can act as both an acid and a base. It reacts with
water according to the following balanced equation:

HCO3− (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ H 2 CO 3 (aq) + OH-(aq)

7.2.1 Write down ONE word for the underlined phrase. (1)

7.2.2 HCO3− (aq) acts as base in the above reaction. Write down the
formula of the conjugate acid of HCO3− (aq). (1)

7.3 A learner accidentally spills some sulphuric acid of concentration 6 mol∙dm-3


from a flask on the laboratory bench. Her teacher tells her to neutralise the
spilled acid by sprinkling sodium hydrogen carbonate powder onto it. The
reaction that takes place is: (Assume that the H 2 SO 4 ionises completely.)

H 2 SO 4 (aq) + 2NaHCO 3 (s) → Na 2 SO 4 (aq) + 2H 2 O(ℓ) + 2CO 2 (g)

The fizzing, due to the formation of carbon dioxide, stops after the learner has
added 27 g sodium hydrogen carbonate to the spilled acid.

7.3.1 Calculate the volume of sulphuric acid that spilled. Assume that all
the sodium hydrogen carbonate reacts with all the acid. (6)

The learner now dilutes some of the 6 mol∙dm-3 sulphuric acid solution in the
flask to 0,1 mol∙dm-3.

7.3.2 Calculate the volume of the 6 mol∙dm-3 sulphuric acid solution


needed to prepare 1 dm3 of the dilute acid. (2)

During a titration 25 cm3 of the 0,1 mol∙dm-3 sulphuric acid solution is added to
an Erlenmeyer flask and titrated with a 0,1 mol∙dm-3 sodium hydroxide
solution.

7.3.3 The learner uses bromothymol blue as indicator. What is the


purpose of this indicator? (1)

7.3.4 Calculate the pH of the solution in the flask after the addition of
30 cm3 of sodium hydroxide. The endpoint of the titration is not yet
reached at this point. (8)
[22]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

A learner conducts two experiments to investigate the reaction between copper (Cu)
and a silver nitrate solution, AgNO 3 (aq).

EXPERIMENT 1

The learner adds a small amount of copper (Cu) powder to a test tube containing silver
nitrate solution, AgNO 3 (aq). The solution changes from colourless to blue after a while.

Before addition of Cu(s) After addition of Cu(s)

Colourless AgNO3(aq) Blue Cu(NO3)2(aq)

8.1 Define the term oxidising agent. (2)

8.2 Explain why the solution turns blue by referring to the relative strength of
oxidising agents. (4)

EXPERIMENT 2
The learner now sets up a galvanic cell as shown below. The cell functions under
standard conditions.
V

A B
Cu(s) Ag(s)

Cu2+(aq) Ag+(aq)

8.3 Write down the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (1)

8.4 In which direction (A or B) will ANIONS move in the salt bridge? (1)

8.5 Calculate the emf of the above cell under standard conditions. (4)

8.6 Write down the balanced equation for the net cell reaction that takes place in
this cell. (3)

8.7 How will the addition of 100 cm3 of a 1 mol ⋅ dm-3 silver nitrate solution to the
silver half-cell influence the initial emf of this cell? Write down only
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The apparatus below is used to demonstrate the electrolysis of a concentrated sodium


chloride solution. Both electrodes are made of carbon. A few drops of universal
indicator are added to the electrolyte. The equation for the net cell reaction is:

2NaCℓ(aq) + 2H 2 O(ℓ) → Cℓ 2 (g) + H 2 (g) + 2NaOH(aq)

Power
source

Electrode Y Electrode X

NaCℓ(aq) and
universal indicator

Initially the solution has a green colour. Universal indicator becomes red in acidic
solutions and purple in alkaline solutions.

9.1 Define the term electrolyte. (2)

When the power source is switched on, the colour of the electrolyte around electrode Y
changes from green to purple.

9.2 Write down the:

9.2.1 Half-reaction that takes place at electrode Y (2)

9.2.2 NAME or FORMULA of the gas released at electrode X (1)

9.3 Refer to the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials to explain why hydrogen
gas, and not sodium, is formed at the cathode of this cell. (2)
[7]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 17 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

Reactions A, B, C and D in the flow diagram below represent the manufacturing of


Fertiliser X.

SO2(g)

A B C D
SO3(g) H2S2O7(ℓ) H2SO4(ℓ) Fertiliser X

O2(g)

10.1 Write down the name of the industrial preparation of sulphuric acid. (1)

10.2 Write down the:

10.2.1 NAME or FORMULA of the catalyst used in reaction A (1)

10.2.2 Balanced equation for reaction C (3)

10.3 Ammonia is one of the reactants used in reaction D to make Fertiliser X.

Write down:

10.3.1 A balanced equation for reaction D (3)

10.3.2 The NAME of Fertiliser X (1)

10.4 Two 50 kg bags, containing fertilisers P and Q respectively, are labelled as


follows:

Fertiliser P: 5 : 2 : 3 (25)
Fertiliser Q: 1 : 3 : 4 (20)

10.4.1 What do the numbers (25) and (20) on the labels represent? (1)

10.4.2 Using calculations, determine which fertiliser (P or Q) contains the


greater mass of potassium. (4)
[14]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2015
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83


2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
SENIOR CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

PHYSICAL SCIENCES P2

CHEMISTRY

2015

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 18 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2015
SCE

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
in the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Choose the answer and write only the letter
(A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example
1.11 E.

1.1 When a catalyst is used in a chemical reaction, it increases the …

A rate of the reaction.

B amount of products obtained.

C concentration of the products.

D concentration of the reactants. (2)

1.2 Which ONE of the following compounds is produced in the Ostwald process?

A N 2 (g)

B NH 3 (g)

C HNO 3 (ℓ)

D NH 4 NO 3 (s) (2)

1.3 The addition of hydrogen to an alkene is known as ...

A hydration.

B cracking.

C hydrogenation.

D hydrohalogenation. (2)

1.4 Which ONE of the following compounds has the highest boiling point?

A CH 3 CH 3

B CH 3 CH 2 CH 3

C CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3

D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2015
SCE

1.5 Consider the reaction represented by the balanced equation below:

2SO 3 (g) → 2SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) ∆H = 198 kJ∙mol-1

Which ONE of the following is TRUE for this reaction?

When 2 moles of SO 2 (g) are formed ...

A 198 kJ of energy are absorbed.

B 198 kJ of energy are released.

C 396 kJ of energy are absorbed.

D 396 kJ of energy are released. (2)

1.6 Which ONE of the following compounds belongs to the same homologous
series as but-2-yne?

A CH 3 CCH

B CH 2 CHCH 2

C CH 3 CHCHCH 3

D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (2)

1.7 The equilibrium constant, K c , for the reaction A(g) ⇌ B(g) is 1 x 10-4.

Which ONE of the following statements is always CORRECT for this


reaction?

The mixture at equilibrium consists of ...

A equal amounts of A(g) and B(g).

B very little of A(g).

C mostly A(g).

D mostly B(g). (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/2015
SCE

1.8 The simplified diagram below shows a cell that can be used to purify copper.

Electrode X Electrode Y

Copper(II) solution

The purification failed. Which ONE of the following is the most likely reason
for the failure?

A A DC source is used.

B Electrode X is the anode.

C Electrode Y is the impure copper.

D Electrode Y is a carbon rod. (2)

1.9 A galvanic cell consists of the following half-cells:


Pt(s) |Cℓ 2 (g) |Cℓ-(aq) AND Cu2+(aq) |Cu(s)

Which ONE of the following statements is TRUE while the cell is functioning?

A Cu(s) is oxidised.

B Cℓ-(aq) is reduced.

C Cℓ 2 (g) acts as reducing agent.

D Cu(s) acts as oxidising agent. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/2015
SCE

1.10 Which ONE of the following weak acids, each of concentration 0,1 mol∙dm-3,
has the lowest H 3 O+(aq) concentration?

ACID K a VALUE
A H 2 SO 3 (aq) 1,2 x 10-2

B H 2 CO 3 (aq) 4,2 x 10-7

C (COOH) 2 (aq) 5,6 x 10-2

D H 2 S(aq) 1,0 x 10-7 (2)


[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

H C H

H H O H H H H H H

A H C C C O H B H C C C C C C C H

H H H H Cℓ H H H

H C H

C
C4H8 D CH 3 CH 2 COCH 3

H H H H H H

E CH 3 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH F H C C C C C C H

H H H H H H

Use the information in the table (where applicable) to answer the questions that follow.

2.1 Write down the LETTER that represents a compound that:


(A compound may be used more than once.)

2.1.1 Is a haloalkane (1)

2.1.2 Has a hydroxyl group as functional group (1)

2.1.3 Belongs to the same homologous series as ethanoic acid (1)

2.2 Write down the:

2.2.1 IUPAC name of compound B (3)

2.2.2 IUPAC name of compound E (2)

2.2.3 Structural formula of the functional group of compound D (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/2015
SCE

2.3 Compound C has CHAIN and POSITIONAL isomers.

2.3.1 Define the term positional isomer. (2)

2.3.2 Write down the IUPAC name of each of the TWO positional
isomers of compound C. (4)

2.3.3 Write down the structural formula of a chain isomer of


compound C. (2)

2.4 Compound F reacts at high pressure and high temperature to form


compounds P and Q as given below.

H H H H H H
H H
H C C C C C C H P + C C
H H
H H H H H H

Compound F Compound Q

Write down the:

2.4.1 Type of reaction that takes place (1)

2.4.2 IUPAC name of compound Q (1)

2.4.3 Molecular formula of compound P (1)

Compound Q is the monomer of a polymer used to make plastic bags.

2.4.4 Write down the NAME and CONDENSED FORMULA of this


polymer. (3)
[23]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

Consider the incomplete equations of two reactions below.


X represents the organic product formed in reaction 1, which is a SUBSTITUTION
REACTION. In reaction 2, X reacts with reactant Y as shown.
strong base
Reaction 1: C2H5Br NaBr + X

Concentrated H2SO4
Reaction 2: X + Y C3H6O2 + H2O

3.1 Consider reaction 1. Write down the:

3.1.1 Type of substitution reaction that takes place (1)

3.1.2 TWO reaction conditions (2)

3.1.3 IUPAC name of compound X (1)

3.2 Consider reaction 2. Write down the:

3.2.1 Type of reaction that takes place (1)

3.2.2 Structural formula of compound Y (2)

3.2.3 IUPAC name of the organic product (2)


[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

The table below shows five organic compounds represented by the letters A to E.

A CH 4
B CH 3 CH 3
C CH 3 CH 2 CH 3
D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
E CH 3 CH 2 OH

4.1 Is compound B SATURATED or UNSATURATED? Give a reason for the


answer. (2)

Consider the boiling points of compounds A to E given in random order below and use
them, where applicable, to answer the questions that follow.

0 °C - 162 °C - 42 °C - 89 °C 78 °C

4.2 Write down the boiling point of:

4.2.1 Compound C (1)

4.2.2 Compound E (1)

4.3 Explain the difference in boiling points of compounds C and E by referring to


the TYPE of intermolecular forces present in EACH of these compounds. (3)

4.4 Does vapour pressure INCREASE or DECREASE from compounds A to D?


Fully explain the answer. (4)

4.5 How will the vapour pressure of 2-methylpropane compare to the vapour
pressure of compound D? Write down only HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

A group of learners uses the reaction of clean magnesium ribbon with dilute
hydrochloric acid to investigate factors that influence reaction rate. The balanced
equation for the reaction is:

Mg(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → MgCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 (g) ∆H < 0

5.1 Is the above reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? Give a reason for


the answer. (2)

5.2 In one of the experiments 5 g magnesium ribbon was added to the


hydrochloric acid solution.

5.2.1 If 30 cm3 dilute hydrochloric acid solution of concentration


1,5 mol∙dm-3 is USED UP in 1 minute, calculate the average
reaction rate in mol∙s-1. (5)

The volume of hydrogen gas produced as a function of time in this experiment


is represented by graph S below. (The graph is NOT drawn to scale.)

S
Volume (cm3)

0 t1 t2 t3 Time (s)

5.2.2 How does the rate of the reaction change between:


(Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or NO CHANGE.)

(a) t 1 and t 2
Use the collision theory to explain the answer. (4)

(b) t 2 and t 3
Give a reason for the answer without referring to the graph. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/2015
SCE

5.3 In another experiment they add 5 g of magnesium to 30 cm3 of dilute


hydrochloric acid of concentration 1,5 mol∙dm-3. They obtained graph T below.
(The graph is NOT drawn to scale.)

Volume (cm3)
T
S

Time (s)

Give TWO possible reasons why graph T differs from graph S. (2)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Initially excess NH 4 HS(s) is placed in a 5 dm3 container at 218 °C. The container is
sealed and the reaction is allowed to reach equilibrium according to the following
balanced equation:

NH 4 HS(s) ⇌ NH 3 (g) + H 2 S(g) ∆H > 0

6.1 State Le Chatelier's principle. (2)

6.2 What effect will each of the following changes have on the amount of NH 3 (g)
at equilibrium? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME.
6.2.1 More NH 4 HS(s) is added (1)
6.2.2 The temperature is increased (1)

6.3 The equilibrium constant for this reaction at 218 °C is 1,2 x 10-4.

Calculate the minimum mass of NH 4 HS(s) that must be sealed in the


container to obtain equilibrium. (6)

The pressure in the container is now increased by decreasing the volume of the
container at constant temperature.

6.4 How will this change affect the number of moles of H 2 S(g) produced? Fully
explain the answer. (3)
[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

Anhydrous oxalic acid is an example of an acid that can donate two protons and thus
ionises in two steps as represented by the equations below:

I: (COOH) 2 (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ H 3 O+(aq) + H(COO) 2− (aq)

II: H(COO) 2− (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ H 3 O+(aq) + (COO) 22− (aq)

7.1 Write down:

7.1.1 ONE word for the underlined phrase in the above sentence (1)

7.1.2 The FORMULA of each of the TWO bases in reaction II (2)

7.1.3 The FORMULA of the substance that acts as ampholyte in


reactions I and II. Give a reason for the answer. (2)

7.2 Give a reason why oxalic acid is a weak acid. (1)

7.3 A standard solution of (COOH) 2 of concentration 0,20 mol∙dm-3 is prepared by


dissolving a certain amount of (COOH) 2 in water in a 250 cm3 volumetric
flask.

Calculate the mass of (COOH) 2 needed to prepare the standard solution. (4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/2015
SCE

7.4 During a titration 25 cm3 of the standard solution of (COOH) 2 prepared in


QUESTION 7.3 is neutralised by a sodium hydroxide solution from a burette.

The balanced equation for the reaction is:

(COOH) 2 (aq) + 2NaOH(aq) (COONa) 2 (aq) + 2H 2 O(ℓ)

The diagrams below show the burette readings before the titration
commenced and at the endpoint respectively.

Before the titration At the endpoint


cm3 cm3

2 38

Level of Level of
NaOH(aq) NaOH(aq)
3 39

7.4.1 Use the burette readings and calculate the concentration of the
sodium hydroxide solution. (5)

7.4.2 Write down a balanced equation that explains why the solution has
a pH greater than 7 at the endpoint. (3)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

Learners set up an electrochemical cell, shown in the simplified diagram below, using
magnesium and lead as electrodes. Nitrate solutions are used as electrolytes in both
half-cells.

String dipped in
KNO3(aq)
Electrode P + Electrode Q

Electrolyte Electrolyte

Half-cell A Half-cell B

8.1 What type of reaction (NEUTRALISATION, REDOX or PRECIPITATION)


takes place in this cell? (1)

8.2 Which electrode, P or Q, is magnesium? Give a reason for the answer. (2)

8.3 Write down the:

8.3.1 Standard conditions under which this cell functions (2)

8.3.2 Cell notation for this cell (3)

8.3.3 NAME or FORMULA of the oxidising agent in the cell (1)

8.4 Calculate the initial emf of the cell above under standard conditions. (4)

8.5 How will the voltmeter reading change if the:


(Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.)

8.5.1 Size of electrode P is increased (1)

8.5.2 Initial concentration of the electrolyte in half-cell B is increased (1)


[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 17 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below shows a simplified electrolytic cell that can be used to electroplate
a plastic ring with nickel. Prior to electroplating the ring is covered with a graphite layer.

Battery

Plastic ring coated Nickel electrode


with graphite
NiSO4(aq)

9.1 Define the term electrolyte. (2)

9.2 Give ONE reason why the plastic ring must be coated with graphite prior to
electroplating. (1)

9.3 Write down the:

9.3.1 Half-reaction that occurs at the plastic ring (2)

9.3.2 NAME or FORMULA of the reducing agent in the cell.


Give a reason for the answer. (2)

9.4 Which electrode, the RING or NICKEL, is the cathode? Give a reason for the
answer. (2)

The nickel electrode is now replaced with a carbon rod.

9.5 How will the concentration of the electrolyte change during electroplating?
Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or NO CHANGE. Give a reason
for the answer. (2)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 18 DBE/2015
SCE

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

The industrial process for the preparation of sulphuric acid involves a series of stages.

The second stage in this process involves the conversion of sulphur dioxide into
sulphur trioxide in a converter as illustrated below. In the converter the gases are
passed over vanadium pentoxide (V 2 O 5 ) placed in layers as shown below.

Sulphur dioxide V2O5


and air layer 1
V2O5
layer 2
V2O5
Converter layer 3
V2O5
layer 4

Gas outlet

10.1 Write down the:

10.1.1 Balanced equation for the reaction taking place in the converter (3)

10.1.2 Function of the vanadium pentoxide (1)

The table below shows data obtained during the second stage.

PERCENTAGE OF
VANADIUM TEMPERATURE OF TEMPERATURE OF
REACTANT
PENTOXIDE GAS BEFORE THE GAS AFTER THE
CONVERTED TO
LAYER REACTION (°C) REACTION (°C)
PRODUCT
1 450 600 66
2 450 518 85
3 450 475 93
4 450 460 99,5

10.2 Is the reaction in the second stage EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? Refer


to the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)

10.3 After the conversion at each layer the gases are cooled down to 450 °C. Fully
explain why the gases must be cooled to this temperature. (3)

10.4 During the third stage sulphur trioxide is dissolved in sulphuric acid rather
than in water to produce oleum.

10.4.1 Write down the FORMULA of oleum. (1)

10.4.2 Give a reason why sulphur trioxide is not dissolved in water. (1)
10.5 Sulphuric acid reacts with ammonia to form a fertiliser. Write down a balanced
equation for this reaction. (3)
[14]
TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/2015
SCE

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c = n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel
θ θ θ

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/2015
SCE
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238
Copyright reserved Please turn over

KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/2015
SCE
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2Cℓ− + 1,36
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I 2 + 2e− ⇌ 2I− + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ 2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ −
S + 2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+ −
Fe + 3e ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+ −
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ 2+
Cr + e− ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+ −
Fe + 2e ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76
2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83
2+ −
Cr + 2e ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+ −
Aℓ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+ −
Na + e ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+ −
K +e ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/2015
SCE
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+ −
Na + e ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Mg + 2e− ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+ −
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
I 2 + 2e− ⇌ 2I− + 0,54
+ −
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+
Hg + 2e− ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+ −
Pt +2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2015

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2015
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2015
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Choose the answer and write only the letter
(A–D) next to the question number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example
1.11 E.

1.1 Which ONE of the following pairs of reactants is used in a reaction during the
contact process?

A N 2 (g) and H 2 (g)

B SO 2 (g) and O 2 (g)

C NH 3 (g) and O 2 (g)

D H 2 SO 4 (ℓ) and NH 3 (g) (2)

1.2 The rate of a chemical reaction is most correctly defined as the ...

A time taken for a reaction to occur.

B speed at which a reaction takes place.

C change in the amount of reactants or products.

D change in the concentration of reactants or products per unit time. (2)

1.3 Consider the reaction represented by the balanced equation below.

H 3 PO 4 (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ H 3 O+(aq) + H 2 PO −4 (aq)

Which ONE of the following is a conjugate acid-base pair?

A H 3 O+(aq) and H 2 O(ℓ)

B H 3 PO 4 (aq) and H 2 O(ℓ)

C H 3 PO 4 (aq) and H 3 O+(aq)

D H 3 O+(aq) and H 2 PO −4 (aq) (2)

1.4 Which ONE of the following compounds has dipole-dipole forces between its
molecules?

A Ethanal

B Ethane

C Ethene

D Ethyne (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2015
NSC

1.5 The energy changes represented by P, Q and R on the potential energy


graph below take place during a reversible chemical reaction.

Potential energy R
(kJ∙mol-1) P

Course of reaction

Which ONE of the following changes will decrease both P and R, but leave Q
unchanged?

A A decrease in volume

B The addition of a catalyst

C A decrease in temperature

D A decrease in concentration (2)

1.6 Which ONE of the following is a product formed during the hydrolysis of
bromoethane?

A Water

B Ethene

C Ethanol

D Bromine (2)

1.7 Which ONE of the following is the EMPIRICAL FORMULA of


1,2-dichloroethane?

A CHCℓ

B CH 2 Cℓ

C CHCℓ 2

D C 2 H 4 Cℓ 2 (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2015
NSC

1.8 The reaction represented by the balanced equation below reaches equilibrium
in a closed container.

Cℓ 2 (g) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ Cℓ─(aq) + CℓO─(aq) + 2H+(aq)


Which ONE of the following reagents will favour the forward reaction when
added?

A Hydrogen

B Sodium chloride

C Hydrogen chloride

D Sodium hydroxide (2)

1.9 The following half-reactions take place in a galvanic cell:

Co3+ + e- ⇌ Co2+
Aℓ3++ 3e- ⇌ Aℓ
Which ONE of the following is the cell notation for this cell?

A Aℓ ∣ Aℓ3+ ∥ Co3+, Co2+

B Aℓ ∣ Aℓ3+ ∥ Co3+, Co2+ ∣ Pt

C Aℓ ∣ Aℓ3+ ∥ Co2+, Co3+ ∣ Pt

D Pt ∣ Co2+ , Co3+ ∥ Aℓ3+ ∣ Aℓ (2)

1.10 Chlorine gas (Cℓ 2 ) is bubbled through a potassium iodide solution (KI). The
reducing agent in this reaction is:

A Potassium ions

B Chlorine gas

C Iodide ions

D Chloride ions (2)


[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2015
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to D in the table below represent four organic compounds.

H CH3 H H H H O H

A H C C C C C C H B H C C C C H

CH3 H CH2CH3 H H H H

C CH 3 CH 2 CHO D Butane

Use the information in the table to answer the questions that follow.

2.1 Write down the:

2.1.1 Letter that represents a ketone (1)

2.1.2 Structural formula of the functional group of compound C (1)

2.1.3 General formula of the homologous series to which compound A


belongs (1)

2.1.4 IUPAC name of compound A (3)

2.1.5 IUPAC name of compound B (2)

2.2 Compound D is a gas used in cigarette lighters.

2.2.1 To which homologous series does compound D belong? (1)

2.2.2 Write down the STRUCTURAL FORMULA and IUPAC NAME of a


structural isomer of compound D. (4)

2.2.3 Is the isomer in QUESTION 2.2.2 a CHAIN, POSITIONAL or


FUNCTIONAL isomer? (1)

2.3 Compound D reacts with bromine (Br 2 ) to form 2-bromobutane.

Write down the name of the:

2.3.1 Homologous series to which 2-bromobutane belongs (1)

2.3.2 Type of reaction that takes place (1)


[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2015
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

3.1 The flow diagram below shows two organic reactions. The letter P represents
an organic compound.

+ Reaction 1 Ethyl propanoate


Alcohol P

Reaction 2

Alkene

Use the information in the flow diagram to answer the questions that follow.

Write down the:

3.1.1 Type of reaction of which Reaction 1 is an example (1)

3.1.2 STRUCTURAL FORMULA of the functional group of ethyl


propanoate (1)

3.1.3 IUPAC name of compound P (1)

Reaction 2 takes place in the presence of an acid catalyst and heat.

Write down the:

3.1.4 Type of reaction of which Reaction 2 is an example (1)

3.1.5 NAME or FORMULA of the acid catalyst (1)

3.1.6 STRUCTURAL FORMULA of the alkene (2)

3.2 The condensed formula of a polymer is shown below.

H H

C C

H H
n

Write down the:

3.2.1 STRUCTURAL FORMULA of the monomer that is used to prepare


the above polymer (2)

3.2.2 Type of polymerisation reaction (ADDITION or CONDENSATION)


that is used to prepare this polymer (1)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2015
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

Four compounds of comparable molecular mass are used to investigate the effect of
functional groups on vapour pressure. The results obtained are shown in the table
below.

VAPOUR PRESSURE
COMPOUND
(kPa at 20 °C)
A Butane 204
B Propan-2-one 24,6
C Propan-1-ol 2
D Ethanoic acid 1,6

4.1 Define the term functional group of an organic compound. (2)

4.2 Which ONE of the compounds (A, B, C or D) in the table has the:

4.2.1 Highest boiling point


(Refer to the vapour pressures in the table to give a reason for the
answer.) (2)

4.2.2 Weakest intermolecular forces (1)

4.3 Refer to the type of intermolecular forces to explain the difference between
the vapour pressure of compound A and compound B. (3)

4.4 The vapour pressures of compounds C and D are much lower than those of
compounds A and B. Name the type of intermolecular force in A and B that is
responsible for this difference. (1)

4.5 Briefly explain the difference in vapour pressure between compound C and
compound D. (2)

4.6 During a combustion reaction in a closed container of adjustable volume,


8 cm3 of compound A (butane) reacts in excess oxygen according to the
following balanced equation:

2C 4 H 10 (g) + 13O 2 (g) → 8CO 2 (g) + 10H 2 O(g)

If the initial volume of the oxygen in the container was 60 cm3, calculate the
TOTAL volume of the gases that are present in the container at the end of the
reaction. All the gases in the container are at the same temperature and
pressure. (5)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2015
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

Dilute acids, indicated in the table below, react with EXCESS zinc in each of the three
experiments to produce hydrogen gas. The zinc is completely covered with the acid in
each experiment.

EXPERIMENT DILUTE ACID


1 100 cm3 of 0,1 mol∙dm-3 H 2 SO 4
2 50 cm3 of 0,2 mol∙dm-3 H 2 SO 4
3 100 cm3 of 0,1 mol∙dm-3 HCℓ

The volume of hydrogen gas produced is measured in each experiment.

5.1 Name TWO essential apparatuses needed to determine the rate of hydrogen
production. (2)

The graph below was obtained for Experiment 1.


Volume (cm3)

Experiment 1

0 t1 t2 t3 Time (s)

Use this graph and answer the questions that follow.

5.2 At which time (t 1 , t 2 or t 3 ) is the:

5.2.1 Reaction rate the highest (1)

5.2.2 Mass of zinc present in the flask the smallest (1)

5.3 In which time interval, between t 1 and t 2 OR between t 2 and t 3 , does the
largest volume of hydrogen gas form per second? (1)

5.4 Redraw the graph for Experiment 1 in the ANSWER BOOK.

On the same set of axes, sketch the graphs that will be obtained for
Experiments 2 and 3. Clearly label the three graphs as EXPERIMENT 1,
EXPERIMENT 2 and EXPERIMENT 3. (4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2015
NSC

5.5 The initial mass of zinc used in each experiment is 0,8 g. The balanced
equation for the reaction in Experiment 3 is:

Zn(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → ZnCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 (g)

5.5.1 Calculate the mass of zinc present in the flask after completion of
the reaction in Experiment 3. (5)

5.5.2 How will the mass of zinc present in the flask after completion
of the reaction in Experiment 2 compare to the answer to
QUESTION 5.5.1? Write down only LARGER THAN, SMALLER
THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)
[15]

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

An unknown gas, X 2 (g), is sealed in a container and allowed to form X 3 (g) at 300 °C.
The reaction reaches equilibrium according to the following balanced equation:

3X 2 (g) ⇌ 2X 3 (g)

6.1 How will the rate of formation of X 3 (g) compare to the rate of formation of
X 2 (g) at equilibrium? Write down only HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)

The reaction mixture is analysed at regular time intervals. The results obtained are
shown in the table below.

TIME [ X2 ] [ X3 ]
(s) (mol∙dm-3) (mol∙dm-3)
0 0,4 0
2 0,22 0,120
4 0,08 0,213
6 0,06 0,226
8 0,06 0,226
10 0,06 0,226

6.2 Calculate the equilibrium constant, K c , for this reaction at 300 °C. (4)

6.3 More X 3 (g) is now added to the container.

6.3.1 How will this change affect the amount of X 2 (g)? Write down
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)

6.3.2 Use Le Chatelier's principle to explain the answer to


QUESTION 6.3.1. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2015
NSC

The curves on the set of axes below (not drawn to scale) was obtained from the results
in the table on page 10.

Concentration (mol∙dm-3)

t1 Time (s)
6.4 How does the rate of the forward reaction compare to that of the reverse
reaction at t 1 ? Write down only HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or
EQUAL TO. (1)

The reaction is now repeated at a temperature of 400 °C. The curves indicated by the
dotted lines below were obtained at this temperature.
Concentration (mol∙dm-3)

300 °C
400 °C

Time (s)
6.5 Is the forward reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? Fully explain how
you arrived at the answer. (4)
The Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution curve below represents the number of particles
against kinetic energy at 300 °C.
Number of particles

300 °C

Kinetic energy

6.6 Redraw this curve in the ANSWER BOOK. On the same set of axes, sketch
the curve that will be obtained at 400 °C. Clearly label the curves as 300 °C
and 400 °C respectively. (2)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2015
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 Ammonium chloride crystals, NH 4 Cℓ(s), dissolve in water to form ammonium


and chloride ions. The ammonium ions react with water according to the
balanced equation below:

NH +4 (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) ⇌ NH 3 (aq) + H 3 O+(aq)

7.1.1 Write down the name of the process described by the underlined
sentence. (1)

7.1.2 Is ammonium chloride ACIDIC or BASIC in aqueous solution? Give


a reason for the answer. (2)

7.2 A certain fertiliser consists of 92% ammonium chloride. A sample of mass x g


of this fertiliser is dissolved in 100 cm3 of a 0,10 mol∙dm-3 sodium hydroxide
solution, NaOH(aq). The NaOH is in excess.

The balanced equation for the reaction is:

NH 4 Cℓ(s) + NaOH(aq)  NH 3 (g) + H 2 O(ℓ) + NaCℓ(aq)

7.2.1 Calculate the number of moles of sodium hydroxide in which the


sample is dissolved. (3)

During a titration, 25 cm3 of the excess sodium hydroxide solution is titrated


with a 0,11 mol∙dm-3 hydrochloric acid solution, HCℓ(aq). At the endpoint it is
found that 14,55 cm3 of the hydrochloric acid was used to neutralise the
sodium hydroxide solution according to the following balanced equation:

HCℓ(aq) + NaOH(aq)  NaCℓ(aq) + H 2 O(ℓ)

7.2.2 Calculate the mass x (in grams) of the fertiliser sample used. (8)

7.3 Calculate the pH of a 0,5 moldm-3 sodium hydroxide solution at 25 °C. (4)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2015
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

Learners are given the following two unknown half-cells:

Half-cell 1: Q2+ (aq) | Q(s)

Half-cell 2: Pt | R 2 (g) | R-(aq)

During an investigation to identify the two half-cells, the learners connect each half-cell
alternately to a Cd2+(aq) | Cd(s) half-cell under standard conditions. For each
combination of two half-cells, they write down the net cell reaction and measure the
cell potential.

The results obtained for the two half-cell combinations are given in the table below.

COMBINATION NET CELL REACTION CELL POTENTIAL


I Q (aq) + Cd(s) → Cd2+(aq) + Q(s)
2+
0,13 V
II R 2 (g) + Cd(s) → Cd2+(aq) + 2R-(aq) 1,76 V

8.1 Write down THREE conditions needed for these cells to function as standard
cells. (3)

8.2 For Combination I, identify:

8.2.1 The anode of the cell (1)

8.2.2 Q by using a calculation (5)

8.3 For Combination II, write down the:

8.3.1 Oxidation half-reaction (2)

8.3.2 NAME or FORMULA of the metal used in the cathode


compartment (1)

8.4 Arrange the following species in order of INCREASING oxidising ability:

Q2+ ; R 2 ; Cd2+

Explain fully how you arrived at the answer. A calculation is NOT required. (4)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2015
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagram below represents an electrochemical cell used for the
purification of copper.
DC source

Electrode A
Electrode B
(impure copper)
Electrolyte

9.1 Define the term electrolysis. (2)

9.2 Give a reason why a direct-current (DC) source is used in this experiment. (1)

9.3 Write down the half-reaction which takes place at electrode A. (2)

9.4 Due to small amounts of zinc impurities in the impure copper, the electrolyte
becomes contaminated with Zn2+ ions.

Refer to the attached Table of Standard Reduction Potentials to explain why


the Zn2+ ions will not influence the purity of the copper obtained during this
process. (3)

9.5 After the purification of the impure copper was completed, it was found that
2,85 x 10-2 moles of copper were formed.

The initial mass of electrode B was 2,0 g. Calculate the percentage of copper
that was initially present in electrode B. (4)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/November 2015
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

Ammonia is an important fertiliser. Large amounts are prepared from hydrogen and
nitrogen in industry.

10.1 For the industrial preparation of ammonia, write down:

10.1.1 The name of the process used (1)

10.1.2 A balanced equation for the reaction that occurs (3)

10.1.3 The source of nitrogen (1)

10.2 The yield of ammonia changes with temperature and pressure during its
industrial preparation. The graphs below show how the percentage of
ammonia in the reaction mixture that leaves the reaction vessel varies under
different conditions.

GRAPHS OF THE PERCENTAGE OF AMMONIA IN


THE REACTION MIXTURE VERSUS PRESSURE

300 °C
Percentage

400 °C
500 °C

Pressure (atmosphere)
10.2.1 Use the appropriate graph to estimate the percentage of ammonia
present in the reaction mixture at 240 atmosphere and 400 °C. (1)

10.2.2 State TWO advantages of using high pressure in the preparation of


ammonia. (2)

10.2.3 The advantage of using a low temperature is the large percentage


of ammonia formed. What is the disadvantage of using a low
temperature? (1)

10.3 Ammonia is also used in the preparation of other fertilisers such as


ammonium nitrate. Calculate the mass of nitrogen in a 50 kg bag of pure
ammonium nitrate fertiliser. (3)
[12]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2015
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2015
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2015
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2015
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83


2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2014

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 13 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

5. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

8. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

SECTION A
QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS
Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.
1.1 The general name given to compounds formed when one or more hydrogen
atoms in alkanes are replaced with halogens (1)

1.2 The homologous series of compounds with the general formula CnH2n-2 (1)

1.3 The minimum energy needed for a reaction to occur (1)

1.4 The coating of one metal with another by the process of electrolysis (1)

1.5 The name of the industrial process used in the preparation of nitric acid (1)
[5]

QUESTION 2: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS


Four options are given as possible answers to the following questions. Each question
has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question number
(2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.
2.1 Which ONE of the following compounds is a ketone?
A CH3COCH2CH3

B CH3COOCH2CH3

C CH3CH2CH2CHO

D CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3 (2)

2.2 Which ONE of the following compounds is SATURATED?


A CH3CH(CH3)CH3

B CH3CH2CHCH2

C CH3CHCHCH3

D CH3C(CH3)2CHCH2 (2)

2.3 A scientist investigates a factor which influences the boiling points of alkanes.
He determines the boiling points of the first six straight chain alkanes. Which
ONE of the following is the independent variable in this investigation?
A Boiling point

B Functional group

C Branching

D Chain length (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

2.4 The temperature of a substance is a measure of the ... of the particles.

A average potential energy

B average kinetic energy

C total kinetic energy

D total potential energy (2)

2.5 The graph below shows a change made to a chemical equilibrium in a closed
container at time t1. The equation for the reaction is:

N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g) ΔH < 0

H2(g)
Concentration

NH3(g)

N2(g)

t0 t1
Time

Which ONE of the following is the change made at time t1?

A Addition of a catalyst

B Increase in temperature

C Increase in the concentration of N2(g)

D Increase in pressure by decreasing the volume (2)

2.6 In a chemical reaction, the difference between the potential energy of the
products and the potential energy of the reactants is equal to the …

A enthalpy of the reaction.

B rate of the reaction.

C enthalpy change of the reaction.

D total potential energy of the particles. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

2.7 Consider the galvanic cell represented below.

Mg(s) | Mg2+(aq) || H+(aq) | H2(g) | Pt

Which ONE of the following half-reactions takes place at the cathode?

A H2(g) → 2H+(aq) + 2e-

B Mg2+(aq) + 2e- → Mg(s)

C Mg(s) → Mg2+(aq) + 2e-

D 2H+(aq) + 2e- → H2(g) (2)

2.8 Consider an electrochemical cell based on the following reaction:

Sn4+(aq) + Sn(s) → 2Sn2+(aq)

Which ONE of the following statements regarding this cell is CORRECT?

A Sn is the anode of the cell.

B Sn is the cathode of the cell.

C Sn4+(aq) is the reducing agent.

D Sn is the oxidising agent. (2)

2.9 Which ONE of the following statements regarding an electrolytic cell is


CORRECT?

A An electric current causes a chemical change to occur.

B Reduction occurs at the anode.

C A spontaneous chemical reaction produces an electric current.

D Electrons flow to the electrode where oxidation occurs. (2)

2.10 Which ONE of the following is formed at the cathode in a membrane cell?

A Chlorine

B Hydrogen

C Sodium chloride

D Oxygen (2)
[20]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

SECTION B

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Start EACH question on a NEW page.

2. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.

3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

4. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

H H H O
A H C C C C OH B butan-2-ol

H H H
H CH3
H
H C
C C C H D pentanal
C C H
H C
H
H H

E C2H5OH F methyl propanoate

3.1 Write down the letter that represents a compound that:

3.1.1 Is unsaturated (1)

3.1.2 Is a structural isomer of compound A (1)

3.1.3 Is an aldehyde (1)

3.1.4 Belongs to the same homologous series as compound B (1)

3.2 Write down the:

3.2.1 IUPAC name of compound C (2)

3.2.2 Structural formula of compound B (2)

3.2.3 Name of the homologous series to which compound F belongs (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

3.3 Compound A reacts with compound E in an acid catalysed condensation


reaction.

Write down the:

3.3.1 General name given to this reaction (1)

3.3.2 Structural formula of the organic product formed (2)

3.3.3 IUPAC name of compound A (1)


[13]

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

Petrol is a mixture of hydrocarbons, many of which have the molecular formula C8H18.

4.1 Write down the name of the homologous series to which hydrocarbons with
this molecular formula belong. (1)

The structures of two compounds with molecular formula C8H18 are given below.

Compound A Compound B
H
H C H
H H H H H H H H H H H H H

H C C C C C C H H C C C C C C C C H
H H H H H
H H H H H H H H
H C H
H
4.2 Why are compounds A and B structural isomers? (2)

4.3 Which ONE of the above compounds (A or B) has a higher boiling point?
Refer to MOLECULAR STRUCTURE, INTERMOLECULAR FORCES and the
ENERGY NEEDED to explain the answer. (4)

4.4 Compounds A and B can be used to prepare smaller hydrocarbons at high


temperatures in the presence of a catalyst. One such reaction is represented
by the incomplete equation below.

C8H18 → C5H12 + compound C


Write down the:

4.4.1 Name of the reaction represented above (1)

4.4.2 Structural formula of compound C (2)

4.4.3 Balanced equation, using molecular formulae, for the complete


combustion of C5H12 (3)
[13]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows the steps that a learner follows to convert but-1-ene to
but-2-ene.

Compound X Compound Z
But-1-ene CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3
(Major product)

But-2-ene

5.1 Write down the structural formula of the functional group of but-1-ene. (1)

5.2 Compound X is formed when but-1-ene reacts with HCℓ(g).

5.2.1 Name the type of reaction that takes place. (1)

5.2.2 Write down the structural formula of compound X. (2)

5.3 Compound X is converted to alcohol Z.

5.3.1 Name the type of reaction that takes place. (1)

5.3.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of another reactant needed


for this reaction. (1)

5.4 Compound Z is converted to but-2-ene in the presence of concentrated


sulphuric acid.

5.4.1 Is compound Z a PRIMARY, SECONDARY or TERTIARY alcohol? (1)

5.4.2 Name the type of reaction that takes place. (1)

5.4.3 What is the role of sulphuric acid in this reaction? (1)

5.5 Another learner discovers that but-2-ene can be prepared using the following
incomplete reaction below.

Compound X + (a) → but-2-ene + (b) + (c)

Write down the:

5.5.1 Type of reaction that takes place (1)

5.5.2 Conditions needed for this reaction to take place (2)

5.5.3 FORMULAE of the reactant and products represented by each of


the letters (a), (b) and (c) respectively (3)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

The graph below shows the decomposition of gas P according to the following
equation:
P(g) → 2Q(g) + R(g) ΔH < 0

Graph of concentration of P versus time


0,25
Concentration of P (mol∙dm-3)

0,20 ●

0,15 ●

0,10


0,05

0 10 20 30 40 50
Time (s)

6.1 Define the term rate of reaction in words by referring to the graph. (2)

6.2 At which time, 10 s or 30 s, does the decomposition take place at a higher


rate? Refer to the graph to give a reason for the answer. (2)

6.3 Write down the initial concentration of P(g). (1)

6.4 The decomposition is carried out in a 2 dm3 container.

Calculate the average rate (in mol·s-1) at which P(g) is decomposed in the first
10 s. (6)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

6.5 Draw a potential energy diagram for the reaction. Clearly indicate the
following on the diagram:

• Positions of the reactants and products


• Activation energy (Ea) for the forward reaction (3)

6.6 An increase in temperature will increase the rate of decomposition of P(g).

Explain this statement in terms of the collision theory. (2)


[16]

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

The reaction of methane gas (CH4) with steam (H2O) produces hydrogen gas. The
equation for the reaction is shown below.
CH4(g) + 2H2O(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + 4H2(g)

7.1 Briefly explain why the CO2 gas may be harmful to the environment. (2)

Initially, 1 mol of methane and 2 mol of steam are sealed in a 5,0 dm3 container. When
equilibrium is established at temperature T1, the mixture contains 0,3 mol of CO2(g).

7.2 Define the term chemical equilibrium. (2)

7.3 Calculate the equilibrium constant (KC) at T1. (7)

7.4 A new equilibrium is now established at a higher temperature T2. The value of
the equilibrium constant (KC) at this new temperature is 0,01.

Is this reaction exothermic or endothermic? Use Le Chatelier's principle and


the value of KC at T1 and T2 to explain the answer. (4)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below represents a galvanic cell operating under standard conditions.

Cu(s) Ag(s)

salt bridge

Cu(NO3)2(aq) AgNO3(aq)

8.1 Write down:

8.1.1 The energy conversion which takes place in this cell (1)

8.1.2 A balanced equation for the overall cell reaction (3)

8.1.3 The cell notation for this cell (3)

8.2 Calculate the initial emf of this cell. (4)

8.3 In which direction will electrons flow? Write down only 'from Ag to Cu' or 'from
Cu to Ag'. (1)

8.4 The cell is allowed to discharge for a period of time during which the mass of
the copper electrode changes by 3,2 g.

Calculate the expected mass change of the silver electrode. (Assume that the
change in mass is only a result of the oxidation-reduction reaction occurring
as the cell discharges.) (4)

8.5 The silver half-cell is now replaced with the standard hydrogen half-cell.

8.5.1 Is the copper electrode the POSITIVE or the NEGATIVE


electrode? Refer to the relative strength of reducing agents to
explain the answer. (4)

8.5.2 Write down the emf of this cell. (1)


[21]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below represents the apparatus used in the electrolysis of a


concentrated CuCℓ2 solution. A and B are two carbon electrodes connected to a power
supply.
_
+

A B

concentrated CuCℓ2(aq)

9.1 Which electrode (A or B) is the anode? (1)

9.2 Is the electrolytic process endothermic or exothermic? (1)

9.3 Write down THREE observations that can be made during this process. (3)

9.4 Write down the overall cell reaction. (3)

9.5 Give ONE reason why the salt needs to be in solution in this process. (1)
[9]

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

A hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell consists of an electrolytic solution such as potassium


hydroxide and two inert electrodes. Hydrogen and oxygen are bubbled into the cell and
the following half-reactions occur:

H2(g) + 2OH-(aq) → 2H2O(ℓ) + 2e-

O2(g) + 2H2O(ℓ) + 4e- → 4OH-(aq)

10.1 Write down the overall cell reaction for this cell. (3)

10.2 Give a reason why this cell is regarded as environmentally friendly. (1)

10.3 Calculate the initial emf of this cell. (4)

10.4 Calculate the energy stored in the cell if it has a capacity of 1 A∙h. (5)
[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

QUESTION 11 (Start on a new page.)

Sulphuric acid is produced by the contact process and is used in the production of
fertilisers such as ammonium sulphate.

11.1 In one of the steps in this process, sulphur trioxide is dissolved in sulphuric
acid rather than in water to produce oleum.

11.1.1 Write down a balanced equation showing how oleum is produced. (3)

11.1.2 Give a reason why sulphur trioxide is not dissolved in water to


produce sulphuric acid. (1)

11.2 A farmer wants to use a fertiliser which promotes root growth in his vegetable
garden. He must choose between ammonium sulphate, ammonium nitrate
and ammonium phosphate.

The percentage of the elements in each of the fertilisers is given in the table
below.

AMMONIUM AMMONIUM AMMONIUM


ELEMENT
SULPHATE NITRATE PHOSPHATE
Nitrogen 21,21 35 28,19
Sulphur 24,24 0 0
Phosphorous 0 0 20,8

11.2.1 Which ONE of the above fertilisers will be the best choice? Refer to
the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)

11.2.2 Write down TWO negative impacts of the overuse of fertiliser on


the environment. (4)
[10]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125


GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Standaardtemperatuur Tθ 273 K
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode

or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of

E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1

H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H +2e−
+
⇌ 2H2O +1,77

+ 8H + 5e−
2+

+
MnO 4 Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− − 3+

+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
+ −
O2(g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt + 2e−
2+
⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë



Hg
2+
+ 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
Ag + e−
+

Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

Ag + 0,80
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
+ e−
3+ 2+
Fe ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− −

+
SO 4 + 4H + 2e SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn
+ 2e− − 0,27
2+
Ni ⇌ Ni

− 0,28
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe

− 0,74
3+
Cr + 3e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,76
2+
Zn ⇌ Zn
− −
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH − 0,83
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr

− 1,18
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+


− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca

− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
Li + e− − 3,05
+
⇌ Li
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2014
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)

− 3,05
+
Li + e ⇌ Li
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K

− 2,92
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba

− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na

− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+

+ 2e− − 1,18
2+
Mn ⇌ Mn
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
2H2O + 2e− ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH− − 0,83

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë



− 0,76
2+
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd

− 0,28
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co
+ 2e− − 0,27
2+
Ni ⇌ Ni
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn

− 0,13
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2(g) 0,00
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ e−
2+ +
Cu ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− −

+
SO 4 + 4H + 2e SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
Cu + e−
+
⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O2(g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80

Hg
2+
+ 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

+ 4H + 3e−
+
NO 3 ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
− −
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
+ 2 e−
2+
Pt ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
O2(g) + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2− − 3+

+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− − 2+

+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
+ −
H2O2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
+ e−
3+ 2+
Co ⇌ Co + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2014

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 16 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2014
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. This question paper consists of TEN questions. Answer ALL the questions in
the ANSWER BOOK.

3. Start EACH question on a NEW page in the ANSWER BOOK.

4. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

5. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 2.1 and QUESTION 2.2.

6. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

7. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

8. You are advised to use the attached DATA SHEETS.

9. Show ALL formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

10. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

11. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

12. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 1: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (1.1–1.10) in the ANSWER BOOK, for example 1.11. D.

1.1 Which ONE of the following is a primary nutrient for plants?

A Oxygen

B Carbon

C Potassium

D Magnesium (2)

1.2 Which ONE of the following statements is CORRECT?

Alkenes ...

A have the general formula C n H 2n+2 .

B are unsaturated hydrocarbons.

C readily undergo substitution reactions.

D have one triple bond between two carbon atoms. (2)

1.3 Consider the reaction represented by the balanced equation below:

Cu(s) + 2Ag+(aq) → Cu2+(aq) + 2Ag(s)

In the above reaction, Cu(s) is the ...

A oxidising agent and is reduced.

B oxidising agent and is oxidised.

C reducing agent and is reduced.

D reducing agent and is oxidised. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2014
NSC

1.4 Which ONE of the following describes the effect of a positive catalyst on the
net activation energy and the heat of reaction (∆H) of a specific reaction?

NET ACTIVATION
∆H
ENERGY
A Increases No effect
B Decreases Increases
C No effect Decreases
D Decreases No effect (2)

1.5 The following equation represents the cracking of a hydrocarbon at high


temperature and pressure:

C 11 H 24 → 2C 2 H 4 + Y + C 4 H 10

Which ONE of the following is the IUPAC name of product Y?

A Prop-1-ene

B Propane

C Ethene

D Ethane (2)

1.6 When 2-chlorobutane is strongly heated in the presence of concentrated


sodium hydroxide, the major product formed is …

A but-1-ene.

B but-2-ene.

C butan-1-ol.

D butan-2-ol. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2014
NSC

1.7 A hypothetical reaction reaches equilibrium at 10 °C in a closed container


according to the following balanced equation:

A(g) + B(g) ⇌ AB(g) ∆H < 0

The temperature is now increased to 25 °C. Which ONE of the following is


correct as the reaction approaches a new equilibrium?

YIELD OF
REACTION RATE
PRODUCTS
A Increases Remains the same
B Increases Decreases
C Increases Increases
D Decreases Decreases (2)

1.8 Which ONE of the following represents the products formed during the
hydrolysis of ammonium chloride?

A NH 3 (aq) and H3 O + (aq)

B NH+4 (aq) and Cℓ− (aq)

C HCℓ(aq) and OH− (aq)

D Cℓ− (aq) and H3O + (aq) (2)

1.9 An electrochemical cell is used to electroplate an iron spoon with nickel.

Which ONE of the following half-reactions takes place at the positive


electrode of this cell?

A Fe2+(aq) + 2e− → Fe(s)

B Fe(s) → Fe2+(aq) + 2e−

C Ni2+(aq) + 2e− → Ni(s)

D Ni(s) → Ni2+(aq) + 2e− (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2014
NSC

1.10 The following reaction reaches equilibrium in a closed container at a certain


temperature:
2O 3 (g) ⇌ 3O 2 (g)

The pressure is now decreased by increasing the volume of the container at


constant temperature.

Which ONE of the following is correct as the reaction approaches a new


equilibrium?

NUMBER OF NUMBER OF CONCENTRATION OF


MOLES OF O 3 (g) MOLES OF O 2 (g) O 2 (g)
A Increases Decreases Decreases
B Decreases Increases Increases
C Decreases Increases Decreases
D Increases Decreases Increases (2)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 2 (Start on a new page.)

Consider the organic compounds represented by the letters A to F in the table below.

A 2,2,4-trimethylhexane B CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHO

H H Cℓ Br H
H H
H C C C C C H
C H H H H D C C
H C H
H H n
H

H H O H O

E O C C O C C C F Pentan-2-one

H H H n

2.1 Write down the LETTER that represents the following:

2.1.1 An aldehyde (1)

2.1.2 A condensation polymer (1)

2.1.3 A compound which has a carbonyl group bonded to two carbon


atoms as its functional group (1)

2.2 Write down the IUPAC name of:

2.2.1 Compound C (3)

2.2.2 The monomer of compound D (1)

2.3 Write down the structural formula of:

2.3.1 Compound A (2)

2.3.2 Compound F (2)

2.4 The table contains compounds which are functional isomers.

2.4.1 Define the term functional isomer. (2)

2.4.2 Write down the LETTERS that represent two compounds that are
functional isomers. (1)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

3.1 Give a reason why alkanes are saturated hydrocarbons. (1)

3.2 Write down the structural formula of:

3.2.1 The functional group of alcohols (1)

3.2.2 A tertiary alcohol that is a structural isomer of butan-1-ol (2)

3.3 Learners investigate factors that influence the boiling points of alkanes and
alcohols. In one of the investigations they determine the boiling points of the
first three alkanes.

3.3.1 Write down an investigative question for this investigation. (2)

3.3.2 Fully explain why the boiling point increases from methane to
propane. (3)

3.4 The learners find that the boiling point of propan-1-ol is higher than that of
propane.

Explain this observation by referring to the TYPE of INTERMOLECULAR


FORCES present in each of these compounds. (3)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows the preparation of an ester using prop-1-ene as a
starting reagent. P, Q, R and S represent different organic reactions.

P Q
Prop-1-ene Propane Haloalkane
Cℓ2
R

Propan-1-ol

Ester

4.1 Write down the type of reaction represented by:

4.1.1 Q (1)

4.1.2 R (1)

4.2 For reaction P write down the:

4.2.1 Type of addition reaction (1)

4.2.2 Balanced equation using structural formulae (3)

4.3 Write down the structural formula of the haloalkane formed in reaction Q. (2)

4.4 In reaction S propan-1-ol reacts with ethanoic acid to form the ester.

For this reaction write down the:

4.4.1 Name of the reaction that takes place (1)

4.4.2 FORMULA or NAME of the catalyst needed (1)

4.4.3 Structural formula of the ester formed (2)

4.4.4 IUPAC name of the ester formed (2)

4.5 The propan-1-ol formed in reaction R can be converted to prop-1-ene. Write


down the FORMULA or NAME of the inorganic reagent needed. (1)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

5.1 Define the term reaction rate in words. (2)

Learners use the reaction between IMPURE POWDERED calcium carbonate and
excess hydrochloric acid to investigate reaction rate. The balanced equation for the
reaction is:
CaCO 3 (s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → CaCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 O(ℓ) + CO 2 (g)
They perform four experiments under different conditions of concentration, mass and
temperature as shown in the table below. They use identical apparatus in the four
experiments and measure the volume of gas released in each experiment.

EXPERIMENT
1 2 3 4
-3
Concentration of acid (mol·dm ) 1 0,5 1 1
Mass of impure calcium carbonate (g) 15 15 15 25
Initial temperature of acid (°C) 30 30 40 40

5.2 The results of experiments 1 and 3 are compared in the investigation.


Write down the:

5.2.1 Independent variable (1)

5.2.2 Dependent variable (1)

5.3 Use the collision theory to explain why the reaction rate in experiment 4 will
be higher than that in experiment 3. (3)

The learners obtain graphs A, B, C and D below from their results.

A
Volume CO2 (cm3)

B
C
D

Time (s)
5.4 Which ONE of the graphs (A, B, C or D) represents experiment 1? Fully
explain the answer by comparing experiment 1 with experiments 2, 3 and 4. (6)

5.5 When the reaction in experiment 4 reaches completion, the volume of gas
formed is 4,5 dm3. Assume that the molar gas volume at 40 °C is equal
to 25,7 dm3.
Calculate the mass of the impurities present in the calcium carbonate. (5)
[18]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

A certain amount of nitrogen dioxide gas (NO 2 ) is sealed in a gas syringe at 25 °C.
When equilibrium is reached, the volume occupied by the reaction mixture in the gas
syringe is 80 cm3. The balanced chemical equation for the reaction taking place is:
2NO 2 (g) ⇌ N 2 O 4 (g) ∆H < 0
dark brown colourless

6.1 Define the term chemical equilibrium. (2)


6.2 At equilibrium the concentration of the NO 2 (g) is 0,2 mol·dm-3. The equilibrium
constant for the reaction is 171 at 25 °C.
Calculate the initial number of moles of NO 2 (g) placed in the gas syringe. (8)
6.3 The diagram below shows the reaction mixture in the gas syringe after
equilibrium is established.

3
80 cm

The pressure is now increased by decreasing the volume of the gas syringe
at constant temperature as illustrated in the diagram below.

6.3.1 IMMEDIATELY after increasing the pressure, the colour of the


reaction mixture in the gas syringe appears darker than before.
Give a reason for this observation. (1)
After a while a new equilibrium is established as illustrated below. The colour
of the reaction mixture in the gas syringe now appears lighter than the
initial colour.

6.3.2 Use Le Chatelier's principle to explain the colour change observed


in the gas syringe. (3)

6.4 The temperature of the reaction mixture in the gas syringe is now increased
and a new equilibrium is established. How will each of the following be
affected?

6.4.1 Colour of the reaction mixture


Write down only DARKER, LIGHTER or REMAINS THE SAME. (1)
6.4.2 Value of the equilibrium constant (K c )
Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE
SAME. (1)
[16]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 Nitric acid (HNO 3 ), an important acid used in industry, is a strong acid.

7.1.1 Give a reason why nitric acid is classified as a strong acid. (1)

7.1.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the conjugate base of


nitric acid. (1)

7.1.3 Calculate the pH of a 0,3 mol∙dm-3 nitric acid solution. (3)

7.2 A laboratory technician wants to determine the percentage purity of


magnesium oxide. He dissolves a 4,5 g sample of the magnesium oxide in
100 cm3 hydrochloric acid of concentration 2 mol∙dm-3.

7.2.1 Calculate the number of moles of hydrochloric acid added to the


magnesium oxide. (3)

He then uses the apparatus below to titrate the EXCESS hydrochloric acid in
the above solution against a sodium hydroxide solution.

Retort stand Q

Sodium hydroxide solution

Erlenmeyer flask
Hydrochloric acid

7.2.2 Write down the name of apparatus Q in the above diagram. (1)

7.2.3 The following indicators are available for the titration:

INDICATOR pH RANGE
A 3,1 – 4,4
B 6,0 – 7,6
C 8,3 – 10,0

Which ONE of the above indicators (A, B or C) is most suitable


to indicate the exact endpoint in this titration? Give a reason for
the answer. (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2014
NSC

7.2.4 During the titration, the technician uses distilled water to wash any
sodium hydroxide spilled against the sides of the Erlenmeyer flask
into the solution.

Give a reason why the addition of distilled water to the Erlenmeyer


flask will not influence the results. (1)

7.2.5 At the endpoint of the titration he finds that 21 cm3 of a


0,2 mol dm-3 sodium hydroxide solution has neutralised the
EXCESS hydrochloric acid.

Calculate the number of moles of hydrochloric acid in excess. (3)

7.2.6 The balanced equation for the reaction between hydrochloric acid
and magnesium oxide is:

MgO(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → MgCℓ 2 (aq) + 2H 2 O(ℓ)

Calculate the percentage purity of the magnesium oxide. Assume


that only the magnesium oxide in the 4,5 g sample reacted with
the acid. (5)
[21]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

A standard electrochemical cell is set up using a standard hydrogen half-cell and a


standard X|X2+ half-cell as shown below. A voltmeter connected across the cell, initially
registers 0,31 V.
V
+

Hydrogen gas Q _
X

Platinum
1 mol·dm-3 H+(aq) X 2+ (aq)

8.1 Besides concentration write down TWO conditions needed for the hydrogen
half-cell to function under standard conditions. (2)

8.2 Give TWO reasons, besides being a solid, why platinum is suitable to be used
as electrode in the above cell. (2)

8.3 Write down the:

8.3.1 NAME of component Q (1)

8.3.2 Standard reduction potential of the X|X2+ half-cell (1)

8.3.3 Half-reaction that takes place at the cathode of this cell (2)

8.4 The hydrogen half-cell is now replaced by a M|M2+ half-cell. The cell notation
of this cell is:
M(s) | M2+(aq) || X2+(aq) | X(s)

The initial reading on the voltmeter is now 2,05 V.

8.4.1 Identify metal M. Show how you arrived at the answer. (5)

8.4.2 Is the cell reaction EXOTHERMIC or ENDOTHERMIC? (1)

8.5 The reading on the voltmeter becomes zero after using this cell for several
hours. Give a reason for this reading by referring to the cell reaction. (1)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagrams below represent two electrochemical cells, A and B.


A concentrated copper(II) chloride solution is used as electrolyte in both cells.

ELECTROCHEMICAL CELL A ELECTROCHEMICAL CELL B

P Q R T
Carbon Carbon

Copper Copper

Concentrated CuCℓ2(aq) Concentrated CuCℓ2(aq)

9.1 Are A and B ELECTROLYTIC or GALVANIC cells? (1)

9.2 Which of the electrodes (P, Q, R or T) will show a mass increase? Write down
a half-reaction to motivate the answer. (4)

9.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the product formed at:

9.3.1 Electrode P (1)

9.3.2 Electrode R (1)

9.4 Fully explain the answer to QUESTION 9.3.2 by referring to the relative
strengths of the reducing agents involved. (3)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/November 2014
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

10.1 The flow diagram below shows the processes involved in the industrial
preparation of fertiliser Q.

Haber Ostwald
Reactants Product A Main product B
process process

Fertiliser Q

Write down the:

10.1.1 NAMES or FORMULAE of the reactants used in the Haber process (2)

10.1.2 Balanced equation for the formation of fertiliser Q (3)

10.2 The diagram below shows a bag of NPK fertiliser.

3 – 1 – 5 (36)

20 kg

Calculate the mass of nitrogen in the bag. (4)


[9]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2014
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron
Avogadro's constant
NA 6,02 x 1023 mol-1
Avogadro-konstante

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m N
n= n=
M NA
n m V
c= or/of c= n=
V MV Vm
c a v a na
= pH = -log[H 3 O+]
c b v b nb

K w = [H 3 O+][OH-] = 1 x 10-14 at/by 298 K

Eθcell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode


θ
− E θanode

or/of
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie

or/of
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2014
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2014
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2014
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARDREDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83


2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2013

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

5. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

8. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

SECTION A

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

1.1 The homologous series to which compounds with the functional group –OH
belong (1)

1.2 The process in which large alkane molecules are broken up into smaller
alkanes and alkenes (1)

1.3 The amount of products formed or reactants used per unit time in a chemical
reaction (1)

1.4 The process in which electricity is used to decompose a chemical substance (1)

1.5 The name of the industrial process used in the production of ammonia (1)
[5]

QUESTION 2: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.

2.1 Which ONE of the following compounds has the highest melting point?

A CH 3 CH 3
B CH 3 CH 2 CH 3
C CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
D CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (2)

2.2 Consider the organic compounds (I to IV) shown below.

I CH C CH 2 CH 3 II CH3 C C CH2 CH3

III CH 3 C C CH 3 IV CH3 C CH

Which of the compounds above are structural isomers?

A I and II
B I and III
C I and IV
D II and III (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

2.3 Consider the reaction represented below.

H H H H
C C + H H H C C H
H H H H

This reaction is an example of …

A addition.
B oxidation.
C elimination.
D substitution. (2)

2.4 Activation energy can best be described as the minimum energy required
to …

A cause effective collisions.


B make reactant molecules collide.
C increase the kinetic energy of reactant molecules.
D change the orientation of reactant molecules. (2)

2.5 Which ONE of the following CORRECTLY describes the effect of an


INCREASE IN TEMPERATURE on a reaction at equilibrium?

Reaction favoured Reaction rate


A Exothermic Increases
B Exothermic Decreases
C Endothermic Increases
D Endothermic Decreases
(2)

2.6 Each of the reactions represented below is at equilibrium in a closed


container. In which ONE of these reactions will an INCREASE IN PRESSURE
(by decreasing the volume) favour the formation of products?

A N 2 O 4 (g) ⇌ 2NO 2 (g)

B PCℓ 5 (g) ⇌ PCℓ 3 (g) + Cℓ 2 (g)

C N 2 (g) + 3H 2 (g) ⇌ 2NH 3 (g)

D NO 2 (g) + CO(g) ⇌ NO(g) + CO 2 (g) (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

2.7 Which ONE of the following half-reactions occurs at the CATHODE during the
electrolysis of a solution of CuCℓ 2 ?

A Cℓ 2 + 2e- → 2Cℓ-
B Cu → Cu2+ + 2e-
C 2Cℓ- → Cℓ 2 + 2e-
D Cu2+ + 2e- → Cu (2)

2.8 When a galvanic (voltaic) cell delivers current, the salt bridge …

A allows electrons to move in the cell.


B ensures electrical neutrality in the cell.
C prevents the two solutions from mixing.
D allows electrons to travel from the cathode to the anode. (2)

2.9 Which ONE of the following metals is the strongest reducing agent?

A Ag
B Zn
C Cu
D Aℓ (2)

2.10 The chlor-alkali process leads to the production of two gases. Which ONE of
the following CORRECTLY shows the gases produced at the anode and
cathode of this cell?

Anode Cathode
A Oxygen gas Chlorine gas
B Hydrogen gas Chlorine gas
C Chlorine gas Hydrogen gas
D Chlorine gas Water vapour
(2)
[20]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

SECTION B

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Start EACH question on a NEW page.

2. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.

3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

4. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

H H H

H C C C O H
A Pent-2-ene B
H H
H C H

C Propyl methanoate D 2,5-dimethylheptane

E CH3 CH CH2 C H F CH3 CH2 CH2 C CH3

CH3 O

3.1 Write down the letter representing the compound which:


(A compound may be used more than once.)

3.1.1 Is an aldehyde (1)

3.1.2 Has the general formula C n H 2n (1)

3.1.3 Is unsaturated (1)

3.1.4 Is a ketone (1)

3.1.5 Is a hydrocarbon (1)

3.1.6 Can be prepared by the reaction of an alcohol with a carboxylic


acid (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

3.2 Write down the structural formula of:

3.2.1 Compound A (2)

3.2.2 Compound D (2)

3.3 Write down the:

3.3.1 NAME of the functional group of compound F (1)

3.3.2 IUPAC name of compound B (2)


[13]

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

The table below shows the boiling points of four organic compounds, represented by
the letters A to D, of comparable molecular mass.

Molecular Boiling point


Compound
mass (oC)
A Butane 58 0
B Propanal 58 49
C Propan-1-ol 60 97
D Ethanoic acid 60 118

4.1 Compound A is used as a fuel in gas burners.

4.1.1 Is compound A in the GAS, LIQUID or SOLID phase at 25 °C? (1)

4.1.2 How will the boiling point of an ISOMER of compound A compare


to that of compound A? Write down HIGHER THAN, LOWER
THAN or EQUAL TO. Refer to MOLECULAR STRUCTURE,
INTERMOLECULAR FORCES and the ENERGY needed to
explain the answer. (4)

4.1.3 Using molecular formulae, write down the balanced equation for
the combustion of compound A in excess oxygen. (3)

4.1.4 Compound A has a lower boiling point than compound B. Give


reasons for this difference in boiling points by referring to the
following:

• Structural differences between the two compounds


• Polarity (2)

4.2 Consider the boiling points of compounds C and D.

4.2.1 Give a reason for this difference in boiling points by referring to the
intermolecular forces present in EACH of these compounds. (2)

4.2.2 Which ONE of compound C or D has a higher vapour pressure?


Refer to their boiling points to give a reason for the answer. (2)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

Some of the reactions of BUTAN-1-OL are represented in the flow diagram below. P,
Q and R represent the organic products formed.

Concentrated H2SO4

BUTAN-1-OL
HBr Ethanoic acid

Q R

5.1 Is butan-1-ol a PRIMARY, SECONDARY or TERTIARY alcohol? (1)

5.2 Product P is formed when butan-1-ol is heated in the presence of


concentrated sulphuric acid.

Write down the:

5.2.1 Name of the type of reaction that takes place (1)

5.2.2 Balanced equation for the reaction that takes place using structural
formulae (5)

5.3 Product R is formed when butan-1-ol reacts with ethanoic acid in the
presence of an acid catalyst.

Write down the:


5.3.1 Name of the type of reaction that takes place (1)

5.3.2 Structural formula of the organic product formed (2)

5.4 When HBr reacts with butan-1-ol, compound Q, a haloalkane, is formed.

Write down the:

5.4.1 Name of the type of reaction that takes place (1)

5.4.2 IUPAC name of the haloalkane formed (2)


[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

The apparatus shown below is used to investigate the rate at which hydrogen gas is
produced when a certain amount of zinc reacts with an excess of a dilute hydrochloric
acid solution.

Delivery tube Y

Z
Stopwatch

HCℓ(aq) Retort stand


Zn

The reaction that takes place is represented by the following balanced equation:

2HCℓ(aq) + Zn(s) → ZnCℓ 2 (aq) + H 2 (g)

6.1 Write down the name of the flask labelled Z. (1)

6.2 Write down ONE function of the item of apparatus labelled Y in THIS
investigation. (1)

Two experiments are conducted using the apparatus above. The conditions for each
experiment are given in the table below.

Experiment 1 Experiment 2
Zinc powdered powdered
Hydrochloric acid 0,1 mol∙dm-3 0,2 mol∙dm-3
Temperature 25 °C 25 °C

6.3 FROM THE TABLE ABOVE, write down:

6.3.1 The independent variable for this investigation (1)

6.3.2 ONE controlled variable (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

The volume of hydrogen gas produced is measured in each experiment. The graphs
below show the results obtained.

Volume (dm3)
Q

0 Time (minutes)

6.4 Which graph, P or Q, represents Experiment 2? Refer to the data given in the
table, as well as the shape of the graph, to explain how you arrived at the
answer. (3)

6.5 Give a reason why the rate of hydrogen production slows down towards the
end in both experiments. (1)

6.6 Calculate the mass of zinc used to prepare 0,24 dm3 of hydrogen gas at room
temperature. Assume that 1 mole of hydrogen gas has a volume of
24,04 dm3 at room temperature. (6)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)


The reaction between hydrogen chloride and oxygen reaches equilibrium in a closed
container according to the following balanced equation:

4HCℓ(g) + O 2 (g) ⇌ 2H 2 O(g) + 2Cℓ 2 (g) ∆H = - 113 kJ


7.1 Is this reaction exothermic or endothermic? Give a reason for the answer. (2)
7.2 The graphs below, not drawn to scale, show how the amounts of reactants
present in the container change with time at a specific temperature. The
volume of the container is 5 dm3.

1,0
Amount (mol)

0,3
HCℓ(g)
0,1 O2(g)
0 t1 t2 t3
Time (minutes)
7.2.1 How does the rate of the forward reaction at time t 1 compare to
that at time t 2 ? Write down GREATER THAN, SMALLER THAN or
EQUAL TO. Use the graphs to give a reason for the answer. (2)
7.2.2 How does the rate of the forward and the reverse reactions
compare at time t 3 ? Write down only GREATER THAN, SMALLER
THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)
7.2.3 Calculate the equilibrium constant (K c ) for this reaction at this
temperature. (9)
7.3 The temperature is NOW increased. How will this change affect the value of
the equilibrium constant?
Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. Explain
the answer. (4)
7.4 How will each of the following changes affect the equilibrium concentration of
Cℓ 2 (g)? Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.
7.4.1 Water vapour is added into the container. (1)
7.4.2 A catalyst is added. (1)
7.4.3 The volume of the container is increased. (1)
[21]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

The electrochemical cell represented below consists of a hydrogen half-cell and a


magnesium half-cell at standard conditions.

H2(g)
Mg
X

°
°
Pt ° °
° °
°
° H+(aq) Mg2+(aq)
°

The reading on the voltmeter is 2,36 V.

8.1 Apart from concentration, write down TWO other conditions needed for the
hydrogen half-cell to function at standard conditions. (2)

8.2 Write down the name of the item of apparatus labelled X. (1)

8.3 Is magnesium the ANODE or CATHODE in the cell above? Refer to the
relative strengths of reducing agents to explain the answer. (4)
8.4 Write down the cell notation for this cell. (3)
8.5 Calculate the standard reduction potential of the magnesium half-cell. Show
ALL your working. (4)
8.6 Write down the balanced NET (overall) cell reaction that takes place in this
cell. No spectator ions are required. (3)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagrams below represent two electrochemical cells, A and B, used in
INDUSTRY. Cell A is used in the purification of copper ore containing silver and
platinum impurities. Cell B is used to electroplate a bracelet with a layer of copper.

CELL A CELL B

Power Power
source source

Copper Pure Pure


ore copper copper

CuSO4(aq) CuSO4(aq)

Bracelet
9.1 Write down the name of the type of electrochemical cell (ELECTROLYTIC or
GALVANIC) of which the above two cells are examples. (1)

9.2 Pure copper is used as one of the electrodes in each of the cells above. In
which cell (A or B) is the pure copper the:

9.2.1 Cathode (1)

9.2.2 Anode (1)

9.3 Consider cell B. Initially the CuSO 4 (aq) has a blue colour.

9.3.1 How will the intensity of the blue colour change whilst the cell is
functioning? Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. Give a reason for the answer. (3)

9.3.2 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at the pure copper
electrode. (2)

9.4 Consider cell A.

9.4.1 Give a reason why the sludge formed in this cell is of economic
importance. (1)

9.4.2 Name ONE negative impact that the energy usage in this process
has on the environment. (2)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

Nickel-zinc cells are rechargeable. The half-reactions that take place in such cells are:

Zn(s) → Zn2+(aq) + 2e-

NiO 2 (s) + 2H 2 O(ℓ) + 2e- → Ni(OH) 2 (s) + 2OH-(aq)

10.1 Write down the general name given to cells that are rechargeable. (1)

10.2 Write down the balanced net (overall) cell reaction that takes place in this cell. (3)

10.3 The emf of one such cell is 1,65 V and its capacity is 1 500 mA∙h.

10.3.1 Define the term cell capacity. (2)

10.3.2 Calculate the maximum electrical work that can be done by this
cell. (4)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

QUESTION 11 (Start on a new page.)

Different processes used in the preparation of fertilisers C and F are represented in the
flow diagram below.

Air Natural gas

Gas A Gas B

O2(g) O2(g)
Ammonia Gas D Gas E
Pt

Sulphuric acid Nitric acid

Fertiliser C Fertiliser F

11.1 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of:

11.1.1 Gas A (1)

11.1.2 Gas B (1)

11.1.3 Fertiliser F (1)

11.2 Sulphuric acid is used to prepare fertiliser C.

Write down:

11.2.1 The name of the industrial process used to prepare sulphuric acid (1)

11.2.2 A balanced equation for the preparation of fertiliser C (3)

11.3 Gases D and E are prepared during the Ostwald process.

Write down the:

11.3.1 Name given to the preparation of gas D from ammonia (1)

11.3.2 Balanced equation for the preparation of gas D (3)

11.3.3 NAME or FORMULA of gas E (1)


[12]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125


GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Standaardtemperatuur Tθ 273 K
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode

or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of

E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 Atomic number 2
KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal
2,1

H He
1 4
3 4 29 5 6 7 8 9 10
Electronegativity Symbol
Cu

1,9
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 63,5 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Approximate relative atomic mass Cℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Aℓ Si P S Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e−
+
⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77

+ 8H + 5e−
2+

+
MnO 4 Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− − 3+

+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
Pt + 2e−
2+
⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë



Hg
2+
+ 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
Ag + e−
+

Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

Ag + 0,80
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ e−
3+ 2+
Fe ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2−
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌
+
SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn
+ 2e− − 0,27
2+
Ni ⇌ Ni

− 0,28
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,76
2+
Zn ⇌ Zn
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 1,18
2+
Mn ⇌ Mn
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+


− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca

− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
Li + e− − 3,05
+
⇌ Li
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2013
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)

− 3,05
+
Li + e ⇌ Li
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K

− 2,92
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba

− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na

− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+


− 1,18
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83



− 0,76
2+

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Zn + 2e Zn
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd
+ 2e− − 0,28
2+
Co ⇌ Co

− 0,27
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn

− 0,13
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ e−
2+ +
Cu ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− −

+
SO 4 + 4H + 2e SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80

Hg
2+
+ 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

+ 4H + 3e−
+
NO 3 ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
+ 2 e−
2+
Pt ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2−
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e−
3+

+
2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− − 2+

+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
+ e−
3+ 2+
Co ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2013

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2013
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

5. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

8. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2013
NSC

SECTION A

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

1.1 The industrial preparation of nitrogen gas from liquid air (1)

1.2 The removal of water from a compound during a reaction (1)

1.3 A theory used to explain how factors, such as temperature, change the rate of
a reaction (1)

1.4 The general term used to describe a substance that donates electrons to
another substance (1)

1.5 The general term used to describe a class of organic compounds in which
one member differs from the previous one by a CH 2 group (1)
[5]

QUESTION 2: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.

2.1 Which ONE of the following is the functional group of aldehydes?

A ─ COO ─

B ─ COOH

C ─ CHO

D ─ OH (2)

2.2 Which ONE of the following hydrocarbons always gives a product with the
same IUPAC name when ANY ONE of its hydrogen atoms is replaced with a
chlorine atom?

A Hexane

B Hex-1-ene

C Cyclohexane

D Cyclohexene (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2013
NSC

2.3 The equation below represents the reaction that takes place when an organic
compound and concentrated sodium hydroxide are strongly heated.
X represents the major organic product formed.
H H H

H C C C H + NaOH X + NaBr + H2O


H Br H
Which ONE of the following is the correct IUPAC name for compound X?

A Prop-1-ene

B Prop-2-ene

C Propan-1-ol

D Propan-2-ol (2)

2.4 The graphs below represent the molecular distribution for a reaction at
different temperatures.
Number of molecules

P
Q
R

Kinetic energy

Which ONE of the graphs above represents the reaction at the highest
temperature?

A P

B Q

C R

D S (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2013
NSC

2.5 The reaction represented below reaches equilibrium in a closed container.

CuO(s) + H 2 (g) ⇌ Cu(s) + H 2 O(g) ∆H < 0

Which ONE of the following changes will increase the yield of products?

A Increase temperature.

B Decrease temperature.

C Increase pressure by decreasing the volume.

D Decrease pressure by increasing the volume. (2)

2.6 The graph below represents the decomposition of N 2 O 4 (g) in a closed


container according to the following equation:

N 2 O 4 (g) ⇌ 2NO 2 (g)


Concentration (mol∙dm-3)

[N2O4]

[NO2]

t1 Time (s)

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the situation at t 1 ?

A The N 2 O 4 gas is used up.

B The NO 2 gas is used up.

C The rate of the forward reaction equals the rate of the reverse reaction.

D The concentrations of the reactant and the product are equal. (2)

2.7 Which ONE of the following is the strongest oxidising agent?

A F 2 (g)

B F-(aq)

C Li(s)

D Li+(aq) (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2013
NSC

2.8 Which ONE of the following statements about a galvanic cell in operation is
CORRECT?

A ∆H for the cell reaction is positive.

B The overall cell reaction is non-spontaneous.

C The emf is negative.

D ∆H for the cell reaction is negative. (2)

2.9 The function of the salt bridge in a galvanic cell in operation is to ...

A allow anions to travel to the cathode.

B maintain electrical neutrality in the half-cells.

C allow electrons to flow through it.

D provide ions to react at the anode and cathode. (2)

2.10 The major product formed at the ANODE in a membrane cell is ...

A hydrogen.

B oxygen.

C chlorine.

D hydroxide ions. (2)


[20]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2013
NSC

SECTION B

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Start EACH question on a NEW page.


2. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between
QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.
3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.
4. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

H C H
H H H H H O H
H

A H B H C C C C H
C C C C C C H
H H H
H H H H
H C H

C CH 3 CH ═ CHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 D Pentyl propanoate

H
H Br Br H H H
H C H
H C C C C C C H
H H

E H H H H H F H C C C C C H
H C H
H H H
H C H

3.1 Write down the letter(s) that represent(s) the following:

3.1.1 Alkenes (2)

3.1.2 A ketone (1)

3.1.3 A compound with the general formula C n H 2n-2 (1)

3.1.4 A structural isomer of cyclohexene (2)


Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2013
NSC

3.2 Write down the IUPAC name of compound:

3.2.1 A (2)

3.2.2 E (2)

3.2.3 F (2)

3.3 Compound D is prepared by reacting two organic compounds in the presence


of an acid as catalyst.

Write down the:

3.3.1 Homologous series to which compound D belongs (1)

3.3.2 Structural formula of compound D (2)

3.3.3 IUPAC name of the organic acid used to prepare compound D (1)

3.3.4 NAME or FORMULA of the catalyst used (1)


[17]

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

A laboratory technician is supplied with three unlabelled bottles containing an alcohol,


an aldehyde and an alkane respectively of comparable molecular mass. She takes a
sample from each bottle and labels them P, Q and R.

In order to identify each sample, she determines the boiling point of each under the
same conditions. The results are shown in the table below.

BOILING POINT
SAMPLE
(°C)
P 76
Q 36
R 118

4.1 For this investigation, write down the:

4.1.1 Independent variable (1)

4.1.2 Dependent variable (1)

4.2 From the passage above, write down a phrase that shows that this
investigation is a fair test. (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2013
NSC

4.3 Which sample (P, Q or R) is the:

4.3.1 Alkane (1)


4.3.2 Alcohol (1)
4.3.3 Refer to boiling point and the type of intermolecular forces present
between alcohol molecules to give a reason for the answer in
QUESTION 4.3.2. (2)
4.4 The alkane is identified as pentane. Will the boiling point of hexane be
HIGHER THAN or LOWER THAN that of pentane? Refer to MOLECULAR
STRUCTURE, INTERMOLECULAR FORCES and ENERGY needed to
explain the answer. (4)
[11]

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

Two straight chain compounds, P and Q, each have the following molecular formula:
P: C 4 H 10
Q: C 4 H 8

5.1 Write down the name of the homologous series to which Q belongs. (1)
5.2 Compound P reacts with chlorine to form 2-chlorobutane.

Write down:
5.2.1 A balanced chemical equation, using MOLECULAR FORMULAE,
for the reaction that takes place (3)
5.2.2 The type of reaction that takes place (1)
5.2.3 One reaction condition (other than the solvent needed) (1)
5.3 Compound Q takes part in reactions as shown in the flow diagram below.

Compound Q (C4H8)

Bromine Reaction 1

2,3-dibromobutane Compound P (C4H10)

Write down the:


5.3.1 Structural formula for 2,3-dibromobutane (2)
5.3.2 IUPAC name of compound Q (2)
5.3.3 Balanced equation, using structural formulae, for reaction 1 (4)

5.3.4 Type of reaction that occurs in reaction 1 (1)


[15]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2013
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

A hydrogen peroxide solution dissociates slowly at room temperature according to the


following equation:
2H 2 O 2 (aq) → 2H 2 O(ℓ) + O 2 (g)
During an investigation, learners compare the effectiveness of three different catalysts
on the rate of decomposition of hydrogen peroxide. They place EQUAL AMOUNTS of
sufficient hydrogen peroxide into three separate containers. They then add EQUAL
AMOUNTS of the three catalysts, P, Q and R, to the hydrogen peroxide in the three
containers respectively and measure the rate at which oxygen gas is produced.

6.1 For this investigation, write down the:

6.1.1 Independent variable (1)


6.1.2 Dependent variable (1)

The results obtained are shown in the graph below.


Volume of oxygen (cm3)

R
P
Q

Time (s)
6.2 Which catalyst is the most effective? Give a reason for the answer. (2)

6.3 Fully explain, by referring to the collision theory, how a catalyst increases the
rate of a reaction. (3)

In another experiment, the learners obtain the following results for the decomposition
of hydrogen peroxide:
TIME (s) H 2 O 2 CONCENTRATION (mol∙dm-3)
0 0,0200
200 0,0160
400 0,0131
600 0,0106
800 0,0086
6.4 Calculate the AVERAGE rate of decomposition (in mol∙dm-3·s-1) of H 2 O 2 (aq)
in the first 400 s. (3)
6.5 Will the rate of decomposition at 600 s be GREATER THAN, LESS THAN or
EQUAL TO the rate calculated in QUESTION 6.4? Give a reason for the
answer. (2)
6.6 Calculate the mass of oxygen produced in the first 600 s if 50 cm3 of
hydrogen peroxide decomposes in this time interval. (5)
[17]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2013
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

A chemical engineer studies the reaction of nitrogen and oxygen in a laboratory. The
reaction reaches equilibrium in a closed container at a certain temperature, T,
according to the following balanced equation:

N 2 (g) + O 2 (g) ⇌ 2NO(g)


Initially, 2 mol of nitrogen and 2 mol of oxygen are mixed in a 5 dm3 sealed container.
The equilibrium constant (K C ) for the reaction at this temperature is 1,2 x 10-4.

7.1 Is the yield of NO(g) at temperature T HIGH or LOW? Give a reason for the
answer. (2)

7.2 Calculate the equilibrium concentration of NO(g) at this temperature. (8)

7.3 How will each of the following changes affect the YIELD of NO(g)? Write
down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.

7.3.1 The volume of the reaction vessel is decreased at constant


temperature. (1)

7.3.2 An inert gas such as argon is added to the mixture. (1)

7.4 It is found that K C of the reaction increases with an increase in temperature.


Is this reaction exothermic or endothermic? Explain the answer. (3)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2013
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below shows a galvanic cell operating under standard conditions. The cell
reaction taking place when the cell is functioning is:

6Cℓ - (aq) + 2Au3+(aq) → 3Cℓ 2 (g) + 2Au(s)

Cℓ2(g)
Au

Pt

Cℓ-(aq) Au3+(aq)

With switch S OPEN, the initial reading on the voltmeter is 0,14 V.

8.1 Write down the:

8.1.1 NAME or FORMULA of the oxidising agent (1)

8.1.2 Half-reaction which takes place at the anode (2)

8.1.3 Cell notation for this cell (3)

8.2 Calculate the standard reduction potential of Au. (4)

Switch S is now closed and the bulb lights up.

8.3 How will the reading on the voltmeter now compare to the INITIAL reading
of 0,14 V? Write down only LARGER THAN, SMALLER THAN or EQUAL TO.
Give a reason for the answer. (2)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2013
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below represents a simplified electrolytic cell used to electroplate a


spanner with chromium. The spanner is continuously rotated during the process of
electroplating.
DC power supply

Electrode X

Spanner

Cr(NO3)3(aq)

A constant current passes through the solution and the concentration of Cr(NO 3 ) 3 (aq)
remains constant during the process. In the process, a total of 0,03 moles of electrons
is transferred in the electrolytic cell.

9.1 Define the term electrolysis. (2)

9.2 Write down the:

9.2.1 Half-reaction that occurs at the spanner (2)

9.2.2 NAME or FORMULA of the metal of which electrode X is made (1)

9.2.3 NAME or FORMULA of the oxidising agent (1)

9.3 Calculate the gain in mass of the spanner. (4)


[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2013
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

Lead-acid batteries consist of several cells. A sulphuric acid solution is used as


electrolyte in these batteries.

10.1 Define the term electrolyte. (2)

The standard reduction potentials for the half-reactions that take place in a cell of a
lead-acid battery are as follows:

PbO 2 (s) + SO 4 2-(aq) + 4H+(aq) + 2e- ⇌ PbSO 4 (s) + 2H 2 O(ℓ) Eθ = +1,69 V

PbSO 4 (s) + 2e- ⇌ Pb(s) + SO 4 2-(aq) Eθ = - 0,36 V

10.2 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at the anode of this cell. (2)

10.3 Write down the overall cell reaction when the cell delivers current. (3)

10.4 A number of the cells above are connected in series to form a 300 V battery
which operates at standard conditions.

Calculate the:

10.4.1 Maximum energy stored in the battery if its capacity is 7 500 A∙h (5)

10.4.2 Minimum number of cells in this battery (5)


[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/November 2013
NSC

QUESTION 11 (Start on a new page.)

11.1 A farmer wants to produce the following fruit and vegetables for the market:

spinach; potatoes; apples

Write down the NAME of the most important primary nutrient required to
enhance:

11.1.1 Root growth of potato plants (1)

11.1.2 Leaf growth of spinach (1)

11.1.3 Flower and fruit production of apple trees (1)

11.2 Ammonia must be produced in large quantities to produce nitrogen-based


fertilisers.

11.2.1 Write down the name of the process used in the industrial
preparation of ammonia. (1)

11.2.2 Write down a balanced chemical equation for the reaction that
takes place in the process named in QUESTION 11.2.1. (3)

11.3 Ammonium hydrogen phosphate, (NH 4 ) 2 HPO 4 , is a type of fertiliser used in


agriculture.

Refer to the type of elements of which this fertiliser is composed to give a


reason why it will be advantageous for a farmer to use this fertiliser instead of
a fertiliser such as ammonium nitrate, NH 4 NO 3 . (2)

11.4 Describe ONE negative impact on humans when fertiliser runs off into dams
and rivers as a result of rain. (2)
[11]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125


GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/November 2013
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Tθ 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode

or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of

E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2013
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
H He
2,1

1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool B C N O F Ne
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
63,5
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
Fr Ra Ac
0,7

0,9

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2013
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
+
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e− ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
− + 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e− ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− + − 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
2+
Pt + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+
Ag + e− ⇌ Ag + 0,80
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ 2+
Fe + e− ⇌ Fe + 0,77
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− +
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
2+
Pb + 2e− ⇌ Pb − 0,13
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+
Ni + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+ −
Co + 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Zn + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
2+
Mn + 2e− ⇌ Mn − 1,18
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+
Li + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2013
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
+ −
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
+
K + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
+ −
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
2+
Ba + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
2+ −
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
2+
Ca + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
+
Na + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
2+ −
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
3+
Aℓ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2+ −
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
2+
Cr + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83
2+ −
Zn + 2e ⇌ Zn − 0,76
3+
Cr + 3e− ⇌ Cr − 0,74
2+
Fe + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
3+ − 2+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr − 0,41
2+
Cd + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
2+
Co + 2e− ⇌ Co − 0,28
2+ −
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni − 0,27
2+
Sn + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14
2+ −
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb − 0,13
3+
Fe + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+
2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+
S + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
2+ +
Cu + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− + −
SO 4 + 4H + 2e ⇌ SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
+
SO 2 + 4H + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− +
NO 3 + 4H + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
2+
Pt + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
+
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e− ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− + 3+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e− ⇌ 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− + − 2+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e ⇌ Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
3+ 2+
Co + e− ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2012

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 16 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

5. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

8. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

SECTION A

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

1.1 An atom or a group of atoms that gives an organic compound its chemical
properties (1)

1.2 The type of addition reaction in which a hydrogen halide is added to an alkene (1)

1.3 The minimum energy needed to start a reaction (1)

1.4 The component of a galvanic cell that allows for the movement of ions
between the half-cells (1)

1.5 The type of cell that cannot be recharged (1)


[5]

QUESTION 2: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.

2.1 Which ONE of the following compounds CANNOT be an alkene?

A C2H4

B C3H6

C C3H8

D C4H8 (2)

2.2 Which ONE of the compounds represented below is an UNSATURATED


hydrocarbon?

A H H O B H H

H C C C H C C C H
H H H
H H

C H H H D H H O

H C C C H H C C C O H

H H H H H (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

2.3 Consider the two organic compounds represented by I and II, as shown
below.

I II
H O H O
H C C C H C
H H
H H

Which ONE of the following correctly represents the homologous series to


which each belongs?

I II
A aldehyde alcohol
B ketone alcohol
C ketone aldehyde
D aldehyde ketone
(2)

2.4 Consider the chemical reaction represented by the equation below.

CaCO 3 (s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → CaCℓ 2 (aq) + CO 2 (g) + H 2 O(ℓ)

Which ONE of the following changes will increase the rate of production of
CO 2 (g)?

A Increase in pressure

B Increase in mass of CaCO 3

C Increase in volume of HCℓ(aq)

D Increase in concentration of HCℓ(aq) (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

2.5 The diagram below shows the change in potential energy for a hypothetical
reaction, represented by the following equation:

X 2 (g) + 3Y 2 (g) → 2XY 3 (g)

potential energy (kJ)

180 kJ

X2 + 3Y2
80 kJ
2XY3

reaction coordinate

The activation energy for the forward reaction is …

A -80 kJ

B 80 kJ

C 100 kJ

D 180 kJ (2)

2.6 The following hypothetical reaction reaches equilibrium in a closed container


at a certain temperature:

X 2 (g) + Y 2 (g) ⇌ 2XY(g) ∆H < 0

Which ONE of the following changes will increase the AMOUNT of XY(g)?

A Decrease in temperature

B Increase in temperature

C Increase in pressure

D Decrease in pressure (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

2.7 The gain of electrons by a substance in a chemical reaction is known as …

A oxidation.

B reduction.

C electrolysis.

D oxidation and reduction. (2)

2.8 Which ONE of the following statements regarding a copper-silver galvanic cell
is TRUE?

A Silver is formed at the anode.

B Copper is formed at the anode.

C Silver is formed at the cathode.

D Copper is formed at the cathode. (2)

2.9 Which ONE of the following substances can be used as an electrolyte?

A Mercury

B Molten copper

C Sugar dissolved in distilled water

D Table salt dissolved in distilled water (2)

2.10 Which ONE of the following is NOT associated with eutrophication in water?

A Dead zones

B Algal bloom

C Depletion of oxygen

D Increased aquatic life (2)


[20]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

SECTION B

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Start EACH question on a NEW page.

2. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.

3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

4. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

Four compounds, labelled A, B, C and D, are shown below.

A B
CH3

CH3
CH3 CH CH2 CH CH2 CH3
F
CH3
C D
H H H

H C C C C C H hexanoic acid
H H
H C H

Write down the:

3.1 Homologous series to which compound A belongs (1)

3.2 IUPAC name of compound A (2)

3.3 IUPAC name of compound B (2)

3.4 IUPAC name of compound C (2)

3.5 Structural formula of compound D (2)


[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

4.1 In the petroleum industry smaller, more useful hydrocarbons are obtained
from larger ones by a process called cracking.

4.1.1 Define the term hydrocarbon. (2)

The compound C 10 H 22 is cracked to obtain alkane X and another


hydrocarbon. The cracking reaction is represented by the following
incomplete equation:
C 10 H 22 → C 5 H 10 + X

4.1.2 Write down the molecular formula of compound X. (1)

The cracking process requires very high temperatures. Therefore engineers


use a catalyst in the reaction.

4.1.3 Give TWO reasons why they use a catalyst. (2)

2-methylbut-1-ene (C 5 H 10 ) is one of the compounds formed in this reaction.

4.1.4 Write down the structural formula of 2-methylbut-1-ene. (2)

4.1.5 Name the type of reaction that occurs when 2-methylbut-1-ene


reacts with hydrogen. (1)

4.2 Consider the structural isomers represented by A, B and C shown below.

COMPOUND BOILING POINT (°C)

A CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 36

CH3 CH2 CH CH3


B 28
CH3
CH3

C CH3 C CH3 9

CH3

4.2.1 Give a reason why the above compounds are considered to be


structural isomers. (2)

4.2.2 Describe the trend in the boiling points from A to C, as shown in


the table. Explain this trend by referring to molecular structure,
intermolecular forces and energy involved. (4)

4.2.3 Give a reason why branched hydrocarbons are preferred to straight


chain hydrocarbons as fuel. (2)
[16]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

5.1 In the flow diagram below, X, Y and Z represent three different types of
organic reactions. P represents an organic compound.

CH3
reaction X
CH3 CH2 C Br CH3 CH C CH3

CH3 CH3

reaction Y KOH(aq)
mild heat
reaction Z

5.1.1 Name the type of reaction represented by X. (1)

5.1.2 State TWO reaction conditions needed for reaction X. (2)

5.1.3 Reaction Y represents a substitution reaction. Write down the


structural formula of compound P formed in this reaction. (2)

5.1.4 Apart from the organic reactant, write down the NAME or
FORMULA of the other reactant needed in reaction Z. (1)

5.1.5 Name the type of reaction represented by Z. (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

5.2 Hexanoic acid is responsible for the unique odour associated with goats.
When it reacts with alcohol X, ethyl hexanoate, which is used commercially as
a fruit flavour, is formed.

Learners set up the apparatus shown below to prepare ethyl hexanoate in a


laboratory.

hexanoic acid + alcohol X +


beaker concentrated sulphuric acid
with water

tripod bunsen burner

5.2.1 Write down the IUPAC name of alcohol X. (2)

5.2.2 What is the role of the sulphuric acid in the above reaction? (1)

5.2.3 Use structural formulae to write down a balanced equation for the
preparation of ethyl hexanoate. (6)

5.2.4 Give a reason why the test tube and its contents are heated in a
water bath and not directly over the flame. (1)

5.2.5 Write down ONE use of esters in the food manufacturing industry. (1)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

A group of learners use the reaction between zinc and sulphuric acid to investigate one
of the factors that affects reaction rate. The equation below represents the reaction that
takes place.

Zn(s) + H 2 SO 4 (aq) → ZnSO 4 (aq) + H 2 (g)

They add 6,5 g of zinc granules to excess DILUTE sulphuric acid and measure the
mass of zinc used per unit time.

The learners then repeat the experiment using excess CONCENTRATED sulphuric
acid.

6.1 Define the term reaction rate. (2)

6.2 Give a reason why the acid must be in excess. (1)

6.3 Write down a hypothesis for this investigation. (2)

6.4 Give a reason why the learners must use the same amount of ZINC
GRANULES in both experiments. (1)

The results obtained for the reaction using DILUTE sulphuric acid are represented in
the graph below.
amount of Zn (mol)

0,1

0,08

60 time(s)

6.5 Using the graph, calculate the mass of zinc used from t = 0 s to t = 60 s. (4)

6.6 Calculate the average rate of the reaction (in gram per second) during the
first 60 s. (2)

6.7 Copy the above graph into your ANSWER BOOK. ON THE SAME SET OF
AXES, use a dotted line to show the curve that will be obtained when
concentrated sulphuric acid is used. Label that curve P (no numerical values
are required). (2)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

The rapidly increasing human population is resulting in an ever-increasing demand for


food. To meet this demand, farmers apply fertiliser to the same cultivated land EACH
YEAR.

7.1 Explain why farmers have to apply fertilisers to their land EACH YEAR. (2)

7.2 Write down ONE negative impact that OVERFERTILISATION can have on
humans. (2)

7.3 Sulphuric acid is an important substance used in the manufacture of


fertilisers.

The equation below represents one of the steps in the industrial preparation
of sulphuric acid.

2SO 2 (g) + O 2 (g) ⇌ 2SO 3 (g) ∆H < 0

7.3.1 Write down the name of the process used to prepare sulphuric acid
in industry. (1)

7.3.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the catalyst used in the
process in QUESTION 7.3.1. (1)

7.3.3 Is the forward reaction exothermic or endothermic? Give a reason


for the answer. (2)

7.3.4 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the fertiliser formed when
sulphuric acid reacts with ammonia. (2)

The reaction, represented by the equation in QUESTION 7.3, reaches


equilibrium at a certain temperature in a 2 dm3 closed container.

On analysis of the equilibrium mixture, it is found that 0,6 mole of SO 2 (g),


0,5 mole of O 2 (g) and 0,4 mole of SO 3 (g) are present in the container.

7.3.5 List THREE changes that can be made to this equilibrium to


increase the yield of SO 3 (g). (3)

7.3.6 The temperature is NOW increased and the reaction is allowed to


reach equilibrium for the second time at the new temperature.
On analysis of this new equilibrium mixture, it is found that
0,2 mole of SO 3 (g) is present in the container.

Calculate the equilibrium constant for this reaction at the new


temperature. (8)
[21]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

Learners conduct an investigation to determine which combination of two half-cells will


provide the largest emf at standard conditions.

Three half-cells, represented as A, B and C in the table below, are available.

HALF-CELL A HALF-CELL B HALF-CELL C


Mg|Mg2+ Pb|Pb2+ Aℓ|Aℓ 3+

The learners set up galvanic cells using different combinations of the above half-cells.

8.1 Write down the standard conditions under which these cells operate. (2)

8.2 Write down the dependent variable in this investigation. (1)

8.3 Use the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials to determine which ONE of
the three half-cells (A, B or C) contains the:

8.3.1 Strongest reducing agent (1)

8.3.2 Strongest oxidising agent (1)

8.4 Without any calculation, write down the combination of two half-cells which
will produce the highest emf. Write down only AB, BC or AC. (1)

8.5 One group of learners set up a galvanic cell using half-cells A and B, as
shown below. X represents one of the components of the galvanic cell.

A B

8.5.1 Write down the NAME or SYMBOL of the substance that will act as
the anode in this cell. Give a reason for the answer. (2)

8.5.2 Calculate the initial emf of this cell. (4)

8.5.3 How will an increase in the concentration of the electrolyte in


half-cell B affect the intial emf of the cell? Write down only
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (2)

8.5.4 Briefly explain how component X ensures electrical neutrality while


the cell is functioning. (2)
[16]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagram below represents an electrochemical cell used in the refining of
copper. One of the electrodes consists of impure copper and the other one of pure
copper.

power source

P Q

CuSO4(aq)

9.1 What type of power source is used to drive the reaction in this cell? Write
down only AC or DC. (1)

9.2 Give a reason why the copper(II) sulphate is dissolved in water before it is
used in this cell. (1)

When an electric current passes through the solution, electrode P becomes coated
with copper.

9.3 Is electrode P the cathode or the anode? Support your answer by writing the
half-reaction that takes place at electrode P. (3)

9.4 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at electrode Q. (2)

It is found that the impure copper plate contains platinum. The platinum forms a
residue at the bottom of the container during electrolysis.

9.5 Refer to the relative strengths of reducing agents to explain why platinum
forms a residue at the bottom of the container. (2)

9.6 How will the concentration of the copper(II) sulphate solution change during
electrolysis? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE
SAME.

Give a reason for the answer. (3)


[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagram of a cell used in the chlor-alkali industry is shown below.

gas gas

brine water

Y X
used salt NaOH(aq)
solution

power source

10.1 Write down the CHEMICAL FORMULA of brine. (1)

10.2 At which electrode, X or Y, is chlorine gas formed? (1)

10.3 Write down a half-reaction that explains the formation of hydrogen gas at one
of the electrodes. (2)

10.4 The purity of the sodium hydroxide produced in the chlor-alkali industry
depends on the extent to which it is separated from the chlorine gas produced
by this cell. Briefly describe how chlorine gas and sodium hydroxide are
prevented from mixing in this cell. (2)

10.5 Apart from advantages and disadvantages of products produced, write down
for this process:

10.5.1 ONE positive impact on humans (2)

10.5.2 ONE negative impact on humans (2)


[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

QUESTION 11 (Start on a new page.)

Mercury(II) oxide batteries are sometimes used in watches and cameras.

The two half-reactions involved in this battery and their respective reduction potentials
are given below.

A: HgO(s) + H 2 O(ℓ) + 2e- ⇌ Hg(ℓ ) + 2OH-(aq) 


E reduction = 0,098 V
B: ZnO(s) + H 2 O(ℓ) + 2e- ⇌ Zn(s) + 2OH-(aq) 
E reduction = -1,252 V

11.1 Which half-reaction (A or B) takes place at the cathode of this battery? Refer
to the given reduction potentials and give a reason for the answer. (2)

11.2 Write down the net (overall) reaction that takes place in this battery. (3)

11.3 Write down the SYMBOL or FORMULA or NAME of the substance that acts
as reducing agent in this battery.

Use oxidation numbers to explain the answer. (2)

11.4 State ONE safety concern regarding the disposal of these batteries. (2)
[9]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125


GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Standaardtemperatuur Tθ 273 K
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode

or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of

E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1

H He
1 4
29
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Approximate relative atomic mass
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD- REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
+ e−
3+ 2+
Co ⇌ Co + 1,81
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e−
+
⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77

+ 8H + 5e−
2+

+
MnO 4 Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2Cℓ− + 1,36
2−
+ 14H + 6e−
3+

+
Cr 2 O 7 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
Pt + 2e−
2+
⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
+ −

Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

Ag + e Ag + 0,80

+ 2H + e−
+
NO 3 ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu + e−
+
⇌ Cu + 0,52
+ −
SO 2 + 4H + 4e ⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2−
+ 4H + 2e− ⇌
+
SO 4 SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn

− 0,27
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni
+ 2e− − 0,28
2+
Co ⇌ Co

− 0,40
2+
Cd + 2e ⇌ Cd
+ e−
2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,76
2+
Zn ⇌ Zn
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 1,18
2+
Mn ⇌ Mn
+ 3e− − 1,66
3+
Aℓ ⇌ Aℓ

− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na

− 2,87
2+
Ca + 2e ⇌ Ca
Sr + 2e− − 2,89
2+
⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
Li + e− − 3,05
+
⇌ Li

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/Feb.–Mar. 2012
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD- REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)

− 3,05
+
Li + e ⇌ Li
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K

− 2,92
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba

− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na

− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
+ 3e− − 1,66
3+
Aℓ ⇌ Aℓ

− 1,18
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83



− 0,76
2+

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Zn + 2e Zn
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd

− 0,28
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co
+ 2e− − 0,27
2+
Ni ⇌ Ni
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn

− 0,13
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ e−
2+ +
Cu ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− −

+
SO 4 + 4H + 2e SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
Cu + e−
+
⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
+ e−
3+ 2+
Fe ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
+ 2 e−
2+
Pt ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2− − 3+

+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− − 2+

+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
+ e−
3+ 2+
Co ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2012

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 14 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2012
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

5. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

8. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2012
NSC

SECTION A

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

1.1 The homologous series to which propan-2-one belongs (1)

1.2 The IUPAC name of the alkene with two carbon atoms (1)

1.3 The minimum energy needed for a chemical reaction to occur (1)

1.4 The general name used for a substance that increases the rate of a reaction
without being consumed in the reaction (1)

1.5 The chemical name of brine (1)


[5]

QUESTION 2: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.

2.1 Consider the organic compound represented below.

H H H
H C C C C H
H H
H C H
H

The compound is ...

A saturated and branched.


B unsaturated and branched.
C saturated and straight-chained.
D unsaturated and straight-chained. (2)

2.2 A structural isomer of butane is ...

A propane.
B 2-methylbutane.
C 2-methylpropane.
D 2,2-dimethylpropane. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2012
NSC

2.3 The alcohols form a homologous series. This means that alcohols have ...
A similar chemical properties.
B similar physical properties.
C the same molecular formula.
D the same structural formula. (2)

2.4 The energy distribution diagrams for particles in a fixed mass of gas at two
different temperatures, T 1 and T 2 , are shown below.

T1
Number of particles

T2

Kinetic energy

Which ONE of the following is the correct interpretation of the diagrams as the
temperature of the gas changes from T 1 to T 2 ?

Activation energy Number of effective


(E A) collisions
A Remains the same Increases

B Decreases Decreases

C Decreases Increases

D Remains the same Decreases (2)

2.5 The expression for the equilibrium constant (K C ) of a hypothetical reaction is


given as follows:
[D]2 [C]
KC =
[ A ]3

Which ONE of the following equations for a reaction at equilibrium matches


the above expression?

A 3A(s) ⇌ C(g) + 2D(g)

B 3A(ℓ) ⇌ C(aq) + 2D(aq)

C 3A(aq) + B(s) ⇌ C(g) + D 2 (g)

D 3A(aq) + B(s) ⇌ C(aq) + 2D(aq) (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2012
NSC

2.6 The reaction represented by the balanced equation below reaches equilibrium
in a closed container.
2NO 2 (g) ⇌ N 2 O 4 (g) ΔH < 0
Which ONE of the following changes will INCREASE the yield of N 2 O 4 (g)?

A Add a catalyst.
B Remove NO 2 gas from the container.
C Increase the temperature of the system.
D Decrease the temperature of the system. (2)

2.7 In a redox reaction, an oxidising agent is ...


A reduced because it loses electrons.
B reduced because it gains electrons.
C oxidised because it loses electrons.
D oxidised because it gains electrons. (2)

2.8 In a galvanic (voltaic) cell, electrons move from the ...


A anode to the cathode through the salt bridge.
B cathode to the anode through the salt bridge.
C anode to the cathode in the external circuit.
D cathode to the anode in the external circuit. (2)

2.9 During the extraction of aluminium from aluminium oxide, cryolite is


added to ...
A increase the yield of aluminium.
B decrease the yield of aluminium.
C increase the melting point of aluminium oxide.
D decrease the melting point of aluminium oxide. (2)

2.10 Which ONE of the following is a primary nutrient needed by plants?


A N
B C
C Mg
D Na (2)
[20]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2012
NSC

SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Start EACH question on a NEW page.
2. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between
QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.
3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.
4. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

A CH C CH2 CH2 CH3 B CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CHCH 3


|
OH
CH3
C CH2 C CH2 D Pentanoic acid
CH3

H H H O O
E H C C C C H F CH3 CH2 O C CH2 CH3
H H C HH
H

3.1 Write down the letter(s) that represent(s) each of the following:
(A compound may be used more than once.)

3.1.1 An alkyne (1)

3.1.2 Two compounds that are structural isomers (2)

3.1.3 A compound containing a carboxyl group (1)

3.1.4 An aldehyde (1)

3.1.5 An alcohol (1)

3.2 Write down the:

3.2.1 IUPAC name of compound C (2)

3.2.2 Structural formula of compound D (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2012
NSC

3.3 Compound F is prepared in the laboratory.

3.3.1 How can one quickly establish whether compound F is indeed


being formed? (1)

3.3.2 Write down the IUPAC name of the alcohol needed to prepare
compound F. (2)

3.3.3 Write down the IUPAC name of compound F. (2)


[15]

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

During a practical investigation the boiling points of the first six straight-chain
ALKANES were determined and the results were recorded in the table below.

ALKANE MOLECULAR BOILING POINT


FORMULA (°C)
Methane CH 4 −164
Ethane C2H6 −89
Propane C3H8 −42
Butane C 4 H 10 −0,5
Pentane C 5 H 12 36
Hexane C 6 H 14 69

4.1 Write down the:

4.1.1 Most important use of the alkanes in the above table (1)
4.1.2 General formula of the alkanes (1)

Refer to the table to answer QUESTION 4.2 and QUESTION 4.3 below.

4.2 For this investigation, write down the following:

4.2.1 Dependent variable (1)

4.2.2 Independent variable (1)

4.2.3 Conclusion that can be drawn from the above results (2)

4.3 Write down the NAME of an alkane that is a liquid at 25 °C. (1)

4.4 Alkanes burn readily in oxygen. Write down a balanced equation, using
molecular formulae, for the combustion of propane in excess oxygen. (3)

4.5 Will the boiling points of the structural isomers of hexane be HIGHER THAN,
LOWER THAN or EQUAL TO that of hexane? Refer to MOLECULAR
STRUCTURE, INTERMOLECULAR FORCES and ENERGY NEEDED to
explain the answer. (4)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2012
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows how three organic compounds can be prepared from
2-bromo-3-methylbutane.

Compound A Compound B

Reaction 1 Reaction 2

Reaction 3
2-bromo-3-methylbutane

An alkene

5.1 Write down the:

5.1.1 Homologous series to which 2-bromo-3-methylbutane belongs (1)

5.1.2 Structural formula of 2-bromo-3-methylbutane (2)

5.2 Reaction 2 takes place in the presence of a dilute sodium hydroxide solution.

Write down the:

5.2.1 Name of the type of reaction which takes place (1)

5.2.2 Structural formula of compound B (2)

5.3 Reaction 1 takes place in the presence of concentrated sodium hydroxide.

Write down:

5.3.1 Another reaction condition needed for this reaction (1)

5.3.2 The name of the type of reaction which takes place (1)

5.3.3 The structural formula of compound A, the major product formed (2)

5.4 Reaction 3 takes place when compound B is heated in the presence of


concentrated sulphuric acid. Write down the IUPAC name of the major
product formed. (2)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2012
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)


Calcium carbonate chips are added to an excess dilute hydrochloric acid solution in a
flask placed on a balance as illustrated below. The cotton wool plug in the mouth of
the flask prevents spillage of reactants and products, but simultaneously allows the
formed gas to escape. The balanced equation for the reaction that takes place is:

CaCO 3 (s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → CaCℓ 2 (aq) + CO 2 (g) + H 2 O(ℓ)

Cotton wool plug

Dilute Gas bubbles


hydrochloric acid
Calcium carbonate chips

Balance

6.1 Write down the NAME of the gas that escapes through the cotton wool plug
while the reaction takes place. (1)

The loss in mass of the flask and its contents is recorded in intervals of 2 minutes. The
results obtained are shown in the graph below.
Graph of loss in mass versus time
4,5
4,0
• • • •

Loss in mass (g)

3,5
3,0 • •
2,5
2,0 •
1,5
1,0
0,5
0 •0 5 10 15 20
Time (minutes)
6.2 From the graph, write down the following:
6.2.1 The coordinates of the point that represents results that were
measured incorrectly (1)
6.2.2 How long (in minutes) the reaction lasts (1)
6.2.3 How long (in minutes) it takes 75% (three quarters) of the reaction
to occur (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2012
NSC

6.3 The experiment is now repeated using hydrochloric acid of a higher


concentration. It is found that the rate of the reaction INCREASES. Use the
collision theory to explain this observation. (2)

6.4 How would a higher concentration of hydrochloric acid affect the following:
(Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.)

6.4.1 Loss in mass per unit time (1)

6.4.2 Total loss in mass (1)

6.4.3 Time for the reaction to reach completion (1)

6.5 Apart from concentration and temperature changes, write down TWO other
changes that can be made to increase the rate of this reaction. (2)

6.6 Calculate the mass of calcium carbonate used when the reaction is
completed. Assume that all the gas that was formed, escaped from the flask. (5)
[16]

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

A hypothetical reaction is represented by the balanced equation below.

A(g) + 2B(g) ⇌ 2C(g)

Initially 3 moles of A(g) and 6 moles of B(g) are mixed in a 5 dm3 sealed container.
When the reaction reaches equilibrium at 25 °C, it is found that 4 moles of B(g) is
present.

7.1 Define the term chemical equilibrium. (2)

7.2 Show by calculation that the equilibrium concentration of C(g) is 0,4 mol∙dm-3. (3)

7.3 How will an increase in pressure, by decreasing the volume of the container,
influence the amount of C(g) in the container at 25 °C?
Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. Explain
the answer. (3)

7.4 The initial number of moles of B(g) is now increased while the initial number
of moles of A(g) remains constant at 25 °C.

Calculate the number of moles of B(g) that must be ADDED to the original
amount (6 mol) so that the concentration of C(g) is 0,8 mol∙dm-3 at
equilibrium. The equilibrium constant (K C ) for this reaction at 25 °C is 0,625. (9)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2012
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

8.1 A strip of aluminium is placed in a beaker containing a blue solution of a


copper(II) salt. After a while the solution becomes colourless.

Thermometer

Cu2+(aq)

Aℓ

8.1.1 How would the reading on the thermometer change as the reaction
proceeds? Write down INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS
THE SAME. Give a reason for the answer. (2)

8.1.2 Refer to the reducing ability of aluminium to explain why the


solution becomes colourless. (2)

8.1.3 Write down the balanced net IONIC equation for the reaction that
takes place. (3)

8.2 The electrochemical cell shown below functions at standard conditions.

Cu salt bridge Aℓ

Cu2+(aq) Aℓ3+(aq)

8.2.1 Which electrode (Cu or Aℓ) is the anode? (1)

8.2.2 Write down the cell notation for this cell. (3)

8.2.3 Calculate the emf of this cell. (4)

The salt bridge is now removed.

8.2.4 What will the reading on the voltmeter be? Give a reason for your
answer. (2)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2012
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagram below shows an electrolytic cell used at an electroplating


company to coat iron spoons with silver.

DC power source

Electrode Y Electrolyte X Iron spoons

9.1 Write down the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (1)

9.2 Direct current (DC) is used in this process. Give a reason why alternating
current (AC) is NOT used. (1)

9.3 Which type of reaction (OXIDATION or REDUCTION) takes place at the


spoons? (1)

9.4 Write down the:

9.4.1 Equation for the half-reaction that takes place at electrode Y (2)

9.4.2 NAME or FORMULA of electrolyte X (1)

9.5 Give a reason why the concentration of electrolyte X remains constant during
electroplating. (2)

9.6 Apart from the income generated, write down ONE major reason why the
company electroplates the spoons. (1)

9.7 Write down the TWO major expenses for the company during the process. (2)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2012
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

The following half-reactions take place when a non-rechargeable alkaline cell is in use:

Zn(s) + 2OH-(aq) → ZnO(s) + H 2 O(ℓ) + 2e- ……......…….(1)

MnO 2 (s) + 2H 2 O(ℓ) + 2e- → Mn(OH) 2 (s) + 2OH-(aq) …....(2)

10.1 Write down the general name used for non-rechargeable cells. (1)

10.2 Which ONE of the above equations (1 or 2) represents the half-reaction that
takes place at the cathode? Give a reason for your answer. (2)

10.3 Give a reason why the cell 'dies' after delivering current for a while. (1)

10.4 The emf of the alkaline cell is 1,5 V. The maximum electrical work that can be
done by this cell is 3 x 104 J.

Calculate the:

10.4.1 Cell capacity of this cell in A∙h (4)

10.4.2 Maximum constant current that this cell can deliver for
20 hours (3)
[11]

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2012
NSC

QUESTION 11 (Start on a new page.)

11.1 The flow diagram below represents processes used in the fertiliser industry.

Air Process X Nitrogen Hydrogen

Process Y

Process Z
Ammonia

Acid R

Ammonium sulphate

Write down:

11.1.1 The name of industrial process X (1)

11.1.2 A balanced equation for process Y (3)

11.1.3 The name of industrial process Z (1)

11.1.4 A balanced equation for the preparation of ammonium sulphate


using acid R (3)

11.1.5 The name of the type of reaction taking place in (1)


QUESTION 11.1.4.

11.2 Ammonium nitrate is one of the most common compounds used as fertiliser.

11.2.1 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the acid needed to prepare
ammonium nitrate from ammonia. (1)

11.2.2 Write down TWO properties of ammonium nitrate that make it


suitable for use as a fertiliser. (2)
[12]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125


GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2012
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Standaardtemperatuur Tθ 273 K
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode

or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of

E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ θ θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2012
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
Atomic number
1 KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal 2
2,1

H He
1 29 4
3 4 Electronegativity Symbol 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cu

1,9
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Elektronegatiwiteit
63,5
Simbool B C N O F Ne
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass Si P S Ar
23 24 Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2012
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
3+ − 2+
Co +e ⇌ Co + 1,81
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2e−
+
⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77

+ 8H + 5e−
2+

+
MnO 4 Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− − 3+

+
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e 2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
+ −
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e ⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
Pt + 2e−
2+
⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− + −
NO 3 + 4H + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë



Hg
2+
+ 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
Ag + e−
+

Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

Ag + 0,80
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ e−
3+ 2+
Fe ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2−
SO 4 + 4H + 2e− ⇌
+
SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ − +
Cu +e ⇌ Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn
+ 2e− − 0,27
2+
Ni ⇌ Ni

− 0,28
2+
Co + 2e ⇌ Co
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,76
2+
Zn ⇌ Zn
− −
2H 2 O + 2e ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH − 0,83
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 1,18
2+
Mn ⇌ Mn
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+


− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca

− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K
Li + e− − 3,05
+
⇌ Li
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2012
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)

− 3,05
+
Li + e ⇌ Li
K + e− − 2,93
+
⇌ K

− 2,92
+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs
+ 2e− − 2,90
2+
Ba ⇌ Ba

− 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr
+ 2e− − 2,87
2+
Ca ⇌ Ca
Na + e− − 2,71
+
⇌ Na

− 2,36
2+
Mg + 2e ⇌ Mg
Aℓ + 3e− Aℓ − 1,66
3+


− 1,18
2+
Mn + 2e ⇌ Mn
+ 2e− − 0,91
2+
Cr ⇌ Cr
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H 2 O + 2e− ⇌ H 2 (g) + 2OH− − 0,83



− 0,76
2+

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Zn + 2e Zn
+ 3e− − 0,74
3+
Cr ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,44
2+
Fe ⇌ Fe
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
+ 2e− − 0,40
2+
Cd ⇌ Cd
+ 2e− − 0,28
2+
Co ⇌ Co

− 0,27
2+
Ni + 2e ⇌ Ni
+ 2e− − 0,14
2+
Sn ⇌ Sn

− 0,13
2+
Pb + 2e ⇌ Pb
+ 3e− − 0,06
3+
Fe ⇌ Fe
2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 (g) 0,00
S + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H 2 S(g) + 0,14
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
+ e−
2+ +
Cu ⇌ Cu + 0,16
2− −

+
SO 4 + 4H + 2e SO 2 (g) + 2H 2 O + 0,17
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
− −
2H 2 O + O 2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO 2 + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ S + 2H 2 O + 0,45
+ −
Cu + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I 2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O 2 (g) + 2H + 2e−
+
⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
3+ − 2+
Fe +e ⇌ Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO 2 (g) + H 2 O + 0,80
+ −
Ag + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80

Hg
2+
+ 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

+ 4H + 3e−
+
NO 3 ⇌ NO(g) + 2H 2 O + 0,96
− −
Br 2 (ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
+ 2 e−
2+
Pt ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO 2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H 2 O + 1,23
O 2 (g) + 4H + 4e−
+
⇌ 2H 2 O + 1,23
2−
Cr 2 O 7 + 14H + 6e−
3+

+
2Cr + 7H 2 O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ 2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− − 2+

+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e Mn + 4H 2 O + 1,51
+ −
H 2 O 2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H 2 O +1,77
+ e−
3+ 2+
Co ⇌ Co + 1,81
F 2 (g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2011

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2011
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

5. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

8. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

9. Round off your final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2011
NSC

SECTION A

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1–1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

1.1 The homologous series to which the compound CH3Cℓ belongs (1)

1.2 The general term that describes compounds that consist of hydrogen and
carbon atoms only (1)

1.3 The stage reached in a reversible chemical reaction when the rate of the
forward reaction is equal to the rate of the reverse reaction (1)

1.4 The name of the chemical substance in which Aℓ2O3 is dissolved to lower its
melting point during the industrial extraction of aluminium (1)

1.5 The ability of a cell to store charge (1)


[5]

QUESTION 2: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A–D) next to the question
number (2.1–2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.

2.1 Which ONE of the following general formulae represents alkynes?

A CnH2n+2
B CnH2n-2
C CnH2n
D CnH2n-1 (2)

2.2 Which ONE of the following homologous series does NOT contain a
CARBONYL group ( C O )?

A Aldehydes
B Alcohols
C Carboxylic acids
D Esters (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2011
NSC

2.3 The structures of four organic compounds are shown below.

I CH3 II CH3 CH2 CH OH

CH3 CH CH CH3 CH2


OH CH3

III CH3 CH CH CH3 IV CH3 CH CH2 CH3

OH CH3 CH2

OH

Which of the above compounds have the same IUPAC name?

A I and II only
B III and IV only
C I and III only
D II and IV only (2)

2.4 The reaction represented by the equation below reaches equilibrium.

2CrO 24− (aq) + 2H+(aq) ⇌ Cr2O 72− (aq) + H2O(ℓ)


yellow orange

Which ONE of the following changes to the reaction mixture will change its
colour from yellow to orange?

A Add a catalyst.
B Add water to the reaction mixture.
C Add a few drops of sodium hydroxide solution to the reaction mixture.
D Add a few drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid to the reaction
mixture. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2011
NSC

2.5 The Maxwell-Boltzmann energy distribution curves below show the number of
particles as a function of their kinetic energy for a reaction at four different
temperatures. The minimum kinetic energy needed for effective collisions to
take place is represented by E.

A
Number of particles
B
C
D

E Kinetic energy

Which ONE of these curves represents the reaction with the highest rate?

A A
B B
C C
D D (2)

2.6 A certain chemical reaction is represented by the potential energy diagram


below.
Potential energy (kJ)

Ea

E1
∆H
E2

Course of reaction

Which ONE of the following quantities will change when a catalyst is added?

A E2
B E1
C Ea
D ∆H (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2011
NSC

2.7 When a metallic atom becomes an ion, it …


A loses electrons and is oxidised.
B loses electrons and is reduced.
C gains electrons and is oxidised.
D gains electrons and is reduced. (2)

2.8 Which ONE of the following substances CANNOT be used as a fertiliser?

A Nitrogen gas
B Guano
C Bone meal
D Ammonium sulphate (2)

2.9 Consider the two half-reactions below that occur in a battery.

Zn(s) + 2OH-(aq) → ZnO(s) + H2O(ℓ) + 2e-

Ag2O(s) + H2O(ℓ) +2e- → 2Ag(s) +2OH-(aq)

Which ONE of the following statements is CORRECT?

A Ag(s) is reduced.
B Zn(s) is the anode.
C Ag2O(s) is the negative electrode.
D Electrons are transferred from Ag(s) to Zn(s). (2)

2.10 The oxidation number of copper (Cu) in the compound CuSO4 is ...

A -2
B -4
C +2
D +4 (2)
[20]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2011
NSC

SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Start EACH question on a NEW page.
2. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between
QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.
3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.
4. Round off ALL final numerical answers to a minimum of TWO decimal places.

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)


The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

A B

H H H H O H

H C C C C C H H C C C H

H H H H
H C H
H
C D

CH2 CH2 H O H

H C C C H
CH2
H H
E F
H H H H
ethyl butanoate
H C C C C H

H H H H

3.1 Write down the letter that represents the following:


3.1.1 A ketone (1)
3.1.2 A compound which is an isomer of prop-1-ene (1)
3.2 Write down the IUPAC name of the following:
3.2.1 Compound A (2)
3.2.2 Compound B (2)
3.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of EACH of the TWO products formed
during the complete combustion of compound E. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2011
NSC

3.4 Compound F is the organic product of the reaction between a carboxylic acid
and ethanol. Write down the following:

3.4.1 The name of the homologous series to which compound F belongs (1)

3.4.2 The structural formula of the FUNCTIONAL GROUP of carboxylic


acids (1)

3.4.3 The IUPAC name of the carboxylic acid from which compound F is (2)
prepared

3.4.4 The structural formula of compound F (2)


[14]

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

Three hydrocarbons (A, B and C) with molecular formula C5H12 are used to investigate
the effect of BRANCHING on the BOILING POINTS of hydrocarbons.

The results obtained are shown in the table below.

HYDROCARBON BOILING POINT


(°C)
A 36
B 28
C 10

4.1 Write down the term used to describe compounds with the same molecular
formula, but with different structural formulae. (1)

4.2 Write down for this investigation the following:

4.2.1 Dependent variable (1)

4.2.2 Independent variable (1)

4.2.3 Controlled variable (1)

4.3 Are these hydrocarbons saturated or unsaturated? Explain the answer. (3)

4.4 One of the hydrocarbons (A, B or C) has a straight chain with no branches.
Write down the following:

4.4.1 The letter (A, B or C) that represents this hydrocarbon (1)

4.4.2 Its IUPAC name (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2011
NSC

4.5 Consider hydrocarbon C and its boiling point.

4.5.1 Write down the structural formula of hydrocarbon C. (2)

4.5.2 Explain why hydrocarbon C has the lowest boiling point. In your
explanation, refer to its structure, intermolecular forces and the
energy involved. (3)

4.6 Which ONE of hydrocarbons (A, B or C) has the highest vapour pressure?
Refer to the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)
[17]

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

In the flow diagram below R, P and Q represent different types of reactions.

P Alcohol X
CH3 CH CH2 (major product)

Q
CH3CHBrCH3 Alcohol Y

5.1 Name the type of reaction represented by:

5.1.1 P (1)

5.1.2 Q (1)

5.1.3 R (1)

5.2 Using structural formulae, write down a balanced equation for reaction P. (4)

5.3 Write down the IUPAC name of alcohol Y. (2)

5.4 Reaction Q takes place in the presence of a BASE. Write down TWO reaction
conditions for this reaction. (2)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2011
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)


Learners use copper(II) oxide POWDER to decompose hydrogen peroxide. They add
1 g copper(II) oxide to 100 cm3 hydrogen peroxide in a flask connected to a delivery
tube. The reaction that takes place is represented by the following balanced equation:
CuO(s)
2H2O2(ℓ) 2H2O(ℓ) + O2(g)
6.1 Write down the name of ONE item of apparatus that can be used to measure
the volume of the gas produced. (1)
The volume of oxygen gas produced is measured every 10 seconds. The results
obtained are shown in the graph below.
70

60
Volume of oxygen gas (cm3)

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Time (s)
6.2 Use the graph to determine the volume of oxygen gas collected in the
container at 15 seconds. (2)
6.3 How does the rate of the reaction change between t = 40 s and t = 70 s?
Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. Refer
to the graph to explain the answer. (2)

6.4 What is the function of the copper(II) oxide in this reaction? (1)

6.5 Apart from oxygen, write down the NAMES or FORMULAE of TWO
substances present in the flask after 90 seconds. (2)
6.6 The learners found that oxygen is produced at a slower rate when 1 g of a
SOLID LUMP of copper(II) oxide is used. Fully explain this observation. (2)
6.7 It is known that bad breath is due to bacterial activity in the mouth in the
absence of oxygen.
Use the reaction above to explain why a solution containing hydrogen
peroxide can be used as mouthwash to improve bad breath. (2)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2011
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

7.1 The industrial preparation of hydrogen gas is represented by the equation


below.

CH4(g) + H2O(g) ⇌ CO(g) + 3H2(g) ∆H > 0

The reaction reaches equilibrium at 1 000 °C in a closed container.

7.1.1 State Le Chatelier's principle. (3)

7.1.2 How will an increase in pressure at 1 000 °C (by decreasing the


volume) affect the yield of hydrogen gas? Write down only
INCREASES, DECREASES OR NO EFFECT. Explain the answer. (3)

7.1.3 Give TWO reasons why high temperatures are used for this
reaction. (2)

7.2 Study the reversible reaction represented by the balanced equation below.

H2(g) + CO2(g) ⇌ H2O(g) + CO(g)

Initially x moles of H2(g) is mixed with 0,3 moles of CO2(g) in a sealed


10 dm3 container. When equilibrium is reached at a certain temperature, it is
found that 0,2 moles of H2O(g) is present.

The equilibrium constant (Kc) for the reaction at this temperature is 4.

7.2.1 Calculate the initial number of moles of H2(g), x, that was in the
container. (8)

7.2.2 The reaction is now carried out at a much higher temperature. It is


found that Kc decreases at this higher temperature.

Is this reaction exothermic or endothermic? Explain the answer. (3)


[19]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2011
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

The potential difference of a galvanic cell, measured experimentally by learners, is


COMPARED with its potential difference calculated at standard conditions.

They set up the galvanic cell shown below.

Cu salt bridge Pb

Cu2+(aq) Pb2+(aq)

The voltmeter measures an initial reading of 0,3 V.

8.1 Write down the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (1)

8.2 State ONE function of the salt bridge. (1)

8.3 Write down the half-reaction that takes place at the anode. (2)

8.4 In which direction do electrons flow in the external circuit when this cell
delivers a current? Write down only 'from Cu to Pb' or 'from Pb to Cu'. (1)

8.5 Write down the balanced net (overall) cell reaction. (3)

8.6 Is the cell reaction exothermic or endothermic? (1)

8.7 Use the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials to calculate the initial
potential difference (emf) of the above cell at STANDARD CONDITIONS. (4)

8.8 From the results obtained the learners conclude that the measured potential
difference differs from the calculated potential difference.

Give TWO possible reasons for this difference in values. (4)


[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2011
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

In the electrolytic cell, represented below, two CARBON RODS are used as electrodes
and a concentrated copper(II) chloride solution is used as electrolyte.

battery

P Q

CuCℓ2(aq)

When the cell is functioning, a gas is released at electrode P, whilst electrode Q is


coated with a reddish brown layer.

9.1 Define the term electrolyte. (2)

9.2 Write down a half-reaction to explain the observation made at:

9.2.1 Electrode P (2)

9.2.2 Electrode Q (2)

9.3 Which electrode, P or Q, is the cathode? Give a reason for the answer. (2)

9.4 The carbon rods in the above cell are now replaced with COPPER RODS.

The following observations are made at electrode P:

• No gas is released.
• Its surface appears rough and eroded.

9.4.1 Refer to the RELATIVE STRENGTHS OF REDUCING AGENTS to


explain this observation. (3)

9.4.2 This cell can be used for the refining of copper. Which electrode
(P or Q) will be replaced with impure copper during the refining
process? (1)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2011
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

The simplified diagram of a membrane cell used in the chlor-alkali industry is shown
below. Gas A, gas B and compound C are the three major products formed during this
process. X and Y represent the two electrodes.
Gas A Gas B
Membrane

Water Brine

X Y
Compound C Used salt solution

Power supply

10.1 Write down the function of the membrane in this cell. (1)

10.2 Which electrode, X or Y, is connected to the positive terminal of the power


supply? Briefly explain how you arrived at the answer. (2)

10.3 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of:

10.3.1 Gas A (1)

10.3.2 Gas B (1)

10.3.3 Compound C (1)

10.4 Write down the balanced net (overall) cell reaction taking place in this cell. (3)

10.5 The chlor-alkali industry is sometimes blamed for contributing to the


greenhouse effect. Briefly explain how the above cell contributes to the
greenhouse effect. (2)
[11]

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/November 2011
NSC

QUESTION 11 (Start on a new page.)

Nitric acid is used in the preparation of fertiliser. The flow diagram below shows the
three steps (A, B and C) in the industrial preparation of nitric acid.

A B C
NH3(g) Nitrogen(II) oxide NO2(g) HNO3(ℓ)
O2 O2 O2

11.1 Write down the following:


11.1.1 Name of this industrial process in the preparation of nitric acid (1)
11.1.2 Balanced equation for step B (3)
11.2 NH3(g) reacts with O2(g) to form two products in step A. One of the products
is nitrogen(II) oxide. Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the OTHER
product. (1)

11.3 In step C, water is added to the reaction mixture. This step can be
represented by the following incomplete equation:
NO2(g) + ___ + H2O(ℓ) → HNO3(ℓ)

Copy the above incomplete equation into your ANSWER BOOK, fill in the
missing reactant and balance the equation. (2)

11.4 A 50 kg bag of fertiliser is labelled as shown in the diagram below.

3 – 1 – 5 (30)

Calculate the mass of nitrogen present in this bag of fertiliser. (3)

11.5 Uncontrolled use of fertiliser may cause excess fertiliser to run down into
streams and rivers, leading to eutrophication.

State ONE negative impact that eutrophication in water may have on humans. (2)
[12]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125


GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2011
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
pθ 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
Standaardtemperatuur Tθ 273 K
Charge on electron
e -1,6 x 10-19 C
Lading op elektron

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

n
c=
V
m
n= or/of
M
m
c=
MV
Ecell = Eθcathode − Eθanode / E θsel = E katode
θ θ
− E θanode

or/of
q = I∆t
E θcell = E reduction
θ
− E θoxidation / E θsel = E reduksie
θ
− E θoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of

θ θ θ
E θcell = E oxidising
θ θ
agent − E reducing agent / E sel = E oksideermiddel − E reduseermiddel

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2011
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1

H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne

1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Aℓ Si P S Cℓ Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tℓ Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2011
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)
− −
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87

Co 3+
+e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e− ⇌ 2H2O +1,77

+ 8H + 5e−
2+

+
MnO 4 Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
− −
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2− − 3+

+
Cr2O 7 + 14H + 6e 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33


+
O2(g) + 4H + 4e 2H2O + 1,23
+ − 2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e− ⇌ 2Br− + 1,07
− −

+
NO 3 + 4H + 3e NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
Ag+ + e− ⇌
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

Ag + 0,80
− −

+
NO 3 + 2H + e NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
+ e−
3+ 2+
Fe ⇌ Fe + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H + 2e− ⇌
+
H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e− ⇌ 2I− + 0,54


+
Cu + e Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e− ⇌ 4OH− + 0,40
2+ −
Cu + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2− −

+
SO 4 + 4H + 2e SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
− +

2+
Cu +e Cu + 0,16
4+ − 2+
Sn + 2e ⇌ Sn + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e− ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+ 2e− − 0,13
2+
Pb ⇌ Pb

Sn 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Sn − 0,14
Ni2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27

Co 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
Cd2+ + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
Fe2+ + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44

Cr 3+
+ 3e ⇌ Cr − 0,74
Zn2+ + 2e− ⇌ Zn − 0,76
− −
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH − 0,83
Cr2+ + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91

Mn 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66

Mg 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
Na+ + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71
Ca2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87

2+
Sr + 2e ⇌ Sr − 2,89
Ba2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90
+ -
Cs + e ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K+ + e− ⇌ K − 2,93
Li+ + e− ⇌ Li − 3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2011
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
θ
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E (V)

+
Li + e ⇌ Li − 3,05
K+ + e− ⇌ K − 2,93

+
Cs + e ⇌ Cs − 2,92
Ba2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ba − 2,90

⇌ − 2,89
2+
Sr + 2e Sr
Ca2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ca − 2,87
Na+ + e− ⇌ Na − 2,71

Mg 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Mg − 2,36
Aℓ3+ + 3e− ⇌ Aℓ − 1,66

Mn 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Mn − 1,18
Cr2+ + 2e− ⇌ Cr − 0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

− −
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH − 0,83
Zn2+ + 2e− ⇌ − 0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Zn

Cr 3+
+ 3e ⇌ Cr − 0,74
Fe2+ + 2e− ⇌ Fe − 0,44
− 2+
− 0,41
3+
Cr +e ⇌ Cr
Cd2+ + 2e− ⇌ Cd − 0,40

Co 2+
+ 2e ⇌ Co − 0,28
Ni2+ + 2e− ⇌ Ni − 0,27
Sn2+ + 2e− ⇌ Sn − 0,14

⇌ − 0,13
2+
Pb + 2e Pb
Fe3+ + 3e− ⇌ Fe − 0,06
+ −
2H + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
S + 2H+ + 2e− ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
− 2+

4+
Sn + 2e Sn + 0,15
Cu2+ + e− ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
2− −

+
SO 4 + 4H + 2e SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17


2+
Cu + 2e Cu + 0,34
− −
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e− ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
Cu+ + e− ⇌ Cu + 0,52
− −
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e− ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
− 2+

3+
Fe +e Fe + 0,77
− + −
NO 3 + 2H + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80


+
Ag + e Ag + 0,80
2+ −
Hg + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e− ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
− −
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
Pt2+ + 2 e− ⇌ Pt + 1,20
+ − 2+
MnO2 + 4H + 2e ⇌ Mn + 2H2O + 1,23
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e− ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2−
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e−
3+
⇌ 2Cr + 7H2O + 1,33
− −
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
− − 2+

+
MnO 4 + 8H + 5e Mn + 4H2O + 1,51
+ −
H2O2 + 2H +2 e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
Co3+ + e− ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e− ⇌ 2F− + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
GRAAD 12

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2011

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 16 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

5. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

8. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

SECTION A

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

1.1 The resistance that a fluid offers to flow (1)

1.2 A chemical substance that provides an alternative path of lower activation


energy for a chemical reaction (1)

1.3 The acid produced during the contact process (1)

1.4 The name of the electrode in a galvanic (voltaic) cell at which oxidation takes
place (1)

1.5 The industrial process for the production of ammonia (1)


[5]

QUESTION 2: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A – D) next to the
question number (2.1 – 2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.

2.1 Which ONE of the following pairs of compounds correctly represents the
products formed during the COMPLETE combustion of octane?

A CO and H2O

B CO and H2

C CO2 and H2

D CO2 and H2O (2)

2.2 Which ONE of the following pairs of reactants can be used to prepare the
ester ethyl methanoate in the laboratory?

A Ethane and methanoic aid

B Methanol and ethanoic acid

C Ethanol and methanoic acid

D Ethene and methanol (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

2.3 The structural formula of an organic compound is given below.

CH3
CH3 CH CH CH2 C C CH3
CH3

The IUPAC name of this compound is ...

A 2,3-dimethylhept-5-yne.

B 5,6-dimethylhept-2-yne.

C 2,3-methylhept-2-yne.

D 5,6-dimethylhept-3-yne. (2)

2.4 The type of compound formed when but-1-ene reacts with water in the
presence of a suitable catalyst is a/an ...

A alcohol.

B alkane.

C haloalkane.

D ester. (2)

2.5 The equation below represents a chemical reaction at equilibrium in a closed


container.
H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g) H < 0

Which ONE of the following changes will increase the yield of HI(g) in the
above reaction?

A Increase the temperature

B Decrease the temperature

C Increase the pressure by decreasing the volume

D Decrease the pressure by increasing the volume (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

2.6 A chemical reaction reaches equilibrium. Which ONE of the following


statements regarding this equilibrium is TRUE?

A The concentrations of the individual reactants and products are


constant.

B The concentrations of the individual reactants and products are equal.

C The concentrations of the individual reactants are zero.

D The concentrations of the individual products increase until the reaction


stops. (2)

2.7 The net (overall) cell reaction taking place in a certain cell is represented as
follows:

2H2O(ℓ) + electrical energy → 2H2(g) + O2(g)

Which ONE of the following statements best describes this cell?

The cell is a/an …

A electrolytic cell in which an exothermic reaction occurs.

B electrolytic cell in which an endothermic reaction occurs.

C galvanic (voltaic) cell in which an exothermic reaction occurs.

D galvanic (voltaic) cell in which an endothermic reaction occurs. (2)

2.8 When the net (overall) cell reaction in a galvanic (voltaic) cell reaches
equilibrium, the emf of the cell is equal to ...

A +2,00 V.

B +1,00 V.

C 0,00 V.

D -1,00 V. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

2.9 Copper is purified through electrolysis as represented in the simplified


diagram below.

Cu Cu

Which ONE of the following statements is CORRECT for this process?

A Cu is oxidised at the negative electrode.

B Cu is reduced at the positive electrode.

C Cu2+ ions are reduced at the positive electrode.

D Cu2+ ions are reduced at the negative electrode. (2)

2.10 The major products formed in the chlor-alkali industry are ...

A chlorine gas and sodium hydroxide.

B chlorine gas and sodium chloride.

C hydrogen chloride gas and sodium hydroxide.

D chlorine gas and hydrogen chloride gas. (2)


[20]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

SECTION B

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Start EACH question on a NEW page.

2. Leave ONE line between two subquestions, for example between


QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.

3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.

4. Round off your answers to TWO decimal places, where applicable.

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)

Millions of organic compounds are known to date. Four of these compounds,


represented by the letters P, Q, R and S, are shown in the table below.

H H O H

P methanal Q H C C C C H
H H H

H C H
Br
H H H
R S
H C C C C H
Cℓ
H O H H

3.1 Write down the following:

3.1.1 Structural formula of the functional group of P (2)

3.1.2 Homologous series to which Q belongs (1)

3.1.3 Structural formula of an isomer of Q (2)

3.1.4 IUPAC name of R (2)

3.2 S represents an alcohol. Classify this alcohol as primary, secondary or


tertiary. (1)
[8]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

Knowledge of boiling points can be used to identify chemical compounds. The boiling
points of four organic compounds, represented by the letters A, B, C and D, are given
in the table below.

COMPOUND BOILING POINT


(°C)
A Propane -42
B Pentane 36
C 2-methylbutane 27,8
D Pentan-1-ol 137

4.1 Define the term boiling point. (2)

4.2 Which ONE of A or B has the higher vapour pressure? (1)

4.3 An unknown STRAIGHT CHAIN ALKANE has a boiling point of -0,5 °C. Use
the information in the table to identify this alkane and write down its IUPAC
name. (2)

4.4 B and C are structural isomers.

4.4.1 Define the term structural isomer. (2)

4.4.2 Explain why B has a higher boiling point than C. Refer to structure,
intermolecular forces and energy in your explanation. (3)

4.5 Explain the difference in the boiling points of B and D. Refer to intermolecular
forces and energy in your explanation. (4)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

5.1 Prop-1-ene, an UNSATURATED hydrocarbon, and compound X, a


SATURATED hydrocarbon, react with chlorine, as represented by the
incomplete equations below.

Reaction I: Prop-1-ene + Cℓ2 →

Reaction II: X + Cℓ2 → 2-chlorobutane + Y

5.1.1 Give a reason why prop-1-ene is classified as unsaturated. (1)

5.1.2 What type of reaction (ADDITION or SUBSTITUTION) takes place


in the following:

(a) Reaction I (1)

(b) Reaction II (1)

5.1.3 Write down the structural formula of the product formed in


Reaction I. (2)

5.1.4 Write down the reaction condition necessary for Reaction II to take
place. (1)

5.1.5 Write down the IUPAC name of reactant X. (1)

5.1.6 Write down the name or formula of product Y. (1)

5.2 2-chlorobutane can either undergo ELIMINATION or SUBSTITUTION in the


presence of a strong base such as sodium hydroxide.

5.2.1 Which reaction will preferably take place when 2-chlorobutane is


heated in the presence of CONCENTRATED sodium hydroxide in
ethanol? Write down only SUBSTITUTION or ELIMINATION. (1)

5.2.2 Write down the IUPAC name of the major organic compound formed
in QUESTION 5.2.1. (2)

5.2.3 Use structural formulae to write down a balanced equation for the
reaction that takes place when 2-chlorobutane reacts with a DILUTE
sodium hydroxide solution. (6)

5.2.4 Write down the name of the type of substitution reaction that takes
place in QUESTION 5.2.3. (1)

5.3 Haloalkanes are used in insecticides (insect killers).

5.3.1 Write down ONE POSITIVE impact of insecticides on human


development. (2)

5.3.2 Write down ONE NEGATIVE impact of insecticides on humans. (2)


[22]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Learners perform three investigations (A, B and C) to study three factors which affect
the rate of chemical reactions. They use the reaction between solid calcium carbonate
(CaCO3) and excess hydrochloric acid (HCℓ) solution, represented by the balanced
equation below, in all three investigations.

CaCO3(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → CaCℓ2(aq) + H2O(ℓ) + CO2(g)

EXCESS HYDROCHLORIC ACID is used and the calcium carbonate is


COMPLETELY COVERED in all the investigations.

6.1 INVESTIGATION A:

The learners conduct two experiments using the conditions as shown in the
table below.

Mass of Concentration of Temperature of


State of CaCO3
CaCO3 (g) HCℓ (mol∙dm-3) HCℓ (°C)
Experiment 1 2 powder 0,2 25
Experiment 2 2 lumps 0,2 25

6.1.1 Which factor influencing reaction rate is investigated? (1)

6.1.2 Write down an INVESTIGATIVE QUESTION for this investigation. (2)

6.1.3 The learners now repeat Experiment 1, but use 4 g of calcium


carbonate in excess acid, instead of 2 g. They find that the rate of
the reaction INCREASES.

Give a reason why the rate increases. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

6.2 INVESTIGATION B:

The learners conduct two experiments using the conditions as shown in the
table below.

Mass of State of Concentration of Temperature of


CaCO3 (g) CaCO3 HCℓ (mol∙dm-3) HCℓ (°C)
Experiment 3 2 lumps 0,2 25
Experiment 4 2 lumps 1,0 25

6.2.1 Identify the independent variable in this investigation. (1)

6.2.2 Write down a hypothesis for this investigation. (2)

6.2.3 Is it fair to compare results obtained in Experiment 3 with that in


Experiment 4? Give a reason for the answer. (2)

6.2.4 The reactions in Experiments 3 and 4 both run to completion. How


will the yield of CO2(g) in Experiment 3 compare to that in
Experiment 4? Write down only LARGER THAN, SMALLER
THAN or EQUAL TO and give a reason for the answer. (2)

6.3 INVESTIGATION C:

The learners conduct two experiments using the conditions as shown in the
table below.

Mass of State of Concentration of Temperature of


CaCO3 (g) CaCO3 HCℓ (mol∙dm-3) HCℓ (°C)
Experiment 5 4 powder 0,2 25
Experiment 6 4 powder 0,2 35

6.3.1 How does the average kinetic energy of the particles in the reaction
in Experiment 5 compare to that in Experiment 6? Write down
only HIGHER THAN, LOWER THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)

6.3.2 On the same set of axes, draw sketch graphs of the number of
molecules versus the kinetic energy (Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution curves) for each of Experiment 5 and Experiment 6.
 Label the axes.
 Clearly label each graph as Experiment 5 or Experiment 6. (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

6.4 The graph below shows changes in the potential energy for the reaction
between calcium carbonate and hydrochloric acid.

Potential energy (kJ)


A

Course of reaction

6.4.1 Is this reaction endothermic or exothermic? Give a reason for the


answer. (2)

6.4.2 Use the relevant energy values, A, B and C, to write down an


expression for each of the following:

(a) The energy of the activated complex (1)

(b) ∆H for the forward reaction (1)


[20]

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

Fertilisers allow farmers to grow crops in the same soil year after year. However,
environmental problems, such as eutrophication, are associated with the application of
fertilisers.

7.1 State ONE PRECAUTION that a maize farmer can take to prevent
eutrophication. (1)

Nitric acid is an important reactant in the production of ammonium nitrate, a nitrogen-


based fertiliser.

7.2 Write down the name of the industrial process for the production of nitric acid. (1)

7.3 Write down a balanced equation for the preparation of ammonium nitrate from
nitric acid. (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

A fertiliser company produces ammonia on a large scale at a temperature of 450 °C.


The balanced equation below represents the reaction that takes place in a sealed
container.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g) ∆H < 0

To meet an increased demand for fertiliser, the management of the company instructs
their engineer to make the necessary adjustments to increase the yield of ammonia.

In a trial run on a small scale in the laboratory, the engineer makes adjustments to the
TEMPERATURE, PRESSURE and CONCENTRATION of the equilibrium mixture.
The graphs below represent the results obtained.
Concentration (mol∙dm-3)

N2

H2

NH3

0 t1 t2 t3 Time (minutes)

7.4 Identify the changes made to the equilibrium mixture at each of the following
times:

7.4.1 t1 (2)

7.4.2 t2 (2)

7.4.3 t3 (2)

7.5 At which of the above time(s) did the change made to the reaction mixture
lead to a higher yield of ammonia? Write down only t1 and/or t2 and/or t3. (2)

7.6 The engineer now injects 5 mol N2 and 5 mol H2 into a 5 dm3 sealed empty
container. Equilibrium is reached at 450 °C. Upon analysis of the equilibrium
mixture, he finds that the mass of NH3 is 20,4 g.

Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant (Kc) at 450 °C. (9)
[22]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below represents a galvanic (voltaic) cell functioning under standard
conditions with magnesium and silver as electrodes. A voltmeter connected across the
electrodes shows an initial reading of 3,17 V.

Mg(s) Ag(s)
salt bridge

Mg2+(aq) Ag+(aq)

8.1 State the energy conversion that takes place in this cell. (2)

8.2 State TWO standard conditions under which this cell operates. (2)

8.3 Identify the anode of this cell. Refer to the relative strength of reducing agents
to explain how you arrived at the answer. (3)

8.4 Write down the cell notation (symbolic notation) of this cell. (3)

8.5 Write down the balanced equation for the net (overall) cell reaction that takes
place in this cell. Omit the spectator ions. (3)

8.6 How will an increase in the concentration of the Ag+ ions influence the current
that the cell delivers? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or
REMAINS THE SAME and explain the answer.
(3)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

Electroplating is one of the uses of electrolysis. The diagram below shows an


electrolytic cell that can be used to plate a copper spoon with silver.

battery

copper spoon
electrode
AgNO3(aq)

9.1 Define the term oxidation in terms of electron transfer. (2)

9.2 What type of half-reaction takes place at the copper spoon? Write down only
OXIDATION or REDUCTION. (1)

9.3 Write down a half-reaction that explains the change that occurs on the surface
of the copper spoon during electrolysis. (2)

9.4 Name the metal that is labelled 'electrode'. (1)

9.5 Give a reason why the concentration of the AgNO3(aq) remains constant
during electrolysis. (2)
[8]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 16 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

A lead-acid battery (car battery) consists of six cells and has a battery capacity of
20 A∙h.

The half-reactions that take place in each cell and their respective standard reduction
potentials are represented below:

PbSO4(s) + H+(aq) + 2e-→ Pb(s) + HSO4-(aq) Eθ = -0,36 V

PbO2(s) + 3H+(aq) + HSO4-(aq) + 2e-→ PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(ℓ) Eθ = 1,7 V

10.1 Are car batteries primary or secondary batteries? (1)

10.2 Write down the equation for the net (overall) cell reaction that takes place in
each cell of this battery. (3)

10.3 Calculate the emf of the BATTERY, consisting of six cells, under standard
conditions. (5)

10.4 Calculate the maximum time that this battery will be able to supply a constant
current of 5 A to an appliance connected to it. Assume that the capacity of the
battery remains constant. (4)

10.5 State TWO environmental risks associated with the irresponsible disposal of
lead-acid batteries. (2)
[15]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125


GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
p 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
T 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

n
c
V
m
n or/of
M
m
c
MV
Ecell  Eθcathode  Eθanode / Eθsel  Ekatode
θ θ
 Eθanode

or/of
q = It
Eθcell  Ereduction
θ
 Eθoxidation / Eθsel  Ereduksie
θ
 Eθoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of

E θcell  E oxidising
θ
agent  E reducingagent / E sel  Eoksideermiddel  Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1

H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne

1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD- REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë


NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+  0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/Feb. – Mar. 2011
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD- REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE

Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs  2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66


Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr 2+
 0,41
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77

NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
Pt2+ + 2 e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
H2O2 + 2H+ +2 e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
GRAAD 12

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2010

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DBE/November 2010
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. You may use a non-programmable calculator.

5. You may use appropriate mathematical instruments.

6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

8. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DBE/November 2010
NSC

SECTION A

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

1.1 The homologous series to which H – C Ξ C – H belongs (1)

1.2 The electrode in a galvanic cell at which reduction takes place (1)

1.3 The type of chemical reaction that releases energy (1)

1.4 The type of electrochemical cell used in industry to produce elements such as
chlorine and aluminium (1)

1.5 The process by which an increase in the concentration of primary nutrients in


a river leads to algal bloom (1)
[5]

QUESTION 2: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A – D) next to the
question number (2.1 – 2.10) in the ANSWER BOOK.

2.1 Which ONE of the following compounds represents a ketone?

A H H B H
H C C C H H C O C H
H O H H
O
C H D
H
H O C C H H C O H
H (2)
O H H

2.2 Consider the compound with molecular formula C4H10. How many structural
isomers does this compound have?

A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4 (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DBE/November 2010
NSC

2.3 Which ONE of the following pairs of reactants can be used to prepare the
ester ethyl butanoate in the laboratory?

A Ethanal and butanol


B Ethanoic acid and butanol
C Ethanol and butanoic acid
D Ethanal and butanoic acid (2)

2.4 A cyclic hydrocarbon is represented below.


CH3

CH2CH3
Which ONE of the following is the correct IUPAC name of this compound?

A 3-methyl-1-ethylcyclohexane
B 1-ethyl-5-methylcyclohexane
C 1-methyl-5-ethylcyclohexane
D 1-ethyl-3-methylcyclohexane (2)

2.5 The graph below represents the relationship between potential energy and
course of reaction for a certain chemical reaction.
Potential energy (kJ)

5
4
3
2
1
0
Course of reaction

The activation energy for the forward reaction is …

A 1 kJ.
B 2 kJ.
C 3 kJ.
D 4 kJ. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DBE/November 2010
NSC

2.6 The reaction represented by the equation below reaches equilibrium.

Co(H2O) 26 (aq) + 4Cℓ  (aq) ⇌ CoCℓ 24 (aq) + 6H2O(ℓ) ∆H > 0
pink blue

Which ONE of the following changes to the reaction mixture will change its
colour from blue to pink?

A Add a catalyst.

B Place the reaction mixture in a container with hot water.

C Add a few drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid to the reaction


mixture.

D Add water to the reaction mixture. (2)

2.7 One of the products formed in a chemical reaction is a gas. Which ONE of
the following graphs of volume versus time best represents the formation of
this gas until the reactants are used up?

A B
volume (cm3)

volume (cm3)

time (s) time (s)

C D
volume (cm3)
volume (cm3)

time (s) time (s) (2)

2.8 Which ONE of the following statements regarding the anode of a standard
galvanic cell in operation is correct?

A The anode accepts electrons.

B The mass of the anode decreases.

C The concentration of the electrolyte in the half-cell containing the anode


initially decreases.

D The anode is the positive terminal of the cell. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DBE/November 2010
NSC

2.9 Consider the reaction represented by the following equation:

2Ag+(aq) + Cu(s) → 2Ag + Cu2+(aq)

Which ONE of the following represents the oxidising agent in the above
reaction?

A Ag+

B Ag

C Cu

D Cu2+ (2)

2.10 A membrane cell is used for the electrolysis of brine (saturated solution of salt
and water). One function of the membrane in this cell is to allow … to pass
through it.

A molecules

B anions

C cations

D both anions and cations (2)


[20]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DBE/November 2010
NSC

SECTION B

INSTRUCTIONS
1. Start each question on a NEW page.
2. Leave one line between two subquestions, for example between
QUESTION 3.1 and QUESTION 3.2.
3. Show the formulae and substitutions in ALL calculations.
4. Round off ALL numerical answers to TWO decimal places.

QUESTION 3 (Start on a new page.)


The chemical properties of organic compounds are determined by their functional
groups. The letters A to F in the table below represent six organic compounds.

A B H C H
H C H
H H H H H C H H H H H H
H C C C C C C H
C C C C H H H
H H H H H
H H H H C C C H H C H

Br H H H

D E H O F

Methanal H C C O H Methyl methanoate

3.1 Write down the LETTER that represents the following:


3.1.1 An alkene (1)
3.1.2 An aldehyde (1)
3.2 Write down the IUPAC name of the following:
3.2.1 Compound B (2)
3.2.2 Compound C (2)
3.3 Write down the structural formula of compound D. (2)
3.4 Write down the IUPAC name of the carboxylic acid shown in the table. (2)
3.5 Write down the structural formula of compound F. (2)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DBE/November 2010
NSC

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

Five alcohols represented by the letters A – E are listed in the table below.

A Methanol B Ethanol
C Propan-1-ol D Butan-2-ol
E 2-methylpropan-2-ol

4.1 Which ONE of the above alcohols is a SECONDARY alcohol? Write down
only the LETTER that represents the alcohol. (1)

4.2 The letter E represents 2-methylpropan-2-ol. For this alcohol, write down the
following:

4.2.1 Its structural formula (2)

4.2.2 The LETTER in the table that represents one of its structural
isomers (1)

4.3 Viscosity is a measure of a fluid's resistance to flow. Learners conduct an


investigation to compare the viscosities of the first three alcohols (A – C) in
the table above. They use the apparatus shown below.

alcohol
pipette

stopwatch

beaker
The learners use the stopwatch to measure the time it takes a FIXED
VOLUME of each of the alcohols to flow from the pipette. They record this
flow time, which is an indication of the viscosity of each alcohol, as given in
the table below.

Alcohol Flow time (s)


A Methanol 4,0
B Ethanol 7,9
C Propan-1-ol 14,3

4.3.1 Formulate an investigative question for this investigation. (2)

4.3.2 Which ONE of the alcohols (A, B, or C) has the highest viscosity?
Use the data in the table to give a reason for the answer. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DBE/November 2010
NSC

4.3.3 Refer to the intermolecular forces of the three alcohols (A, B and
C) to explain the trend in viscosities as shown in the table. (2)

4.3.4 Lubricants reduce friction. Which one of alcohols, A, B or C, will


be the best lubricant? (1)

4.4 Which ONE of 2-methylpropan-2-ol and butan-2-ol has the higher viscosity? (1)

4.5 Refer to intermolecular forces to explain the answer to QUESTION 4.4. (2)
[14]

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

Prop-1-ene is a flammable alkene.

5.1 Why is prop-1-ene considered to be a dangerous compound? (1)

Through addition reactions, prop-1-ene can be converted to other compounds, such as


alkanes and alcohols.

5.2 Which part of the structure of an alkene allows it to undergo addition


reactions? (1)

5.3 In one type of addition reaction, prop-1-ene can be converted to an alcohol.

5.3.1 Use structural formulae to write a balanced equation for the


formation of the alcohol during this addition reaction. (4)

5.3.2 Name the type of addition reaction that takes place. (1)

5.3.3 Write down the name or formula of the catalyst used in this reaction. (1)

5.4 Use molecular formulae to write down a balanced chemical equation for the
complete combustion of propane. (3)

Prop-1-ene can be produced from an alcohol by an elimination reaction.

5.5 Use structural formulae to write a balanced chemical equation for the
formation of prop-1-ene from a PRIMARY alcohol. (4)

5.6 Name the type of elimination reaction that takes place. (1)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DBE/November 2010
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)


6.1 The collision theory explains why chemical reactions occur and why they take
place at different rates.
Some of the terms used in the collision theory and reaction rate are given
below.

surface area; catalyst; effective collision; activated complex;


concentration; temperature; heat of reaction; activation energy

Give ONE term for each of the following descriptions by choosing a term from
the list above. Write down only the term next to the question number
(6.1.1 – 6.1.6) in the ANSWER BOOK.
6.1.1 A chemical substance that speeds up the rate of a chemical
reaction by lowering the net activation energy (1)
6.1.2 A collision in which the reacting particles have sufficient kinetic
energy and the correct orientation (1)
6.1.3 The factor responsible for increasing the rate of a reaction when a
solid is broken up into smaller pieces (1)
6.1.4 The temporary unstable state that is formed during the course of a
chemical reaction (1)
6.1.5 A measure of the average kinetic energy of the particles in a gas (1)
6.1.6 The net amount of energy released or absorbed during a chemical
reaction (1)

6.2 Learners use hydrochloric acid and a sodium thiosulphate (Na2S2O3) solution
to investigate the relationship between rate of reaction and temperature. The
reaction that takes place is represented by the following equation:

Na2S2O3(aq) + 2HCℓ(aq) → 2NaCℓ(aq) + S(s) + H2O(ℓ) + SO2(g)

They add 5 cm3 dilute hydrochloric acid solution to 50 cm3 sodium


thiosulphate solution in a flask placed over a cross drawn on a sheet of white
paper, as shown in the diagram below. The temperature of the mixture is
30 °C.

flask

Na2S2O3(aq) + HCℓ(aq)

white paper

They measure the time it takes for the cross to become invisible. The
experiment is repeated with the temperature of the mixture at 40 °C, 50 °C
and 60 °C respectively.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DBE/November 2010
NSC

6.2.1 Write down a possible hypothesis for this investigation. (2)

6.2.2 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the product that requires
the need to work in a well-ventilated room. (1)

6.2.3 Apart from the volume of the reactants, state ONE other variable
that must be kept constant during this investigation. (1)

6.2.4 Write down the NAME or FORMULA of the product that causes the
cross to become invisible. (1)

6.2.5 Why is it advisable that the same learner observes the time that it
takes for the cross to become invisible? (1)

The graph shown below is obtained from the results.


1
Graph of versus temperature
time
0,08

0,06

(s 1) 0,04
1
time 2520 
0,02 
1252 
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Temperature (°C)

1
6.2.6 What is represented by on the vertical axis? (1)
time

6.2.7 What conclusion can be drawn from the results obtained? (2)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DBE/November 2010
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

Ammonia, ammonium nitrate and ammonium sulphate are three important


nitrogen-containing fertilisers. The flow diagram below shows how these fertilisers are
produced in industry.

Air Natural gas Sulphur

Contact process
Process 1
SO3
Nitrogen Hydrogen

Process 2 H2SO4

Compound Y

Ostwald
process

Compound X

Ammonium Ammonium
nitrate sulphate

7.1 Use the information in the flow diagram above and write down the following:

7.1.1 Name of Process 1 (1)

7.1.2 Balanced equation for Process 2 (3)

7.1.3 NAME or FORMULA of compound X (1)

7.1.4 Balanced equation for the preparation of ammonium sulphate using


sulphuric acid and compound Y (3)

7.1.5 NAME or SYMBOL of the primary nutrient in ammonium sulphate (1)

7.2 Write down ONE positive impact of fertilisers on humans. (2)

7.3 Write down TWO negative impacts of the use of ammonium nitrate, as
fertiliser, on humans. (4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DBE/November 2010
NSC

The reaction below represents the catalysed step in the contact process:

2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g) ΔH < 0

7.4 The reaction takes place in a closed container and reaches equilibrium at
427 °C. How will a HIGHER temperature affect each of the following? Write
down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME.

7.4.1 The rate of production of SO3(g) (2)

7.4.2 The yield of SO3(g) (2)

7.5 The reaction is investigated on a small scale in the laboratory. Initially 4 mol
of SO2(g) and an unknown mass, x, of O2(g) are sealed in a 2 dm3 flask and
allowed to reach equilibrium at a certain temperature.

At equilibrium it is found that the concentration of SO3(g) present in the flask


is 1,5 mol∙dm-3.

Calculate the mass of O2(g) initially present in the flask if the equilibrium
constant (Kc) at this temperature is 4,5. (9)
[28]

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

The cell notation of a standard galvanic (voltaic) cell containing an unknown metal
electrode X is shown below.

X(s) | X3+(1 mol∙dm-3) || Pb2+(1 mol∙dm-3) | Pb(s)

8.1 Name the component of the cell represented by the double vertical lines (||) in
the above cell notation. (1)

8.2 State the TWO standard conditions that are applicable to the Pb 2+|Pb half-
cell. (2)

8.3 Identify the oxidising agent in the above cell. (1)

8.4 The initial reading on a voltmeter connected across the electrodes of the
above cell is 1,53 V. Identify metal X by calculating the standard reduction
potential of the unknown metal X. (5)

8.5 Write down the balanced equation for the net (overall) reaction taking place in
this cell. Omit the spectator ions. (3)

8.6 How will the initial voltmeter reading be affected if the concentration of the
electrolyte in the X(s)|X3+(aq) half-cell is increased? Write down only
INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE SAME. (2)

8.7 Write down the value of the reading on the voltmeter when the cell reaction
has reached equilibrium. (2)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DBE/November 2010
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below represents a cell that can be used to electroplate a tin medal with a
thin layer of silver to improve its appearance.

battery
S

medal

9.1 Which one of P or the MEDAL is the anode in this cell? (1)

9.2 Write down the following:

9.2.1 NAME or SYMBOL of the element of which electrode P is composed (1)

9.2.2 NAME or FORMULA of the electrolyte that has to be used to achieve


the desired results (1)

9.3 Switch S is now closed. Write down the visible changes that will occur at the
following:

9.3.1 Electrode P (1)

9.3.2 The medal (1)

9.4 Write down the equation for the half-reaction to support the answer to
QUESTION 9.3.2. (2)

9.5 How will the concentration of the electrolyte change during the electroplating
process? Write down only INCREASES, DECREASES or REMAINS THE
SAME. (1)

9.6 You want to coat the medal with copper instead of silver. State TWO changes
that you will make to the above cell to obtain a medal coated with copper. (2)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DBE/November 2010
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

Lead-acid batteries have been used in cars for the past 85 years. The equations of the
half-reactions that take place in each cell of such batteries are shown below.

Pb(s) + HSO4-(aq) → PbSO4(s) + H+(aq) + 2e-

PbO2(s) + 3H+(aq) + HSO4-(aq) + 2e-→ PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(ℓ)

10.1 Write down the oxidation number of lead (Pb) in PbSO4(s). (1)

10.2 Write down the balanced equation for the net (overall) cell reaction. (3)

10.3 Which ONE of the reactants is the reducing agent in this cell reaction? Give a
reason for the answer. (2)

One of the safety concerns related to the lead-acid battery is the dangers associated
with recharging (that is reversing the net reaction) of a flat battery. Water in the battery
can be electrolysed to produce hydrogen and oxygen gas during recharging.

10.4 Use the Table of Standard Reduction Potentials and write down the half-
reaction which explains the formation of oxygen gas. (2)

10.5 Why is the recharging of flat batteries a safety concern? (1)

10.6 If the cell capacity of such a cell is 3,5 A∙h, calculate the number of electrons
that flow through the cell in 30 minutes. Assume the cell discharges
completely during the 30 minutes. (5)
(The charge on one electron is -1,6 x 10-19 C.) [14]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125


GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2010
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
p 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
T 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

n
c
V
m
n or/of
M
m
c
MV
Ecell  Eθcathode  Eθanode / Eθsel  Ekatode
θ θ
 Eθanode

or/of
q = It
Eθcell  Ereduction
θ
 Eθoxidation / Eθsel  Ereduksie
θ
 Eθoksidasie
W = Vq
or/of

Eθcell  Eoxidising
θ
agent  Ereducingagent / Esel  Eoksideermiddel  Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2010
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1

H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne

1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2010
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë


NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+  0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DBE/November 2010
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD-REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs  2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83


Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+  0,41
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77

NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
Pt2+ + 2 e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
H2O2 + 2H+ +2 e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2010

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 14 pages and 4 data sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your centre number and examination number in the spaces on the
ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK.

3. This paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. Non-programmable calculators may be used.

5. Appropriate mathematical instruments may be used.

6. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

7. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

8. Give brief motivations, discussions et cetera where required.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

SECTION A

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

1.1 The minimum energy needed for a reaction to take place (1)

1.2 A reaction in which all reactants and products are in the same phase (1)

1.3 A substance whose oxidation number decreases during a chemical reaction (1)

1.4 Cells that can be recharged (1)

1.5 The type of elimination reaction during which a hydrogen halide is removed
from a haloalkane (1)
[5]

QUESTION 2: FALSE ITEMS

Each of the five statements below is FALSE. Correct each statement so that it is
TRUE. Write down only the correct statement next to the question number (2.1 – 2.5)
in the ANSWER BOOK.

NOTE: Correction by using the negative of the statement, for example ''… IS NOT
…'', will not be accepted.

2.1 The arenes is the homologous series to which cyclohexane belongs. (2)

2.2 The temperature of an enclosed gas is a measure of the kinetic energy of the
individual gas molecules. (2)

2.3 If the equilibrium constant for the reaction A2(g) + B2(g) ⇌ 2AB(g) is equal to
K, then the equilibrium constant for the reverse reaction
2AB(g) ⇌ A2(g) + B2(g) is also equal to K. (2)

2.4 Electrons flow through the salt bridge of a galvanic cell. (2)

2.5 A battery with a capacity of 100 A·h can deliver a maximum charge of 100 C. (2)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

QUESTION 3: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A – D) of the answer next
to the question number (3.1 – 3.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

3.1 Consider the flow diagram below:

H2
propene compound X
Pt

The IUPAC name for compound X is:

A propyne
B propan-1-ol
C propane
D propan-2-ol (2)

3.2 During the dehydration of butan-2-ol, represented below, compound Y forms


as one of the products.

H H H H
dehydration
H C C C C H Y

H H O H
H

Which ONE of the following is the correct condensed structural formula for
compound Y?

A CH2 CH3 B
CH CH3
CH3 CH2 CH3 CH

C CH2 OH D CH3 CH2


CH3 CH
CH2 CH2
CH3
OH (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

3.3 Consider the following hypothetical reaction that reached equilibrium in a


closed container at 450 °C:

XY(s) ⇌ X(g) + Y(s) ΔH > 0

Which ONE of the following changes will NOT affect the equilibrium position?

A Increase in temperature
B Increase in the amount of Y(s)
C Decrease in pressure at constant volume
D Increase in the volume of the container
(2)

3.4 The following characteristics may be used to describe an electrochemical cell


(electrolytic or galvanic):

I The chemical reaction is self-sustaining.


II The reaction requires energy from an electrical source.
III The anode is the positive electrode of the cell.

Which of these characteristics are specific to an electrolytic cell?

A Only I
B Only II
C I and III
D II and III
(2)

3.5 Which ONE of the following statements about the extraction of aluminium is
TRUE?

A The ore of aluminium oxide is called cryolite.

B When the cell is in operation, aluminium forms at the anode.

C Aluminium oxide is dissolved in cryolite.

D When the cell is in operation, carbon dioxide gas forms at the cathode. (2)
[10]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

SECTION B

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Start each question on a NEW page.

2. Leave one line between two sub-questions, for example between


QUESTION 4.1 and QUESTION 4.2.

3. The formulae and substitutions must be shown in ALL calculations.

4. Round off your answers to TWO decimal places where applicable.

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

Consider the following terms/compounds in organic chemistry.

aldehydes ketones oxidation haloalkane hydrolysis

ethyne hydrohalogenation but-1-ene water amines

hydration chlorine butane potassium hydroxide alkynes

Choose from the above terms/compounds: (Write down the question number only and
next to each the correct term/compound.)

4.1 The homologous series that has a carbonyl group as functional group (1)

4.2 A saturated hydrocarbon (1)

4.3 The product formed when an alkane reacts with a halogen (1)

4.4 The homologous series to which propanal belongs (1)

4.5 The homologous series to which 2-bromobutane belongs (1)

4.6 The reaction of 2-bromobutane with water (1)

4.7 The homologous series with a –NH2 group as functional group (1)

4.8 An unsaturated compound that has isomers (1)

4.9 A compound which belongs to the homologous series with the general (1)
formula CnH2n - 2

4.10 The type of organic reaction during which hydrogen chloride reacts with
ethene (1)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

Petrol is a complex mixture of hydrocarbons such as hexane. Compounds such as


2,2,4-trimethylpentane are added to petrol to change its combustion properties.

5.1 Explain the term hydrocarbon. (2)

5.2 Complete the following equation that represents the complete combustion of
hexane in a car engine. (Balancing of the equation is not required.)

C6H14 + O2 → ... + ... (2)

5.3 Write down the structural formula for 2,2,4-trimethylpentane. (2)

5.4 Petrol requires alkanes in the range from C5 to C10. Cracking is the process
that is used to convert longer chains into shorter chains.

The diagram below illustrates one of the possible cracking reactions of


C15H32.

H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
H C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C H
H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H

High pressure
High temperature

H H H H H H H H
H H H H
C C + C C + Y + H C C C C C C C C H
H H H H H H H H H H H H

Write down the STRUCTURAL FORMULA and NAME for the hydrocarbon
represented by Y. (3)
[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

Many of the flavours and odours of fruits are esters. Ethyl ethanoate is the most
common ester found in wines and contributes to the perception of the fruitiness of
wine.

A learner wants to prepare ethyl ethanoate in the school laboratory. She follows the
instructions below.

 Mix 1 cm3 ethanoic acid and 1 cm3 ethanol thoroughly in a test tube.
 Slowly add 4 drops of concentrated sulphuric acid while swirling the test tube.
 Soak a paper towel in cold water and fasten it around the test tube close to its
mouth with an elastic band.
 Place the test tube in a water bath and heat the water with a flame to a
temperature of about 60 °C.
 Leave the test tube in the hot water bath for about 15 minutes.
 Cool the test tube by placing it in a beaker of cold water.
 Smell the vapour in the test tube after 10 minutes.

Thermometer

Paper towel soaked in cold water


Water bath
Ethanol + ethanoic acid + 4 drops of sulphuric acid

6.1 To which homologous series does ethanol belong? (1)

6.2 Use structural formulae to write a balanced equation for the reaction taking
place in the test tube. (5)

6.3 What is the function of the sulphuric acid in the above reaction? (1)

6.4 Why does the method use a water bath instead of direct heating over an open
flame? (1)

6.5 State ONE function of the wet paper towel at the top of the test tube. (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

6.6 The learner finds it difficult to detect the smell of the ester due to the presence
of sulphuric acid and unreacted ethanoic acid. A friend suggests that she
add 10 drops of a diluted sodium carbonate solution to the contents of the test
tube. Briefly explain why this suggestion might be a solution to the problem.
(2)

6.7 Whilst several esters may be present in wine, the observed aroma is
generally that of the smallest ester present in wine, namely ethyl ethanoate.
State a physical property of ethyl ethanoate which is responsible for this. (1)
[12]

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

Amides are nitrogen containing organic compounds. Two examples of amides are
ethanamide and N-methylethanamide.

7.1 Write down the structural formula for:

7.1.1 The functional group of an amide (2)

7.1.2 Ethanamide (2)

7.2 Give a reason why N-methylethanamide is a secondary amide. (1)

7.3 A group of learners know that the boiling points of straight chain hydrocarbons
increase with an increase in their molecular mass.

7.3.1 Refer to intermolecular forces to explain why the boiling points of


straight chain hydrocarbons increase with an increase in their
molecular mass. (2)

The learners want to investigate the relationship between boiling point and
molecular mass of the amides. Based on their knowledge of the relationship
in QUESTION 7.3.1, they hypothesise that:

Boiling points of amides increase with an increase in molecular mass.

The learners then determined the boiling points of the following amides:

A: Ethanamide
B: N-methylethanamide
C: N,N-dimethylethanamide

The graph on page 10 represents their results.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

Graph of boiling points of amides versus molecular mass

250
A
 B
Boiling point (°C)

200 
C

150

100
50 60 70 80 90 100
Molecular mass (g·mol-1)

7.3.2 What conclusion can the learners draw from the graph? (2)

7.3.3 Use your knowledge of structural formulae and the intermolecular


forces in each of the three amides to explain the results obtained. (3)

7.3.4 One of the learners feels that the experiment is not a fair test. He
suggests that they must rather compare the boiling points of
methanamide, ethanamide and propanamide.

Explain why this suggestion makes the experiment a fair test. (2)
[14]

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

Combustion in air at high temperatures produces oxides of nitrogen of which nitrogen


dioxide (NO2(g)), is the most common. Natural sources of nitrogen dioxide include
lightning and the activity of some soil bacteria. These natural sources are small
compared to emissions caused by human activity.

NO2 can irritate the lungs and cause respiratory infection. When NO2(g) dissolves in
rainwater in air it forms nitric acid which contributes to acid rain.

8.1 State TWO human activities that contribute to high nitrogen dioxide levels in
the atmosphere. (2)

8.2 Write a balanced equation to show how nitric acid forms from nitrogen dioxide
in air. (3)

8.3 High levels of nitrogen dioxide in the atmosphere can result in damage to
crops and eventually food shortages. Briefly state how high levels of nitrogen
dioxide can damage crops. (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

8.4 Nitric acid can cause corrosion of copper cables whilst hydrochloric acid does
no harm to copper cables. Refer to the relative strengths of the oxidising
agents involved to explain this phenomenon. (3)

8.5 2 mol of NO2(g) and an unknown amount of N2O4(g) are sealed in a 2 dm3
container, that is fitted with a plunger, at a certain temperature. The following
reaction takes place:
2NO2(g) ⇌ N2O4(g)

At equilibrium it is found that the NO2 concentration is 0,4 mol∙dm-3. The


equilibrium constant at this temperature is 2.

8.5.1 Calculate the initial amount (in mol) of N2O4(g) that was sealed in
the container. (9)

The plunger is now pushed into the container causing the pressure of the
enclosed gas to increase by decreasing the volume.

8.5.2 How will this change influence the amount of nitrogen dioxide at
equilibrium? Only write down INCREASES, DECREASES or
REMAINS THE SAME. (1)

8.5.3 Use Le Chatelier's principle to explain your answer to


QUESTION 8.5.2. (2)
[21]

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

A certain mass of calcium carbonate chunks is added to a hydrochloric acid solution in


an open beaker on a scale as shown below. The equation for the reaction is as
follows:

CaCO3(s) + 2HCℓ(aq) → CaCℓ2(aq) + H2O(ℓ) + CO2(g)

CO2(g) is allowed to escape from the beaker. The data in the table below was
obtained for a time interval of 8 minutes.

Mass of beaker and


Time
contents
(min)
(g)
0 200,00 Hydrochloric acid
1 197,50
CaCO3
2 195,45
3 193,55
4 191,70
5 189,90
6 188,15
7 186,45
8 184,80
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

9.1 'Rate' in science refers to something that happens in a certain time. Explain
the term reaction rate. (2)

9.2 Calculate the change in mass of the beaker and its contents during the
8 minutes. (1)

9.3 Use your answer in QUESTION 9.2 to show that the average reaction rate
during the 8 minutes is 1,9 g∙min-1. (2)

9.4 Calculate the mass of calcium carbonate consumed during the 8 minutes. (5)

9.5 Use the collision theory to explain how the rate of the above reaction will
change when powdered calcium carbonate is used instead of calcium
carbonate chunks. (3)
[13]

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

Batteries consist of one or more galvanic cells. A galvanic cell is a combination of two
half-cells.

John wants to determine which one of Options A or B, shown below, can be used to
assemble a galvanic cell with the highest potential difference.

Option Combination of half-cells


A Ag(s) in AgNO3(aq) & Ni(s) in Ni(NO3)2(aq)
B Mg(s) in Mg(NO3)2(aq) & Ag(s) in AgNO3(aq)

10.1 Draw a fully labelled diagram of the galvanic cell that John can use to
measure the potential difference for the cell in Option B. Use a positive (+)
and negative (-) sign to indicate the positive and negative electrodes
respectively. (5)

10.2 Write a balanced chemical equation, excluding spectator ions, for the net
(overall) cell reaction for the galvanic cell in Option B. (3)

10.3 Calculate the initial potential difference that can be obtained under standard
conditions for the galvanic cell in Option B. (4)

10.4 State TWO standard conditions that John must adhere to during the
experiment, to ensure that the measured potential difference is the same as
the calculated potential difference. (2)

10.5 Write down the cell notation (symbolic notation) for the galvanic cell in
Option A. (3)

10.6 WITHOUT ANY CALCULATIONS, determine which one of Option A or


Option B should result in the galvanic cell with the highest potential difference.
Refer to the relative strengths of the two reducing agents involved, as well as
the relative strengths of the two oxidising agents involved, to explain your
answer. (3)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

QUESTION 11 (Start on a new page.)

The diagram below is a simplified version of a membrane cell, one of the electrolytic
cells used in the chlor-alkali industry. The letters P and Q represent the two gases
formed during this process.

P Q
membrane

Concentrated water
salt solution

Used salt NaOH(aq)


solution

_
+
11.1 Write down the letters P and Q in your answer book. Next to each, write
down the half-reaction that shows how gas P and gas Q are respectively
formed. (4)

11.2 Water (H2O(ℓ)) and sodium ions (Na+(aq)) are both present in the cathode
side of the membrane cell. Explain why hydrogen gas, and not sodium metal,
is formed in the membrane cell. Refer to the relative strengths of oxidising
agents to explain your answer. (2)

11.3 State ONE function of the membrane. (1)

11.4 State TWO uses of chlorine. (2)


[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

QUESTION 12 (Start on a new page.)

A learner who is revising for a test on fertilisers, summarises her notes as follows:

H2 production N2 (Industrial)
Step I (SASOL)

Step II

NH3

Step III
NITRIC ACID (OSTWALD PROCESS)

Step IV
NITROGEN FERTILISER

12.1 Write down the NAME of the industrial process in Step I used to extract
nitrogen gas from the atmosphere. (1)
12.2 The Haber process, indicated in Step II, is represented by the following
equation:
3H2(g) + N2 ⇌ 2NH3(g) H < 0

In this process, high temperatures of approximately 450 °C are used.

Explain in terms of reaction rate, equilibrium and temperature why such a high
temperature, and not a lower temperature, is used. (4)
12.3 Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction that produces the
nitrogen fertiliser in Step IV. (3)
12.4 The learner decides to educate the community about the possible negative
effects of the overuse of nitrogen fertilisers on the environment.

Write down the main arguments that she will raise to convince the community
to avoid excessive use of nitrogen fertilisers. (4)
12.5 The learner notes that fertiliser with an NPK ratio of 7:1:1 is needed for the
growth of maize plants.
12.5.1 State what the term NPK ratio means. (2)
12.5.2 Will the fertiliser with this NPK ratio lead to a good crop yield?
Explain the answer. (3)
[17]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125


GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
p 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
T 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m n
n c
M V
m Ecell  Eθcathode  Eθanode
θ

c
MV E θcell  E oxidising
θ
agent  E reducingagent
θ

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC
TABLE 3:THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1

H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne

1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,77

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë


NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+  0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs – 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DoE/Feb. – March 2010
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE

Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs  2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66


Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr 2+
 0,41
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77

NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
Pt2+ + 2 e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
H2O2 + 2H+ +2 e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,77
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
a
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

FEBRUARY/MARCH 2009

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages, 4 data sheets and an answer sheet.

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 2 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your examination number (and centre number if applicable) in the


appropriate spaces on the ANSWER BOOK and ANSWER SHEET.

2. Answer ALL the questions.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (35 marks)


SECTION B (115 marks)

4. Answer SECTION A on the attached ANSWER SHEET.

5. Answer SECTION B in the ANSWER BOOK.

6. Non-programmable calculators may be used.

7. Appropriate mathematical instruments may be used.

8. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

9. Data sheets are attached for your use.

10. Wherever motivations, discussions, et cetera are required, be brief.

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 3 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

SECTION A

Answer this section on the attached ANSWER SHEET.

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) on the attached ANSWER SHEET.

1.1 Atoms, groups of atoms or bonds that give a homologous series its
characteristic properties (1)

1.2 A homologous series with the general formula RNH2 (1)

1.3 The minimum energy required to start a chemical reaction (1)

1.4 The type of electrochemical cell in which electrical energy is converted to


chemical energy (1)

1.5 The gas that forms at the positive electrode of a membrane cell (1)
[5]

QUESTION 2: MATCHING ITEMS

Choose an item from COLUMN B that matches a description in COLUMN A. Write


only the letter (A – J) next to the question number (2.1 – 2.5) on the attached
ANSWER SHEET.

COLUMN A COLUMN B
2.1 A compound that is always A cathode
present in alcoholic beverages
B reaction rate
2.2 An arene
C CH3OH
2.3 Change in concentration of
reactants per unit time D Na+

2.4 The electrode in an E C6H10


electrochemical cell where
oxidation occurs F chemical equilibrium

2.5 The ions that migrate through the G C2H5OH


cell membrane of the membrane
cell H C -

I C6H5(CH3)

J anode [5]

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 4 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

QUESTION 3: TRUE/FALSE ITEMS

Indicate whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE. Choose the answer
and write 'true' or 'false' next to the question number (3.1 – 3.5) on the attached
ANSWER SHEET. Correct the statement if it is FALSE.

3.1 Ketones contain a carbonyl group. (2)

3.2 Some catalysts can speed up a chemical reaction by providing a new, lower
energy pathway. (2)

3.3 The equilibrium constant for an exothermic reaction decreases with increase
in temperature. (2)

3.4 The standard conditions used to measure standard electrode potentials are:

 A temperature of 273 K
 A concentration of 1 mol∙dm-3
 A pressure of 101,3 kPa (2)

3.5 A primary cell can be recharged. (2)


[10]

QUESTION 4: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Choose the answer and make a cross (X) in
the block (A – D) next to the question number (4.1 – 4.5) on the attached ANSWER
SHEET.

4.1 The condensed structural formula of an organic compound is shown below:


Br

CH CH2 CH3

CH3 CH2 CH2 CH CH2

Br
Which ONE of the following is the correct IUPAC name of this compound?

A 4,6-dibromooctane
B 4-bromo-5-bromo-5-propylpentane
C 3,5-dibromooctane
D 2-bromo-1-bromo-1-propylpentane (3)

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 5 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

4.2 N2O4(g) is placed in an evacuated, sealed container.

The following reaction takes place in the container at constant temperature:

N2O4(g) ⇌ 2NO2(g)

The concentration of the product is measured over time.

Which ONE of the following graphs correctly illustrates the relationship


between the nitrogen dioxide (NO2) concentration and time?

A B
[NO2]

[NO2]
Time (s) Time (s)
C D
[NO2]
[NO2]

Time (s) Time (s)


(3)

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 6 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

4.3 The following hypothetical reaction is at equilibrium at 300 K:

A2(g) + B(g) ⇌ A(g) + AB(g)

The diagram below shows the molecules involved in this chemical equilibrium
at 300 K.

The white circles represent atoms of A and the black circles represent atoms
of B.
300 K

The temperature is increased to 500 K.

The diagram below represents the same equilibrium mixture at 500 K.


500 K

Which ONE of the following statements is CORRECT?


A The forward reaction is exothermic.
B The concentration of AB is lower at a lower temperature.
C The forward reaction is endothermic.
D The concentration of B is higher at a lower temperature. (3)

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 7 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

4.4 The most common filling for tooth cavities is 'dental amalgam' – a solid
solution of tin and silver in mercury. If you bite on a piece of aluminium foil
that is in contact with a dental filling in your mouth, you may feel a painful
sensation because …

A the aluminium foil is hard.

B a temporary galvanic cell has been set up whilst the aluminium and fill
are in contact.

C electrons are being transferred to the aluminium.

D a temporary electrolytic cell has been set up whilst the aluminium and fill
are in contact. (3)

4.5 Eutrophication in water is caused by …

A algal bloom.

B a depletion of oxygen concentration.

C bacterial nitrogen fixation.

D an increase in plant nutrients. (3)


[15]

TOTAL SECTION A: 35

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 8 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Answer this section in the ANSWER BOOK.

2. In ALL calculations the formulae and substitutions must be shown.

3. Round off your answers to TWO decimal places where applicable.

QUESTION 5

There are two structural isomers for the organic compound with molecular formula
C2H4O2.

5.1 Define the term structural isomer. (2)

5.2 Write down the structural formula of these two isomers and next to each its
IUPAC name. (3 x 2) (6)

5.3 State with reason which ONE of these isomers:

5.3.1 Has the higher boiling point (3)

5.3.2 Has the higher vapour pressure (3)

5.4 Will the vapour pressure of carboxylic acids increase or decrease if the
number of carbon atoms in the chain increases? Give a reason for your
answer. (3)
[17]

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 9 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

QUESTION 6

Rubber is a naturally occurring compound. The diene, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene, is one


of the repeating units found in rubber.

Over 20 million families depend on rubber cultivation for their livelihood. Tens of
thousands of hectares of tropical forests have been cleared to make way for rubber
plantations.

Chemists have been able to combine other dienes to obtain synthetic rubbers. Some
rubber products include latex products such as hand gloves, raincoats and other
products used in the battle against HIV/Aids.

The world's largest use of rubber is in tyres, and most tyres contain both natural
rubber, which withstands heat better, and one or more kinds of synthetic rubber.

6.1 Is 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene an example of a saturated or an unsaturated


hydrocarbon? Give a reason for your answer. (3)

6.2 Write down the structural formula of 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene. (2)

6.3 With regard to the environment, name TWO disadvantages of rubber and the
production of rubber. (2)

6.4 With regard to human life, name TWO benefits of rubber and the production
of rubber. (2)
[9]

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 10 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

QUESTION 7

Most organic compounds can undergo substitution or addition or elimination reactions


to produce a variety of organic compounds. Some incomplete organic reactions are
represented below.

Reaction CH3 CH2 CH CH2 + H2O


I

Reaction CH3CH2 CH2 C CH2 + HBr


II
CH3

Reaction CH3CH CH2CH3 H2SO4


III heat
OH

7.1 Name the type of reaction represented by reaction III. (1)

7.2 Both reactions I and II are examples of addition reactions. Name the type of
addition that is represented by each reaction. (2)

7.3 Write down the structural formula and IUPAC name of the major product
formed in reaction I. (3)

7.4 Reaction I only takes place in the presence of a catalyst. Write down the
formula of the catalyst used in reaction I. (1)

7.5 Write down the structural formula and IUPAC name of the major product
formed in reaction II. (3)

7.6 To which homologous series does the organic product formed in reaction III
belong? (2)
[12]

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 11 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

QUESTION 8

Antacids are used to relieve indigestion. Indigestion is the condition when the stomach
produces too much acid resulting in an uncomfortable and painful feeling. A certain
antacid tablet dissolves in water and reacts with the acid in the stomach to release
carbon dioxide gas.

8.1 Name the type of chemical reaction that explains why antacids bring relief
from indigestion. (1)

8.2 A group of learners wants to investigate the effect of temperature on the rate
of dissolution of this antacid tablet in water.

Design an investigation that the group of learners can conduct by answering


the questions below.

8.2.1 State an investigative question. (2)

8.2.2 State a hypothesis for this investigation. (2)

8.2.3 Write down a procedure that can be followed in this investigation to


test your hypothesis using some or all of the apparatus/chemicals
listed below:

 Thermometer
 Stopwatch
 Hot plate
 Beaker
 Measuring cylinder
 Spatula/Teaspoon
 Water
 Antacid tablet (4)

8.2.4 Draw a table that can be used to record the results. Indicate the
relevant headings of the rows and columns in the table. No values
(numerical data) are required. (4)

8.3 Is it better to take the antacid tablet with warm water or with cold water?
Give a reason for your answer. (2)
[15]

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 12 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

QUESTION 9

Smog refers to a very unpleasant condition of pollution in certain urban environments.


It is produced largely by the action of sunlight on car exhaust gases. Two groups of
compounds emitted from car exhausts, that contribute to the formation of smog, are
nitrogen oxides and unburned hydrocarbons.

Nitric oxide (NO(g)) forms in internal combustion engines by the direct combination of
nitrogen and oxygen according to the following reversible reaction:

N2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2 NO(g)  H = +90,4 kJ

In air, nitric oxide is rapidly oxidised to nitrogen dioxide (NO 2(g)) that initiates the
reactions responsible for the formation of smog. Nitrogen dioxide acts as catalyst for
the formation of ozone, a key component of smog.

Although an essential UV screen in the upper atmosphere, ozone is an undesirable


pollutant in the lower atmosphere. It is extremely reactive and toxic, and breathing air
containing appreciable amounts of ozone can be dangerous for asthma sufferers,
sports people and the elderly.

9.1 Before the Olympic Games in Beijing, authorities were extremely concerned
about the levels of smog in the city.
Explain why high smog levels are especially dangerous for sports people. (2)

9.2 Suggest TWO ways of reducing NO(g) in urban areas. (2)

The questions below refer to the reaction in the passage above.

9.3 Explain why the formation of NO(g) is favoured in internal combustion


engines where temperatures are as high as 2 400 K. (2)

9.4 During a research experiment carried out by initially adding 1 mol of O 2(g)
and 1 mol of N2(g) in a 2 dm3 closed container at 300 K, it was found that the
concentration of the NO(g) present in the container at equilibrium was
0,1 mol∙dm-3.

Calculate the equilibrium constant (Kc) for the reaction at this temperature. (7)

9.5 How will the amount of NO(g) at equilibrium be affected if:

9.5.1 The pressure is increased by decreasing the volume (2)

9.5.2 A catalyst is added (1)

9.6 Draw the potential energy diagram for the above reaction. Indicate the heat
of reaction and the activation energy for the catalysed reaction on the
diagram. (5)
[21]

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 13 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

QUESTION 10

The discovery of electrochemical cells has revolutionised our way of life. The diagram
below represents an electrochemical cell.

H2(g) Zn

Pt

H+(aq) Zn2+(aq)

10.1 Name the type of electrochemical cell that converts chemical energy to
electrical energy. (1)

10.2 If the electrochemical cell is set up as illustrated, there will be no reading on


the voltmeter. Give a reason for this observation. (1)

10.3 Write down the value of the standard emf of the electrochemical cell when it is
functioning. (1)

10.4 Write down the voltmeter reading when the net cell reaction in the above
electrochemical cell reaches equilibrium. (1)

10.5 Write down the equation for the reaction that occurs at the anode. (2)

10.6 Another electrochemical cell is set up under standard conditions by replacing


the standard hydrogen half-cell with a standard magnesium half-cell.

10.6.1 Which electrode will undergo a decrease in mass? Give a reason for
your answer. (2)

10.6.2 Calculate the initial emf of this electrochemical cell at standard


conditions. (4)

10.6.3 After a while the emf of this electrochemical cell decreases. Explain
this observation by referring to the concentration of the electrolytes. (2)

10.7 Electrochemical cells such as motor car batteries with plastic casings can
harm the environment if not disposed of safely. Suggest TWO ways how
motor car batteries can be safely disposed of. (2)
[16]

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 14 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

QUESTION 11

An attractive silver appearance can be created by electroplating artefacts made from


cheaper metals, such as nickel, with silver.

The simplified diagram below represents an arrangement that can be used to


electroplate a nickel artefact with silver.

Electrode Y

Electrode X
(Nickel artefact)
 Ag+ solution

11.1 Which electrode (cathode/anode) will the nickel artefact represent? (1)

11.2 Name the metal represented by electrode Y. (1)

11.3 Write down the half-reaction responsible for the change that occurs at the
surface of the artefact. (2)

11.4 Give a reason why the concentration of the electrolyte remains constant
during electroplating. (2)

11.5 In industry some plastic articles are sometimes electroplated. Explain why
plastic must be coated with graphite before electroplating. (2)

11.6 Give a reason why, from a business point of view, it is not advisable to plate
platinum with silver. (1)
[9]

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021 Please turn over


Physical Sciences/P2 15 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

QUESTION 12

About one third of the protein consumed by humans comes from fertilisers. The flow
diagram below shows three industrial processes, A, B and C, that result in the
production of fertilisers.

Process A Process C
Contact process
Step 1: S + O2 → SO2
Step 2: _________________
N2 H2 Step 3: SO3 + H2SO4 → X
Step 4: X + H2O → H2SO4

Process B

H2SO4

NH3

12.1 Write down the name of the Process A. (1)

12.2 Write down the balanced equation for the reaction which takes place in
process B. (3)

12.3 Write down the balanced equation for step 2 of Process C. (3)

12.4 Write down the FORMULA and the NAME of product X in step 3 of
Process C. (2)

12.5 Write the FORMULA and the NAME of the fertiliser represented by Y. (3)

12.6 Fertiliser prices increased by more than 200 per cent since 2007. This rise is
fuelled by new demand.

12.6.1 Give TWO reasons why there is a continuous demand for fertilisers. (2)

12.6.2 Give TWO reasons why there is an increase in the price of fertilisers. (2)
[16]

TOTAL SECTION B: 115

GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved KOOSEGU2021


Physical Sciences/P2 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

NATIONAL SENIOR CERTIFICATE


NASIONALE SENIOR SERTIFIKAAT

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
p 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
T 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m n
n c
M V
Ecell  Eθcathode  Eθanode / Esel
θ θ
 Ekatode
θ
 Eanode
θ

m
c Eθcell  Ereduction
θ
 Eθoxidation / Esel
θ
 Ereduksie
θ
 Eoksidasie
θ

MV
E θcell  E oxidising
θ
agent  E reducingagent / Esel  Eoksideermiddel  Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC
TABLE 3:THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1

H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne

1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë


NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+  0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs - 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE

Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs  2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18


Cr2+ + 2e Cr  0,91

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë



2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+  0,41
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77

NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
Pt2+ + 2 e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
H2O2 + 2H+ +2 e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 DoE/Feb. – March 2009
NSC

EXAMINATION NUMBER:

PHYSICAL SCIENCES P2 GRADE 12 ANSWER SHEET


FISIESE WETENSKAPPE V2 GRAAD 12-ANTWOORDBLAD

QUESTION 1/VRAAG 1 QUESTION 2/VRAAG 2

1.1 (1) 2.1 (1)

1.2 (1) 2.2 (1)

1.3 (1) 2.3 (1)

1.4 (1) 2.4 (1)

1.5 (1) 2.5 (1)


[5] [5]
QUESTION 3/VRAAG 3

3.1

(2)

3.2

(2)

3.3

(2)

3.4

(2)

3.5

(2)
[10]
QUESTION 4/VRAAG 4

4.1 A B C D
4.2 A B C D
4.3 A B C D
4.4 A B C D
4.5 A B C D
(5 x 3) [15]

TOTAL SECTION A/TOTAAL AFDELING A: 35


Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: CHEMISTRY (P2)

NOVEMBER 2009

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 15 pages and 4 information sheets.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DoE/November 2009
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Write your examination number and centre number in the appropriate spaces
on the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Answer ALL the questions.

3. This question paper consists of TWO sections:

SECTION A (25)
SECTION B (125)

4. Answer SECTIONS A and B in the ANSWER BOOK.

5. Non-programmable calculators may be used.

6. Appropriate mathematical instruments may be used.

7. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this
question paper.

8. Data sheets and a periodic table are attached for your use.

9. Give brief motivations, discussions, et cetera where required.

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DoE/November 2009
NSC

SECTION A

QUESTION 1: ONE-WORD ITEMS

Give ONE word/term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the word/term
next to the question number (1.1 – 1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

1.1 A group of organic compounds with the carbonyl group as functional group (1)

1.2 The stage in a reversible reaction when the rate of the forward reaction
equals the rate of the reverse reaction (1)

1.3 The reactant which undergoes an increase in oxidation number during a


chemical reaction (1)

1.4 The component of a galvanic cell that ensures electrical neutrality in both
half-cells (1)

1.5 A unit of measurement used to indicate battery capacity (1)


[5]

QUESTION 2: FALSE ITEMS

Each of the five statements below is FALSE. Correct each statement so that it is
TRUE. Write down the correct statement next to the question number (2.1 – 2.5) in the
ANSWER BOOK.

NOTE: Correction by using the negative of the statement, for example, ''… IS
NOT …'', will not be accepted.

2.1 Cyclohexane is an example of an arene. (2)

2.2 A catalyst increases the rate of a reaction by lowering the heat of the reaction. (2)

2.3 For the heterogeneous equilibrium NH4 C (s) ⇌ NH3(g) + HC (g),
[NH 3 (g)][HC(g)]
Kc = .
[NH 4C(s)] (2)

2.4 During the extraction of aluminium from bauxite, carbon is reduced at the
anode. (2)

2.5 Plants absorb nitrogen in the form of ammonia to ensure healthy growth. (2)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DoE/November 2009
NSC

QUESTION 3: MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

Four options are provided as possible answers to the following questions. Each
question has only ONE correct answer. Write only the letter (A – D) next to the
question number (3.1 – 3.5) in the ANSWER BOOK.

3.1 The structural formula of an ester is shown below.

H H H H O H H
H C C C C O C C C H
H H H H H H

Which ONE of the following pairs of compounds can be used to prepare the
above ester?

A Propanoic acid and butan-1-ol

B Propanoic acid and butan-2-ol

C Butanoic acid and propan-1-ol

D Butanoic acid and propan-2-ol (2)

3.2 Which ONE of the following reaction types can be used to prepare ethene
from octane?

A Addition

B Hydrogenation

C Cracking

D Substitution (2)

3.3 When the equilibrium constant of a reversible reaction has a value much
greater than 1 (Kc > 1), it indicates that …

A a higher concentration of products than reactants will be formed.

B a lower concentration of products than reactants will be formed.

C the reaction will reach equilibrium quickly.

D the reaction will take a long time to reach equilibrium. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 5 DoE/November 2009
NSC

3.4 The diagram below represents a cell that may be used for refining copper.
The impure copper contains silver metal and zinc metal.

impure copper

CuSO4(aq)
sludge

Which ONE of the following half-reactions will take place at electrode X?

A Ag+ + e- → Ag

B Cu → Cu2+ + 2e-

C Cu2+ + 2e- → Cu

D Zn2+ + 2e- → Zn (2)

3.5 Which ONE of the reactions below occurs when the fertiliser ammonium
nitrate is prepared from nitric acid?

A Decomposition

B Oxidation

C Acid-base

D Dehydration (2)
[10]

TOTAL SECTION A: 25

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 6 DoE/November 2009
NSC

SECTION B

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

1. Answer this section in the ANSWER BOOK.

2. Start each question on a new page. Leave one line between two
subquestions, for example between QUESTION 4.1 and QUESTION 4.2.

3. The formulae and substitutions must be shown in ALL calculations.

4. Round off your answers to TWO decimal places where applicable.

QUESTION 4 (Start on a new page.)

The environmental effects of CFCs and their substitutes

The ozone layer protects the earth and its inhabitants from the dangerous ultraviolet
rays of the sun. It was discovered that gases such as chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) had
damaged the ozone layer, creating a huge hole through which dangerous ultraviolet
light could reach the earth.

CFCs were widely used as cooling agents in air conditioners and refrigerators and as
propellants in aerosol cans because of their special physical properties. CFCs can be
produced by the reaction of alkanes with chlorine, followed by the reaction of the
resulting product with fluorine.

Since the banning of CFCs in the year 2000, hydrocarbons such as propane and
2-methylpropane are now used as more environmentally friendly alternatives to CFCs.
Both these hydrocarbons and CFCs are greenhouse gases. However, CFCs have
greater global warming potential.

4.1 The structural formula for a commonly used CFC is given below.

C C F

C

Write down the IUPAC name for this CFC. (2)

4.2 Which physical property of CFCs makes them suitable for use as cooling
agents and propellant gases? (1)

4.3 CFCs have a negative impact on the environment.

4.3.1 State this negative impact. (1)

4.3.2 Describe how this negative impact also affects human health. (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 7 DoE/November 2009
NSC

4.4 Use condensed structural formulae to write a balanced equation for the
preparation of chloroethane from ethane. (3)

4.5 State ONE reaction condition needed for the reaction in QUESTION 4.4 to
occur. (1)

4.6 Write down a structural formula of an isomer of 2-methylpropane. (2)

4.7 Give TWO reasons why propane and 2-methylpropane are considered more
environmentally friendly than CFCs. (2)
[14]

QUESTION 5 (Start on a new page.)

The table below shows data collected for four organic compounds, represented by the
letters A – D, during a practical investigation.

Organic Relative Boiling point


compound molecular mass (°C)
A CH3CH2CH3 44 - 42
B CH3CHO 44 21
C CH3CH2NH2 45 17
D CH3CH2OH 46 78

5.1 Is compound A a saturated or an unsaturated hydrocarbon? Give a reason for


your answer. (2)

5.2 To which homologous series does compound B belong? (1)

5.3 Write down the IUPAC name for each of the following compounds:

5.3.1 B (1)

5.3.2 C (1)

5.4 Write down the structural formula of a secondary amine that is a structural
isomer of compound C. (2)

5.5 Which variable was controlled during this investigation? (1)

5.6 Name the following in this investigation:

5.6.1 The dependent variable (1)

5.6.2 The independent variable (1)

5.7 Refer to intermolecular forces to explain the difference in boiling points


between compounds A and D. (3)

5.8 Which ONE of compound B or C will have the highest vapour pressure at a
specific temperature? Give a reason for your answer. (2)
[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 8 DoE/November 2009
NSC

QUESTION 6 (Start on a new page.)

The flow diagram below shows the conversion of an alcohol into haloalkanes.

Compound X + Compound Y

Compound P HBr
Butan-2-ol dehydration
Compound Q
HBr
Compound X

6.1 Name the type of organic reaction of which dehydration is an example. (1)

6.2 To which homologous series do compounds P and Q belong? (1)

6.3 What type of reaction takes place when compound P is converted to


compounds X and Y as illustrated above? (1)

6.4 Use structural formulae to write a balanced equation for the preparation of
compound Q as illustrated above. (4)

6.5 Which compound, P or Q, will be the major product? Give a reason for your
answer. (2)

6.6 Write down the structural formula and the IUPAC name for compound X. (3)

6.7 A learner indicates that he can convert butan-2-ol directly into compound X.
Name the type of reaction that will take place during a direct conversion. (1)
[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 9 DoE/November 2009
NSC

QUESTION 7 (Start on a new page.)

The active ingredient in a certain antacid tablet is the carbonate ion ( CO32 (aq)). This
ion reacts with the hydrochloric acid in your stomach according to the following
reaction:

CO32 (aq) + 2 HC(aq) → 2 C -(aq) + H2O() + CO2(g)

The formation of CO2 gas is an indication that some of the acid has been neutralised
and this brings relief from indigestion.

A group of learners use two of these antacid tablets to investigate one of the factors
that influence the reaction rate. They follow the method and use the apparatus
given below, to conduct the investigation.

Method:

1. Place one antacid tablet in a conical (Erlenmeyer) flask and add


20 cm3 HC (aq).
2. Simultaneously start the stopwatch and close the flask with the rubber stopper
that is at the end of the delivery tube attached to the gas syringe.
3. Measure the volume of the CO2 gas formed in intervals of 30 seconds.
4. Repeat 1 to 3 above, but grind the second antacid tablet to a fine powder prior to
the reaction.

Apparatus

Delivery tube
Gas syringe

Conical flask
(Erlenmeyer Stopwatch
flask)

HC (aq) Retort stand


Antacid tablet

7.1 Define the term reaction rate. (2)

7.2 Write down an investigative question for this investigation. (2)

7.3 State THREE variables that must be controlled during this investigation. (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 10 DoE/November 2009
NSC

7.4 Apart from the apparatus illustrated on page 9, the learners need at least
TWO other pieces of apparatus to conduct the investigation.

Write down the NAMES of the two pieces of apparatus, as well as the
PURPOSE of each, in your ANSWER BOOK. (4)

7.5 The learners measure the volume of CO2 gas formed at 30-second intervals in
Step 3 of the method. Write down the NAME of the apparatus that they used
for measuring the volume of the CO2. (1)

7.6 Consider the sketch graph below for the reaction of hydrochloric acid with the
SOLID antacid tablet.
Volume of CO2(g)

P
(cm3)

Time (s)

Redraw the above sketch graph in your ANSWER BOOK. On the same set of
axes, sketch the curve Q that was obtained for the reaction of the
POWDERED antacid tablet with hydrochloric acid.

Clearly label the curves P and Q on the re-drawn sketch graph. (3)

7.7 The instruction on an antacid packet recommends that antacid tablets must be
chewed for faster relief. Explain how chewing the tablets bring about faster
relief. (2)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 11 DoE/November 2009
NSC

QUESTION 8 (Start on a new page.)

The following equation represents a hypothetical reaction that reaches equilibrium in a


2 dm3 closed container at 500 °C after 8 minutes.
2AB3(g) ⇌ 2AB2(g) + B2(g)

The course of the reaction is illustrated in the graph below.


Graph of amount of gas versus time
10

8
Amount of gas (mol)

AB2(g)
6

AB3(g)
4
B2(g)

0
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32
Time (minutes)

8.1 Use the information in the graph to calculate the value of the equilibrium
constant at 500 °C. (7)
8.2 The temperature is increased to 600 °C at the 16th minute.
8.2.1 Is the forward reaction endothermic or exothermic?
Use Le Chatelier's principle to explain your answer. (3)
8.2.2 How does the equilibrium constant between t = 8 minutes and
t = 16 minutes compare to that between t = 24 minutes and
t = 32 minutes? Write down only GREATER THAN, SMALLER
THAN or EQUAL TO. (1)
8.3 The volume of the container is decreased from 2 dm 3 to 1 dm3 after
32 minutes, while keeping the temperature constant at 600 °C. How will each
of the following be affected?
8.3.1 The value of Kc (1)
8.3.2 The number of moles of AB3(g). Use Le Chatelier's principle to
explain your answer. (4)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 12 DoE/November 2009
NSC

QUESTION 9 (Start on a new page.)

The diagrams below represent two types of electrochemical cells. The electrodes of
Cell A are labelled P and Q, and the electrodes of Cell B are labelled R and T.

P + - Q R + - T

Cell A Cell B

9.1 Use the labels P, Q, R or T to identify the anode in:

9.1.1 Cell A (1)

9.1.2 Cell B (1)

9.2 Cell A represents the type of cell that can be used to plate an iron coin with
nickel.

9.2.1 Write down the formula of the ION that can be used as oxidising
agent in this cell. (1)

9.2.2 Which electrode, P or Q, should consist of the iron coin? Write down
the relevant half-reaction that will occur at this electrode. (3)

9.2.3 The concentration of the electrolyte does not change during this
process. Explain how this is possible. (2)

9.2.4 Apart from it looking attractive, what is the advantage of


electroplating iron? (1)

9.3 An A/A3+ and a Ag+/Ag half-cell is used to construct Cell B. A reading is


noted on the voltmeter.

9.3.1 State the energy conversion that occurs in this cell. (2)

9.3.2 Write down a balanced equation for the overall (or net) cell reaction
taking place in this cell. (3)

9.3.3 Calculate the EMF of this cell at standard conditions. (4)

9.3.4 Distilled water is added to the Ag+ solution. How will the EMF of the
cell be affected? Write only INCREASES, DECREASES or
REMAINS THE SAME. (1)

9.3.5 In which direction will electrons flow in the external circuit? Write only
'from A to Ag' or 'from Ag to A'. (1)
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 13 DoE/November 2009
NSC

QUESTION 10 (Start on a new page.)

Four possible steps in the manufacture of an artificial fertiliser are listed below.

STEP I: Methane reacts with steam to produce hydrogen.


STEP II: Hydrogen and nitrogen react in the presence of a catalyst to produce
ammonia.
STEP III: Sulphur dioxide (SO2) is oxidised in the presence of a catalyst to produce
sulphur trioxide (SO3), which is then used to produce sulphuric acid.
STEP IV: Ammonia reacts with the sulphuric acid to produce a fertiliser.

10.1 Write a balanced equation for the reaction in Step II. (3)

10.2 What is the name of the industrial process represented by Step III? (1)

10.3 Write down a balanced chemical equation for Step IV. (3)

10.4 A community is protesting against a fertiliser plant being set up close to a lake,
which is their only source of drinking water.

Give TWO reasons to justify their protest. (2)


[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 14 DoE/November 2009
NSC

QUESTION 11 (Start on a new page.)

Industrially, chlorine gas is produced by the electrolysis of brine. In addition to chlorine


gas, hydrogen gas and sodium hydroxide are also produced.

C2 (g) Membrane H2 (g)

Brine Water

Used salt NaOH(aq)


solution

+ _

11.1 Write down the equation for the half-reaction that takes place at the cathode. (2)

11.2 Write the balanced overall (net) cell reaction, omitting spectator ions, for this
cell. (3)

11.3 State TWO functions of the membrane in the above cell. (2)

11.4 Use the relative strengths of oxidising agents present in a brine solution to
explain why sodium metal is NOT one of the products in this process. (2)

11.5 Chlorine is used in many useful products such as plastics, drugs and
disinfectants. Environmentalists are protesting against the large-scale
production of chlorine. They base their argument on the negative impact of
chlorine on humans.

Name ONE negative impact of chlorine on humans. (1)


[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 15 DoE/November 2009
NSC

QUESTION 12 (Start on a new page.)

A sketch of a dry cell, such as the one used in a torch or radio, is shown below.

cathode

cardboard/paper
salt bridge
moist electrolyte paste

zinc metal anode

In some types of dry cells, the electrolyte paste is made of ammonium chloride which is
acidic. In other types of cells the paste is alkaline, due to an alkali such as potassium
hydroxide. The alkaline cells are known to last longer than those containing
ammonium chloride.

12.1 Why is the above cell referred to as a dry cell? (1)

12.2 Give a reason why alkaline cells last longer than cells that contain acid. (2)

12.3 A certain alkaline battery made to operate over a 20-hour period is marked
1,5 V; 1 000 mA·h.

12.3.1 Calculate the maximum work (in joule) that can be done by this
battery. (4)

12.3.2 Calculate the maximum constant current that the battery can supply
for 20 hours. (3)

12.4 Give ONE reason why rechargeable batteries have less impact on global
warming than non-rechargeable batteries. (1)
[11]

TOTAL SECTION B: 125

GRAND TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 1 DoE/November 2009
NSC

DATA FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCES GRADE 12


PAPER 2 (CHEMISTRY)

GEGEWENS VIR FISIESE WETENSKAPPE GRAAD 12


VRAESTEL 2 (CHEMIE)

TABLE 1: PHYSICAL CONSTANTS/TABEL 1: FISIESE KONSTANTES

NAME/NAAM SYMBOL/SIMBOOL VALUE/WAARDE


Standard pressure
p 1,013 x 105 Pa
Standaarddruk
Molar gas volume at STP
Vm 22,4 dm3∙mol-1
Molêre gasvolume by STD
Standard temperature
T 273 K
Standaardtemperatuur

TABLE 2: FORMULAE/TABEL 2: FORMULES

m n m
n c or c 
M V MV
Ecell  Ecathode  Eθanode / Eθsel  Ekatode
θ θ θ
 Eθanode
q = It
Eθcell  Ereduction
θ
 Eθoxidation / Eθsel  Ereduksie
θ
 Eθoksidasie
W = Vq
E θcell  E oxidising
θ
agent  E reducingagent / E sel  Eoksideermiddel  Ereduseermiddel
θ θ θ θ

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 2 DoE/November 2009
NSC
TABLE 3: THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
TABEL 3: DIE PERIODIEKE TABEL VAN ELEMENTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII)
1 2
Atomic number
2,1

H KEY/SLEUTEL Atoomgetal He
1 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
29
1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0
Li Be Electronegativity
Cu Symbol B C N O F Ne

1,9
7 9 Elektronegatiwiteit Simbool 11 12 14 16 19 20
63,5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Aℓ Cℓ
0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

2,5

3,0
Na Mg Approximate relative atomic mass
Si P S Ar
23 24 27 28 31 32 35,5 40
Benaderde relatiewe atoommassa
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0,8

1,0

1,3

1,5

1,6

1,6

1,5

1,8

1,8

1,8

1,9

1,6

1,6

1,8

2,0

2,4

2,8
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 63,5 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,8

1,9

2,2

2,2

2,2

1,9

1,7

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,1

2,5
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
86 88 89 91 92 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Tℓ
0,7

0,9

1,6

1,8

1,8

1,9

2,0

2,5
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Pb Bi Po At Rn
133 137 139 179 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
87 88 89
0,7

0,9

Fr Ra Ac 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
226
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
232 238

Copyright reserved Please turn over


KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 3 DoE/November 2009
NSC
TABLE 4A: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4A: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
H2O2 + 2H+ +2e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
Pt2+ + 2e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë


NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+  0,41
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18
Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Cs+ + e- ⇌ Cs – 2,92
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
Copyright reserved Please turn over
KOOSEGU2021
Physical Sciences/P2 4 DoE/November 2009
NSC
TABLE 4B: STANDARD REDUCTION POTENTIALS
TABEL 4B: STANDAARD REDUKSIEPOTENSIALE
Half-reactions/Halfreaksies E θ (V)
Li+ + e ⇌ Li  3,05
K+ + e ⇌ K  2,93
Cs+ + e ⇌ Cs  2,92
Ba2+ + 2e ⇌ Ba  2,90
Sr2+ + 2e ⇌ Sr  2,89
Ca2+ + 2e ⇌ Ca  2,87
Na+ + e ⇌ Na  2,71
Mg2+ + 2e ⇌ Mg  2,36
Increasing oxidising ability/Toenemende oksiderende vermoë

Aℓ3+ + 3e ⇌ Aℓ  1,66


Mn2+ + 2e ⇌ Mn  1,18

Increasing reducing ability/Toenemende reduserende vermoë


Cr2+ + 2e ⇌ Cr  0,91
2H2O + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH  0,83
Zn2+ + 2e ⇌ Zn  0,76
Cr3+ + 3e ⇌ Cr  0,74
Fe2+ + 2e ⇌ Fe  0,44
Cr3+ + e ⇌ Cr2+  0,41
Cd2+ + 2e ⇌ Cd  0,40
Co2+ + 2e ⇌ Co  0,28
Ni2+ + 2e ⇌ Ni  0,27
Sn2+ + 2e ⇌ Sn  0,14
Pb2+ + 2e ⇌ Pb  0,13
Fe3+ + 3e ⇌ Fe  0,06
2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0,00
S + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2S(g) + 0,14
Sn4+ + 2e ⇌ Sn2+ + 0,15
Cu2+ + e ⇌ Cu+ + 0,16
2
SO 4 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ SO2(g) + 2H2O + 0,17
Cu2+ + 2e ⇌ Cu + 0,34
2H2O + O2 + 4e ⇌ 4OH + 0,40
SO2 + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ S + 2H2O + 0,45
Cu+ + e ⇌ Cu + 0,52
I2 + 2e ⇌ 2I + 0,54
O2(g) + 2H+ + 2e ⇌ H2O2 + 0,68
Fe3+ + e ⇌ Fe2+ + 0,77

NO 3 + 2H+ + e ⇌ NO2(g) + H2O + 0,80
Ag+ + e ⇌ Ag + 0,80
Hg2+ + 2e ⇌ Hg(ℓ) + 0,85

NO 3 + 4H+ + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O + 0,96
Br2(ℓ) + 2e ⇌ 2Br + 1,07
Pt2+ + 2 e ⇌ Pt + 1,20
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e ⇌ Mn2+ + 2H2O + 1,23
O2(g) + 4H+ + 4e ⇌ 2H2O + 1,23
2
Cr2O 7 + 14H+ + 6e ⇌ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O + 1,33
Cℓ2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cℓ + 1,36

MnO 4 + 8H+ + 5e ⇌ Mn2+ + 4H2O + 1,51
H2O2 + 2H+ +2 e ⇌ 2H2O +1,77
Co3+ + e ⇌ Co2+ + 1,81
F2(g) + 2e ⇌ 2F + 2,87
Copyright reserved
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021
KOOSEGU2021

You might also like